Car parking rate

Car parking rate

Closure of the Trig Road footbridge during the felling of trees

A view of Levin, Lake Horowhenua and the Tasman Sea from the top of the Trig Road Lookout.

An extremely popular footbridge crossing private forest land directly east of Levin will temporarily close as soon as the trees are ready to harvest.

The Trig walkway was extremely popular with the public with around 2000 people walking or cycling the track each week in the height of summer. Stunning views of the coastline await anyone who makes it to the top.

Harvesting of the 94-hectare block will begin on January 9, 2023 and is expected to last 18 months. When the forest block has been completely cleared, around mid-2024, the walkway will reopen to walkers and cyclists.

There is alternative access to the summit of Trig via the Gray Bush Track on Gladstone Road while Trig Road is closed for logging.
There is alternative access to the summit of Trig via the Gray Bush Track on Gladstone Road while Trig Road is closed for logging.

The Kohitere Forest Block was owned by Australian company Norsewood Estate Limited and managed by New Zealand-based Forest Enterprises since 2019, which was responsible for forest health, access and harvesting operations.

Logging companies were providing the public with an alternative walking trail during the Trig Road block closure. He had built a walking track on the other side of the hill so the public could maintain access to the top of Trig, with parking available at the track entrance on Gladstone Road.

Forest Enterprises Operations Manager Chris Hawthorn was on site at the Gray Bush Track this week and on the tools himself, helping clear the bush in anticipation of public access to the road during the Trig closure Road.

A couple of young wanderers walk up the popular Trig track from the Denton Road entrance.
A couple of young wanderers walk up the popular Trig track from the Denton Road entrance.

He said the company was aware of the popularity of Trig Road and wanted to do what it could to ensure there was an alternative available to the public during the necessary routine harvest.

“It’s a pretty nice walk – a bit steep at first so you need decent shoes – but it levels out and goes through some native bush. It’s less convenient, but it’s a nice walk,” he said.

The Trig Road block was originally planted with pinus radiata by residents of the Kohitere Boys’ Home decades ago. This crop was harvested in 1992 and replanted, and now this crop was ready to harvest.

The crop rotation cycle was approximately every 28 years. The next generation of trees were carefully selected from seed in Rotorua and raised in Woodville at Murray Nurseries.

Forest Enterprises Operations Manager Chris Hawthorn clears brush near the Gray Bush Track boardwalk sign.
Forest Enterprises Operations Manager Chris Hawthorn clears brush near the Gray Bush Track boardwalk sign.

When ready for planting, the new trees would be spaced at 1,000 stems per hectare. After a few years, there would be a thinning of non-performing trees to nearly half that number, with the remainder left to fully mature.

Hawthorn said the target yield was 750 tons per hectare. Each tree weighed an average of 1.67 tons. At least 70% of the trees would be processed by local company Mitchpine, with the rest likely to go overseas.

He said most of the trees were pinus radiata, although there were a very small number of Douglas firs planted in 1964 that would also be harvested. The block would then be replanted with the next generation of trees the following winter, at the rate of 2,000 saplings per week.

A sign at the entrance to the Gray Bush Track.
A sign at the entrance to the Gray Bush Track.

Hawthorn said when harvest is complete, the Trig Road Track will reopen to walkers and cyclists, and Forest Enterprises will seek to work with Levin Mountain Biking Club to restore existing mountain bike trails that were expected to suffer damage during the harvest.

The public has been urged to heed the closure for their own safety and should also take care due to the increased number of logging trucks near the area during harvest time.

The Gray Bush Track would remain open after harvest.

Public Interest Journalism Fund
Public Interest Journalism Fund

read more
Car parking rate

Petrol and diesel drivers warned to ‘never’ buy fuel at some petrol stations

The data shows that unleaded and diesel prices are expected to stay the same. Drivers can expect to pay an average of 164.89 pence per liter of petrol. However, diesel drivers are facing tough times as diesel costs remain high at 189.51p.

As a result, experts are warning drivers to be selective about where they fill up to help cut costs.

Motorway service stations will often have much higher costs for petrol and diesel as they do not sell the quantities that supermarkets sell and therefore do not get the same discounts.

These areas must also consider a number of other factors, including parking and amenities such as toilets and showers.

When fuel prices were at their peak in June and July, some motorists saw motorway service station costs reach £2.49 a litre.

READ MORE: E10 Gasoline Can Cause Rubber Gaskets to Crack and “Dry Out”

When petrol and diesel prices peaked at the end of June 2022, they had reached £1.91 per liter of unleaded petrol and £1.99 per liter of diesel.

This represents an increase of 209% and 219% respectively since 1997.

In 1997 fuel prices were fairly even, with unleaded petrol costing around 61.82 pence per liter on average and diesel costing only a fraction more at 62.47 pence per litre.

If these prices had risen in line with inflation over the last 25 years (3.03%), unleaded petrol would cost around £1.30 a liter and diesel £1.31.

Car prices have also increased dramatically, by 821% in less than 50 years.

At the time of release, a Ford Fiesta was valued at £1,856, while drivers will now be set back £17,905 for the latest model.

Based on an average inflation of 5.03% per year between 1976 and 2022, a brand new Fiesta could cost you £15,422.

This means motorists are paying £1,672 more than inflation-level prices, although advances in car technology and the infotainment system may make up for the price difference.

read more
Car parking rate

Commercial rate hike puts ‘another nail in the coffin’ for struggling Cork businesses

Local authority rate hikes amid the energy, inflation and cost of living crises are “another nail in the coffin” for already struggling businesses and will render many unviable.

That was the warning from Mike Ryan, chairman of the Cork branch of the Restaurants Association of Ireland, after members of Cork City Council approved a 3.8% hike in commercial rates when passing the 2023 city budget. Rates had only increased by 1.2% in total over the previous 13 years.

The rise in Cork follows a 4% rise in fares by Dun Laoghaire Rathdown County Council and a 3.5% rise in Leitrim, with a 2.5% rise on cards in Clare.

Mr Ryan, who runs Cornstore and Coqbull restaurants in Cork, said the extra operating costs would make many businesses unviable.

“After the massive increases in gas and electricity costs, it’s now getting to the point where it’s becoming almost impossible to sustain a business,” he said. “Hospitality and retail have been hammered in recent years. Subsidies help, every little bit helps, but increases like this also hurt. They seem to be giving with one hand and taking with the other. I think some businesses will be able to hang on for the next six to eight weeks, but we’ll see a different landscape in January.”

Councilors voted 24-5 to pass a budget that will see some €268m spent on service delivery next year, up €28m from the 2022 budget.

The main contributors to the increase in expenditure are an increase of €4m in the housing budget, an increase of €9.3m in the wage bill due to national wage agreements, an increase of €8m in energy costs, a €500,000 supplement to homeless services and road surfacing, and a €1.8 million increase in a grant from Transport Infrastructure Ireland.

There will be no increase in car parking rates, which were increased in the 2022 budget.

In her report, council chief executive Ann Doherty said government fee waiver schemes introduced during Covid came to a halt earlier this year. She pointed to the cumulative 1.2% increase in commercial tariffs since 2009, well below the rate of inflation over this period.

But Cork House chief executive Conor Healy said businesses were footing the bill for “a legacy of underfunding of city and county councils” by the central government.

“While rebate programs will help, these increases will be a burden on many already struggling businesses,” he said. “The board should continue to invest significantly in economic development and marketing activities, which would generate additional business to offset some of the impact.”

Fianna Fáil councilor Sean Martin, chairman of the council’s finance committee, defended the government and said the council’s budget in 2019 was €166 million, and now stands at €268 million , with government grants increasing steadily over this period, from €32 million in 2019 to almost €. 91 million this year.

However, independent adviser Paudie Dineen described the rate hike as “an affront” to small businesses. Independent adviser Ken O’Flynn said it would likely have a devastating effect on many businesses.

Councilors were also told that new bike lanes and pedestrianization have cost more than 440 parking spaces over the past three years, representing a significant loss of revenue for the city.

Ms Doherty said the council will need to budget for significantly lower levels of parking revenue to fund future budgets.

Councilors are due to get a debriefing next month on roadworks and traffic changes around the city center amid growing congestion complaints.

Motorists blamed the congestion on work on the north quays combined with changes in traffic flow associated with the regeneration of MacCurtain Street to provide infrastructure for buses, bicycles and pedestrians.

The city council said the existing road network cannot accommodate further increases in the number of passenger cars and that plans to create efficient bus services as well as the continued development of cycling and pedestrian infrastructure are needed.

read more
Car parking rate

NIMBY residents ‘concerned and distressed’ by ‘giant and ugly’ bike shed

Days after Brighton & Hove City Council said it would investigate the location of a bicycle shed sparking outrage from parking permit holders who said it was ‘deliberately’ blocking parking spaces parking lot, another resident told the local press that she didn’t want any of the “giant ugly objects” in front of her house.

Janice Goodlet told The Argus she was ‘concerned and distressed’ by a plan to place one of the bicycle warehouses – of which the council has provided 60 since July and plans to install 90 more here spring, totaling 900 bicycle spaces for residents – outside his home on St Leonards Road in Hove.

Although she says she is “not against the installation of bicycle sheds”, the resident of the road for nearly 30 years says she is “unhappy” that it is “directly in front” of her “living room and bedroom”.

> The council “investigate” after the indignation of a driver in a bicycle shed “deliberately” blocking parking spaces

“I am not against the provision of cycle sheds on public roads so that cyclists can store their cycles in a secure place, but I am unhappy with the way the council decided on its location without any direct consultation with residents who will be directly affected,” she said.

“There are many other places near my home where the bike shed would not be directly outside of a resident’s living room and bedroom. It would seem the negative impact this would have on me and my partner doesn’t matter.

“I’ve lived in my house for nearly 30 years and loved living here, but the idea of ​​having an immovable, large object directly outside my house that I have no control over makes me feel really concerned and distressed.”

> ‘Rude and insensitive’ homepage slammed after ‘Adolf Hitler’ signed bike lane petition

Local Councilor Robert Nemeth, who was ‘surprised’ to see his name on the petition linked above given his opposition to this particular cycle route, said the sheds are a ‘very controversial policy’ which ‘doesn’t has been subject to neither public nor democratic scrutiny”.

“Issues such as planning, access, loss of parking spaces, supply and the inevitable vandalism were not properly considered,” he said. “Of course I support Janice in opposing this monstrosity outside her home. These structures should only come out of the homes of those who wish to use them.

Earlier this week, Brighton & Hove City Council said it would investigate the location of another shed in the town after an image of it occupying two permitted parking spaces appeared on public social networks.

The Norfolk Square shed photo led to accusations of council ‘incompetence’ and a ‘continuing war on motorists’ before the authority confirmed to they would ‘investigate’ and were ‘aware of the concerns”.

The town hall, however, wanted to add that it was “delighted” with the general reception given to the new bicycle sheds and that “the local residents had wanted them for a long time”, which is apparent from the demand for available space.

“We started with 20 installations in July and saw 100% uptake in just a few weeks,” said Councilor Steve Davis, Co-Chair of the Environment, Transportation and Sustainability Committee.

“Since then we have installed 40 more, and all but one of the 360 ​​spaces have now been occupied. This means that 359 residents now have a safe and secure place to store their bikes.

“There are also approximately 300 people on waiting lists for spaces. We are currently looking for more shed locations. We will have a total of 150 bicycle sheds installed by spring next year, i.e. 900 spaces for bicycles in total.

“We know that if we want more people to travel actively and sustainably, we need to provide them with the right infrastructure. Bike sheds offer people who live in homes with little or no storage space the opportunity to store their bikes safely.”

read more
Car parking rate

Council ‘investigating’ after driver outraged in bike shed ‘deliberately’ blocking parking spaces

Brighton & Hove City Council reacted to the backlash from angry motorists and said it was ‘investigating’ after a bike shed was pictured set up in a car park.

The Norfolk Square bike shed is one of 60 installed in the city since July, each providing secure storage for six bikes in a space the size of which could otherwise house a single car.

However, the positioning of the shed – taking up two resident’s permit parking spaces – sparked outrage, with one resident calling it ‘pure incompetence or Brighton & Hove City Council’s continuing war on motorists’ before saying more later to the local newspaper that he “has no problem with sheds”, just the “madness” of one “which takes up two parking spaces”.

> ‘It’s absolute madness’: Brighton motorists claim bike shed ‘deliberately’ takes up two parking spaces

“It creates this hatred between residents and car owners. I think it should be removed and put inside the plaza and that way there would be no problem,” said Bill Young at Argus.

In response to a question from, Brighton & Hove City Council confirmed they were “investigating” and were “aware of the concerns” of residents.

The town hall, however, wanted to add that it was “delighted” with the general reception given to the new bicycle sheds and that “the inhabitants have wanted them for a long time”, which is apparent from the demand for available space.

“We started with 20 installations in July and saw 100% uptake in just a few weeks,” said Councilor Steve Davis, Co-Chair of the Environment, Transportation and Sustainability Committee.

“Since then, we have installed 40 more, and all but one of the total 360 spaces have now been occupied. This means that 359 residents now have a safe and secure place to store their bikes.

“There are also approximately 300 people on waiting lists for spaces. We are currently looking for more shed locations. We will have a total of 150 bicycle sheds installed by spring next year, i.e. 900 spaces for bicycles in total.

“We know that if we want more people to travel actively and sustainably, we need to provide them with the right infrastructure. Bike sheds offer people who live in homes with little or no storage space the opportunity to store their bikes safely.”

However, not everyone shared Cllr Davis’ enthusiasm for the project, another resident told the Argus – despite growing demand and a growing waiting list – the sheds are “useless” and “take up paid parking spaces in the streets”.

“That shed would only take up one space, but the thing is, they could have put it in a corner of the park. I think they’re used to take up parking spaces. I think people will still take their bikes inside, so who are they really for?” they asked.

Another response to the original Facebook post came from a motorist who says he pays ‘£235 a year, up from £195 last year’ for a parking permit and ‘often spends ten to 20 minutes trying to parking near my house. Please explain what I am paying for, and how are these overpriced boxes acceptable?

Brighton is divided into zones with parking permits in ‘high demand’ areas such as Norfolk Square, costing motorists between £110 and £385 a year depending on their vehicle’s emissions.

The council says on its website that some parking spaces ‘can be retrofitted to accommodate cycle sheds’ which are rented by residents for three, six or 12 months at a time at a cost of ‘around £1 a week per space for bicycles”.

The sheds are accessible by mobile app or lock and key and are, according to the council, “about the size of a parking space and can store six standard-size bicycles”.

Whether the Norfolk Square bike shed will remain in place remains to be seen, but we’ll let you know as soon as there’s more on this story…

read more
Car parking rate

Be prepared, free parking is a thing of the past at the Pearl

From now on, parking your car at the Pearl will most likely cost you dearly.

Earlier this week, the Pearl began charging visitors a fee to park at nearly all of its lots, based on time spent there, in and around the dining and retail destination along the San Antonio river walk, not just the nearest “premium” courses. to action.

The Silver Ventures-owned property began transitioning from completely free parking to a paid parking system in November 2020. After this pilot program, it converted most of its 3,000 spaces to paid parking in July 2021.

But the East Elmira Street lot and some areas under the freeway overpass remained free — a gift many San Antonians appreciated.

Not anymore. Signs are posted in these areas with instructions for paying for parking.

Recent parking updates at Pearl reflect its continued growth, a spokesperson said in an emailed statement. Revenue from parking fees is dedicated to new projects and improving spaces, including areas like the new 1100 Springs Plaza.

The cost of parking is a flat rate of $3 Monday through Thursday and $8 Friday, Saturday, and Sunday, according to Pearl’s website.

In most Pearl car parks, the first 30 minutes are free. So your coffee might not cost you anything.

In three areas that were not charged for parking, only the first two hours are now free: the Koehler Garage, the East Elmira Street (River West) lot, and a small lot at Avenue A and East Newell Ave. Surface parking on Camden Street is always free.

Valet parking is available at the Hotel Emma and at the Carriqui and Ladino restaurants.

read more
Car parking rate

Ludhiana traders oppose parking rate hike: The Tribune India

Tribune press service

Harshraj Singh

Ludhiana, November 2

The Ludhiana Municipal Corporation and the state AAP government are condemned by traders in various markets after parking rates were repeatedly increased in the city’s civic body parking lots.

Businessmen express their displeasure at the Sarabha Nagar market. Photo from the podium: Himanshu Mahajan

A day after traders and employees working at various offices in Feroze Gandhi Market made their voices heard, traders in Sarabha Nagar Market expressed their anger at the Municipal Corporation, Ludhiana, for raising parking rates on Wednesday .

MP calls meeting of officials and contractor

On Wednesday evening, MP Gurpreet Gogi met with traders and workers from various offices in Feroze Gandhi Market, Sarabha Nagar and Model Town Extension Tuition Market. He called a meeting of shopkeepers, parking contractors and MC officials to resolve the issue.

Traders in Sarabha Nagar market gathered to protest against the parking rate hike and the hourly parking fee system. They said monthly parking pass rates had increased more than fourfold.

Sarabha Nagar Main Market Association chairman Wang said traders and market workers previously paid a monthly pass of 150 rupees for a scooter and 300 rupees for parking. Now the monthly pass fee had been unnecessarily increased to Rs 700 for a scooter and Rs 1,400 for a car. In addition, a system of hourly parking charges has been introduced. The increased parking rates were unjustified and merchants would not pay the increased fees, he said.

Another market businessman, Sukhjinder Singh Gill, claimed that the parking contractor had deployed bouncers and that the contractor’s men also misbehaved with some employees working at the contractor’s office today. today. “For issuing monthly passes, I was charged Rs 5,000 for parking my and staff vehicles, but no monthly passes or payment slips were issued. We will be forced to close stores if the rate increases are not revoked,” he said.

Students among the most affected

Hundreds of students come to study at various coaching centers at Tuition Market of Model Town Extension and they are also forced to suffer after the MC raises the parking rates. A coaching center owner said: “It is difficult for students to pay high parking fees. Previously, students paid Rs 10 for scooter parking for the whole day. Now the MC has introduced an hourly parking fee system which is a big inconvenience for students taking classes for more than two hours here. Many students take classes for five hours or more. Such a decision to increase parking rates should be revoked.

Amarjit Singh Tikka, a BJP leader, said, “Around 2,000 students regularly visit the tuition market. It would be difficult for the parents of many students to arrange a monthly pass fee of Rs 700 for scooter parking. Also, the hourly parking pricing system is not a good decision. In fact, it was necessary to reduce the surcharge instead of increasing parking rates in the city. The decision to increase parking rates should be reversed.

Meanwhile, a delegation from the Feroze Gandhi Market Association has submitted a memorandum to Commissioner MC against the parking rate hike. Traders in Feroze Gandhi Market and Sarabha Nagar Market also raised the issue before Ludhiana West MP Gurpreet Gogi.

Inderdeep Singh, president of Calibar Plaza Welfare Society (AC Market), near Bhadaur House, said the rise in parking rates had placed an additional burden on them and visitors.

BJP protests at Feroze Gandhi market

BJP leader’s lawyer Bikram Singh Sidhu and others staged a protest against the state AAP government and market MC Feroze Gandhi for raising parking rates. Sidhu said: “Parking lots have been allocated to a contractor who is close to politicians belonging to the Aam Aadmi party and the Congress. The government must remove the increased rates for scooters and car parking. Otherwise, we will be forced to launch an agitation against the government from Saturday.

Mayor Balkar Singh Sandhu said he had received a number of complaints against the parking rate hike. “I will speak to Commissioner MC in this regard. Necessary steps would be taken to resolve the issue,” he said.

read more
Car parking rate

Ex-Tesla AI Chief Explains Why They Removed Sensors; Others differ

In a recent interview, Andrej Karpathy, who was previously the AI ​​manager for Tesla’s Autopilot and FSD products, explained their reasoning behind removing radar and ultrasound from Tesla cars, as well as never using LIDAR or the cards. While Elon Musk is best known for his statements on this subject, Karpathy was his privileged interlocutor to support this reasoning. Karpathy, however, raised eyebrows when he took a sabbatical earlier this year and eventually announced he would be leaving.

The main points of Karpathy:

  1. Additional sensors increase system cost and, more importantly, complexity. They complicate the task of the software and increase the cost of all data pipelines. They add risk and complexity to the supply chain and manufacturing.
  2. Elon Musk is pushing a “the best part isn’t a part” philosophy that can be seen throughout the car in things like doing everything via the touchscreen. It is an expression of this philosophy.
  3. Vision is necessary for the task (which almost everyone agrees on) and it should also be sufficient. If sufficient, the cost of additional sensors and tools outweighs their benefits.
  4. Sensors change as parts change or become available and unavailable. They must be maintained and the software adapted to these changes. They also need to be calibrated for fusion to work properly.
  5. Having a fleet collecting more data is more important than having more sensors.
  6. Having to deal with LIDAR and radar produces a lot of bloat in the code and data pipelines. He predicts that other companies will also abandon these sensors in time.
  7. Mapping the world and keeping it up to date is far too expensive. You won’t change the world with this limitation, you have to focus on the vision that is most important. Roads are designed to be interpreted with vision.

Complexity of sensor fusion

In my recent interview with Jesse Levinson, CEO and co-founder of Zoox, I asked him the same question. While he agreed that having more sensors is definitely more work and more noise, these issues are not unsolvable and worth the effort. He thinks that if you’re smart and do your sensor fusion correctly, you can ensure that new sensor data and conflicting data aren’t a downside. Although each input has noise, if you are good you can draw the true signal from it and win.

In general, other teams won’t necessarily disagree with too many points from Karpathy. Having multiple sensors and fusion adds a lot of complexity and cost. Many will even agree that one day on the road, vision may be enough and those other sensors can be left behind. However, everyone (including probably Karpathy and Musk) would agree that vision is not enough today. Also, others would say it’s not at all clear when the vision will be enough. Karpathy and many others argue that humans primarily drive with vision, so it’s clearly possible, but the reality is that computers don’t have the power that human brains have to do that. Very few technologies work like human minds – the fact that birds fly with flapping wings does not imply that aircraft designers follow these routes. It is more common to use different or, in some cases, superhuman abilities of the machines to compensate for the machines’ lack of brain power.

Tesla’s approach would be quite rare in the world of AI, deliberately limiting a system to the sole capability of human sensors and hoping to make the human brain work with those constrained sensors.

Cost as a driver or time to market?

This difference in perspective stems partly from the fact that Tesla is a car manufacturer, and further from their goal of having their system work on their already shipped cars, or at worst a minor modification of their already shipped cars. (That renovation is already underway, and owners of older cars have seen a main processor upgrade with a second pending, as well as a replacement for the cameras – and possibly a rumored new camera system – in some cases.)

Automakers are very, very cost conscious. Everything they add to a vehicle adds 2-5 times its cost to the list price of the vehicle. Anything they can withdraw adds to their bottom line. The philosophy of removing parts makes sense here and has worked well for Tesla, although many drivers complain that they went a bit too far in some cases.

But this is less clear when removing a part when the system does not work without this part. After Tesla removed radar support, they downgraded a number of features in Tesla Autopilot, and even a year later it hasn’t returned to the speed it was capable of. Many Tesla owners complain that the radar-less system has far more frequent “ghost braking” events where the vehicle brakes, sometimes hard, for obstacles that aren’t there or aren’t a problem.

Tesla’s new cars shipped without ultrasonics have removed almost all functions of ultrasonics, such as park assist, auto-park, summon and more. They are promised, says Tesla, to return in the near future.

Most self-driving teams believe the shortest path to deployable self-driving is using LIDAR, radar, and in some cases other sensors. They see it as the shortest and safest way, not the easiest and cheapest. As they do not sell vehicles, these constraints are not a priority for them. Zoox’s Jesse Levinson says that because their custom robotaxi will get a lot of use and charge a good fee, the added cost of the special sensors isn’t the barrier it would be on a car sold to consumers.

But if cost is a factor, speed of development is most important. LIDAR today performs fully reliable detection of a large class of obstacles, at a level of reliability one can bet one’s life on. The camera doesn’t, and while it probably will one day, when it will is unknown to both Tesla and the other teams. The date when they will have a low cost is much better understood.

This question of when affects the complexity of the software. Today, it is more difficult to ensure that cameras provide the necessary reliability – so much more work than anyone can do yet. That it could allow for a simpler system in the future is not considered by most teams today. Leadership teams all invest billions of dollars and accept the cost of added complexity. A theoretically simpler solution that does not yet work is no simpler than a more complex but operational solution.

Naturally, it’s worth noting that none of the other standalone teams have production deployments, although several have pilots operating in complex cities without an onboard safety driver. Earlier I posted a series of articles and videos on what the remaining grand challenges teams see, and overall getting reliable perception isn’t one of the big hurdles for LIDAR and teams using the card. Rather, the challenge lies in the immense detail work required to be sure the vehicle can handle any unusual cases, especially never-seen-before cases.

Cartography and fleet

The issue of card virtue is another on which Tesla/Karpathy and other teams differ. While Karpathy hoped to create a car that could fully understand the road and where it needed to go without a detailed map, such a car is also a car that can remember what it has learned and use that to create a map to help the next version of this car to travel this road. Ironically, Karpathy’s own statement about the enormous value of a large fleet applies well here – if one has a large fleet, it is possible to build complete and detailed maps of the whole world, and keep them up to date, and it is foolish to throw away the useful information learned by this fleet.

These issues were discussed in more detail in my article and video on Tesla’s mapping decisions:

The way to the future

Karpathy is right that at some point a breakthrough is likely to come that will allow computer vision to perform the task of driving with great safety. Most other teams don’t disagree with him on that. He may be right in his prediction that they will eventually get rid of their LIDARs to cut costs. But they believe they will once they are in production, having taken the lead in the robotaxi sector when Tesla is still only driving assistance. They may be wrong – this breakthrough could come sooner, in which case Tesla will be very successful. But they don’t think that’s the way to bet.

It is also true that as time passes and all tools improve, additional sensors may not cost much more or add much more complexity. LIDAR, radar and thermal cameras provide superhuman detection. They can detect things that cameras cannot. Even if this advantage diminishes, it will not fall to zero – the debate will be whether their cost is justified. But when it comes to digital technology, that cost has historically been known to drop. The immense complexity of a modern mobile phone would baffle the mind of anyone not so long ago, and its cost would shock them even more. People who have bet on the high price of technology have rarely won the technology race. Tesla is actually a prime example of a company that won by betting that technologies would be better and cheaper.

Karpathy’s view of that future is hard to discern. His position at Tesla was highly coveted and lucrative in his field. For someone who believes in how far Tesla has come, this is an especially important place to change the world. However, he didn’t leave Tesla to start another project, at least as far as public announcements go. His departure suggests (but doesn’t guarantee) that he had some kind of trouble – perhaps with the project or his notoriously difficult job for the boss. Could be something else or something personal, of course – this is just speculation.

What is true is that the bet Tesla has made on these principles is a big one – with a big payoff or a big risk of falling behind. Luckily for Tesla, it has so many resources that even if its internal research fails, it can afford to change direction. In fact, if he had wanted to, he probably would have liked to buy Argo.AI last week, but Argo’s assets do not match Tesla’s current plan. Maybe if the plan changes, another player will be available for acquisition.

read more
Car parking rate

The arms industry is the only sure winner in Yemen and Ukraine

There are at least two big wars right now, in Ukraine and in Yemen. One is teleported into our homes 24 hours a day. The other generally does not deserve a reference.

To speak of peace, or even a ceasefire, in Ukraine is to invite ridicule. This goes against the dominant narrative in the West that the “Ukrainians” are winning and the “Russians” are getting a lesson they so richly deserve. Some, however, are beginning to wonder who is really winning the war in Ukraine.

However, there is little danger that calls for peace will spoil the party in Yemen, once the war is kept off the airwaves.

There are, in fact, many losers in both conflicts and very few winners.

The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees has calculated that
The civilian death toll from the war in Ukraine stood at 6,114 as of October 2 – a shocking figure. However, the same body estimated that at the end of last year as many as 377,000 people had lost their lives in the NATO-fueled war in Yemen.

Of these, 227,000 died from war-induced starvation and the destruction of civilian and medical infrastructure. The other 150,000 innocent civilians were mostly killed in the relentless shelling.

The only certain winner in the continuation of these two wars is the arms industry, the so-called military-industrial complex.

Billy Fitzpatrick


Dublin 6W

Two alternatives to the BusConnects package

It’s no wonder that the majority of Dublin-based NTA’s nearly 2,230 submissions to BusConnects proposals for Cork City are entirely negative.

Remarkably, it took more than five years for the NTA to come up with a plan that totally lacked credibility, empathy and consistency.

The proposals lack a grain of realism and have succeeded in upsetting and alienating almost the entire population of the city, as well as high-ranking politicians, councillors, communities, environmentalists and the business community in general.

Apparently the NTA’s strategy is that the combined intelligence and common sense of the people of Cork will force sweeping changes to facilitate a reasoned outcome.

A viable alternative not considered was congestion charging, a popular system in many enlightened cities in the UK, EU and far beyond.

London pioneered this method with great benefit, reducing congestion, pollution with benefits for everyone’s health, safety and well-being.

With park and ride locations throughout the city, congestion charging would, at a hugely reduced cost, avoid the need to desecrate the environment and negatively impact communities and businesses.

In the meantime, it is imperative that the business case for refusing to consider these alternatives be released immediately.

John Leahy

Wilton Road


Much of Sunak’s plans still unknown

Rishi Sunak’s coronation as Tory leader caps a swift political comeback by the former chancellor after losing to Ms Truss in the last leadership race.

British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak.

The former chancellor made no political promises during the truncated four-day contest or made any speeches or media interviews.

After Liz Truss’ tumultuous 44-day tenure, questions remain about Sunak’s plans for the job.

Gerry Coughlan


Dublin 24

Britain was asked the wrong question

If Rishi Sunak is the answer, Britain is asking all the wrong questions.

Shame on the Conservatives for avoiding a general election.

Michel Deasy


Co Cork

Review of “Banshees of Inisherin”

I was a bit of an admirer of Martin McDonagh since his dark, comedic plays – The Beauty Queen of Leenane and The Lonesome West, among others.

These reversed the usual romantic perspective of the west of Ireland and gave a caustic assessment of life in modern Connemara.

However, 20 years later, McDonagh is still trying to overturn Synge’s Gaelicized language by introducing a host of clichés to the Ireland of 100 years ago, with a film set in the dramatic landscape of a fictional island called Inisherin during the Irish Civil War. .

The result [The Banshees of Inisherin] is a half-baked theme gallimaufry, a mixum-gatherum of boredom that, at the end of its 114 minutes, has long since outlived its right to life.

There’s no superbly slapstick hint of a Playboy Of The Western World; just an outdated flogging of a dead horse by McDonagh whose condescending opinion of a dying great culture has long since run its moderate course.

Maurice O’Callaghan


Co Dublin

Visit to Cork reveals planning problems

On my first visit home after Covid I was shocked at the number of vacant stores on St Patrick’s St.

The city council’s decision to close the street to cars in the afternoon doesn’t help, nor does the high cost of parking. Why couldn’t a parking flat rate of €4, for example, be introduced from 4:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. on a trial basis?

It is also necessary to introduce more park and rides and open the event center as soon as possible.

Henry Hannon



Ads take priority over our future

Across the water today, important decisions have been taken that will affect the economic and political future of Europe and Ireland. The first news stories tonight on Virgin Media and RTÉ related to opening hours for pubs and nightclubs which will be introduced next year. That’s what interests us, apparently.

Pat O’Mahony



Neglected troubled past of other parties

While once again criticizing Sinn Féin, saying they ‘systematically refuse to confront the past’, Fergus Finlay was biased in the extreme [‘Irish Examiner’, October 25].

I say this because he rather conveniently forgot to mention that the Fine Gael and Fianna Fáil parties also had a troubled past.

Liam Burk


Co Kilkenny

Role of the “market” in British politics

The “market” essentially means the City of London, Wall Street and a handful of big players in international finance, such as the Vanguard Group and Blackrock, who dominate global markets and are interconnected with a cabal of business elites who shape the national government programs.

Liz Truss was probably mined that way.

I noticed that the day before her resignation, she claimed that she was “a fighter and not a quitter”.

Certainly, before her resignation, senior executives from two major companies that dominate the UK stock market decided to sabotage her government in the hope of replacing her with someone more sympathetic to their interests. It was a market coup in other words. It had nothing to do with democracy.

Louis Shawcross


co down

A timely reminder of a welcome bonus

I welcome the return of the clocks. At my age, every extra hour is a bonus

Tom Gilsenan


Dublin 9

read more
Car parking rate

Sacramento International Airport parking rates will increase


Parking lots are filled at Sacramento International Airport Thursday, June 30, 2022. County supervisors will vote Oct. 25, 2022 on whether to authorize a 5% annual increase in daily parking maximums at the airport from 2023 through 2027.

Sacramento International Airport

County officials on Tuesday approved an increase in parking rates at Sacramento International Airport, paving the way for rates to increase each of the next five years.

The Sacramento County Board of Supervisors voted unanimously to authorize the county’s Airport Service to increase the maximum daily parking rate by up to 5% per year from 2023 to 2027, for the first parking rate increase at the airport in over five years.

Current daily maximums at Sacramento International Airport are $29 for hourly parking, $18 for garage parking, $12 for daily parking, and $10 for economy parking. The county-operated airport last increased the garage parking rate by $1 per hour in May 2017; the other three rates have been in place since 2012.

According to the planned increases, the daily maximum would increase to the hourly lot from its current level of $29 to $30.50 next year, then increase by $1.75 per year until 2026, and by $2 from 2026 to 2027 to bring the new maximum to $37.75.

The garage maximum would increase to $19 next year and $23.50 by 2027; the daily lot from $12.75 in 2023 to $15.75 in 2027; and the economy lot from $10.50 to $13.50 in the same stretch.

The first round of increases could come as early as January 1.

The rate increases are being used to keep pace with inflation and help fund several improvement projects, most related to parking and ground transportation at the airport, according to a county staff report accompanying the update. Tuesday’s agenda. The report also notes that parking rates at the airport are currently lower than comparable lots and garages in downtown Sacramento.

Recent construction projects and the paving of parking lots have limited parking spaces at the airport, leaving availability “scarce” during periods of high demand, according to the report.

Sacramento International Airport currently has about 18,000 paid parking spaces, according to Sheri Thompson, deputy director of operations and maintenance for the county’s Airports Department.

Thompson said 2019 was the busiest year ever for air traffic at Sacramento International, and that volume almost completely rebounded after the coronavirus pandemic dented flight demand in 2020 and 2021. .

“We’ve moved now from recovery to growth,” Thompson said at Tuesday’s meeting. “We are concerned that we are on the verge of running out of parking this calendar year, and because of this, we have constructed and developed temporary and emergency parking plans.”

Thompson said these temporary parking plans do not include revenue controls, making it increasingly urgent to expand permanent parking, which the rate increase would help fund.

A group of planned airport improvements, which the county has labeled “SMForward,” include a new parking lot, a new pedestrian walkway at Terminal B, and the rehabilitation and expansion of existing economy lots. These projects, which are expected to cost more than $372 million, are expected to be completed by 2025.

The county report says parking accounts for 54% of the airport’s non-airline revenue, generating $65 million annually. The 5% increase would generate approximately an additional $47 million over the next five years.

In a separate paper at Tuesday’s meeting, the board also unanimously authorized an $8 per transaction day fee to be collected from car rental companies at the airport, tripling the amount currently collected by the count.

The county now levies a $10 fee on every rental transaction by airport-based rental companies. Moving to a daily fee system would more than triple the fee per transaction: the average duration of a car rental at the airport is about four days, according to the diary report, so charging $8 per transaction day would increase the fee per transaction. at around $32 from the current $10.

Revenue from the increased fees will go towards the construction of a consolidated $390 million car rental facility at the airport.

The rental fee change will also come into effect in early 2023.

Related Sacramento Bee Stories

Michael McGough anchors The Sacramento Bee’s breaking news reporting team, covering public safety and other local stories. A Sacramento native and permanent resident of the capital, he interned at The Bee while attending Sacramento State, where he earned a degree in journalism.

read more
Car parking rate

Letter to the Editor: Property Tax Stabilization Program Not Helping Maine Seniors

The state property tax stabilization program ends up being a sham. I thought if I applied in September 2022, the town of Gorham would use the 2022 tax year as the stabilized rate, because the Maine Tax Services website says, “The tax you are charged for your property will be frozen at the amount you were billed. in the previous tax year. Since I applied in September 2022, I assumed “last year” meant 2021 or 2022 would be my rate.

The Cumberland County assessment in April 2022 increased my taxes from $4,740 to $5,938, and I received a bill for that amount. The municipal office explained that the “previous” year is actually the tax year from June 2022 to July 2023. Therefore, I have “stabilized” on the highest tax in the history of the state, at a time of the highest inflation in the nation, and based on inflated land values ​​from foreigners that drove up property prices.

Every Mainer knows that when foreigners realize they will face the same problems here as the metropolitan areas they left – theaters sold out months in advance; coffee at the wheel with a wait of more than 10 cars; no parking to enjoy Portland’s restaurants and brutal winters – they’ll sell at a loss, leaving the rest of us with hugely inflated property tax bills.

As a result, I’ll be paying $1,200 more in taxes, over $5 a gallon for fuel oil, with a shrinking retirement account as the stock market plunges.

This is not a good deal for seniors, who should remember this when they vote in November.

Kathleen Williams

Use the form below to reset your password. After you submit your account email, we’ll send you an email with a reset code.

” Previous

read more
Car parking rate

Marylebone’s ‘crash pad’, which is the size of two parking spaces, sells for £295,000

One of London’s smallest apartments sells for top dollar! Marylebone’s top-of-the-line ‘crash pad’, which is the size of two parking spaces, sells for £295,000

  • A 14 square meter flat on York Street in Marylebone has sold for £295,000
  • The property offers just enough space for a sofa bed, a kitchen and a bathroom
  • York Estates marketed the house to commuters looking for a London ‘crash pad’


A tiny ‘crash pad’ sold for £295,000 despite being one of the smallest apartments in London.

The Marylebone property is just 14 square meters and is the barley of two parking spaces.

The Georgian townhouse, located on York Street, offers just enough space for a sofa bed, a kitchen and a bathroom.

York Estates marketed the tiny house as a ‘crash pad’ for those traveling to the capital.

The estate agency says the cost of living crisis has fueled a “growing demand” for tiny homes.

A tiny ‘crash pad’ in Marylebone has sold for £295,000 despite being one of London’s smallest flats

The Georgian townhouse, located on York Street, offers just enough space for a sofa bed, a kitchen and a bathroom

The Georgian townhouse, located on York Street, offers just enough space for a sofa bed, a kitchen and a bathroom

The Marylebone property measures just 14 square meters and is barley the area of ​​two parking spaces

The Marylebone property measures just 14 square meters and is barley the area of ​​two parking spaces

York Estates has sold the flat, which includes an en-suite shower room and open-plan kitchen, to a buyer who plans to use it as a part-time base in London.

The new owner also plans to offer the property on AirBnb when not in use.

Julia Lilley, owner and founder of York Estates, says rising rents, mortgages and energy prices are pushing Britons to buy so-called tiny homes.

“After the pandemic, we are seeing an increasing number of clients looking for a small flat in London as a base to base themselves during the working week,” she told The Times.

Earlier this year a seven square meter flat in Clapton sold for £90,000 and won bids from ‘all over the world’.

York Estates has marketed the tiny house as a 'crash pad' for those traveling to the capital

York Estates has marketed the tiny house as a ‘crash pad’ for those traveling to the capital

The flat has been sold to a buyer who plans to use it as a part-time base in London

The flat has been sold to a buyer who plans to use it as a part-time base in London

The new owner also plans to offer the property on AirBnb when not in use.

The new owner also plans to offer the property on AirBnb when not in use.

It has an en-suite shower room and an open plan kitchen

It has an en-suite shower room and an open plan kitchen

The sale of the Marylebone property comes amid Britain’s housing crisis which has seen property prices soar.

Inquiries from potential new home buyers have fallen for a fifth consecutive month, the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) monthly survey has found.

However, UK house prices have risen at the slowest pace since the start of the pandemic, with expectations for the year ahead suggesting a slight decline in prices.

The RICS house price balance – measuring the difference between the percentage of surveyors reporting price rises and those seeing a fall – fell sharply to +32 in September from +51 in August, signaling a slowdown in price growth .

September’s reading was the weakest since July 2020, and a separate balance for sales volumes was the most negative since May 2020, the figures showed.

Experts pointed to rising interest rates and an uncertain financial situation as having weighed on the housing market, as well as the expected rise in mortgage rates over the next six months.


read more
Car parking rate

Car-lite zones: what do they mean for Singapore?, Lifestyle News

As part of the latest campaign to campaign for Singapore’s efforts to cultivate a car-free society, the Land Transport Authority (LTA) has classified six more areas as car-free as of October 31.

This includes the four public housing estates of Ulu Pandan, Mount Pleasant, Tengah and Keppel Club, in addition to the ten existing car-lite areas. The other two areas are Pearl’s Hill and Tanjong Rhu.

Five car-lite areas of Kampong Bugis, Marina South, Jurong Lake District, Bayshore and Woodlands North were classified in February 2019.

Jurong Innovation District, One-North, Punggol Digital District, Springleaf and Woodlands Central were released in August 2020.

What do car-lite zones mean?

HDB and LTA said car-only areas are planned in advance, with good public transport as well as walking and cycling trail networks.

This car-free infrastructure reduces the number of parking spaces in designated areas and improves connectivity and convenience.

It also frees up space for public amenities and greenery. Residents of these neighborhoods will have priority for parking thanks to new parking demand management measures.

Ulu Pandan

Ulu Pandan will be the first HDB car-lite ward, with the first BTO apartments to be launched in the November 2022 HDB BTO sales exercise.

To encourage residents to ditch their vehicles and go green, HDB will reduce the number of parking spaces around the Dover MRT.

Shared community spaces, pedestrian and bicycle paths, and parks will replace these areas, with the Park Connector network providing residents with convenient access to the center of the neighborhood and major nearby amenities.

Residents can expect convenient access to rail and bus services, with protected elevated walkways linking directly to the Dover MRT and barrier-free accessibility to bus stops along Commonwealth Avenue.

Other measures to promote a less carbon-intensive mode of transport include:

  • Parking in reduced season, which will be reserved for residents only. It will also have priority for the first car of resident households.
  • Residents with more than one car will be charged a higher Tier 2 seasonal parking rate ($190 per month), subject to availability.
  • Short-term parking will still be available for visitors, but spaces are limited. Parking fees can also be adjusted based on demand.
  • Non-residents cannot purchase seasonal parking within the car-lite compound.

Distance Based Parking Provision Standards (RPPS)

The LTA introduced the Reach Based Parking Provision Standards (RPPS) which included a new parking zone 4 for car-only areas in November 2018 which came into effect in February 2019.

What is Zone 4?

Areas classified as Zone 4 are car-only areas, planned for strong public transport connectivity and walking and cycling options.

This means less parking, with parking requests per development reviewed by LTA on a case-by-case basis based on area planning intent, accessibility to public transport, as well as walking and cycling infrastructure .

The boundaries of the new car-lite zones classified as zone 4 are in the central, western and eastern areas of Singapore:

Center (including Ulu Pandan)

mount pleasant


Tanjong Rhu


pearl hill


Great south seafront








What other car-lite initiatives are there?

By opting for the light car, the community and the city benefit from many advantages by having dynamic and meaningful public spaces.

There are three main initiatives where designated areas are closed off to all metal machinery so people can use the space instead.

1. Car-free Sundays

Launched in 2015 as a community initiative by the Urban Redevelopment Authority (URA), LTA, National Parks Board (NParks), National Arts Council (NAC), Health Promotion Board (HPB), Sport Singapore (SportSG) and Singapore Land Authority (SLA), Car-Free Sundays closes some public roads on weekends to accommodate activities for the public and liven up the streets.

There have been heritage-themed and family-friendly activities, such as Our Telok Ayer Stories.

Telok Ayer and Amoy streets have been closed to promote the heritage of the conservation area, with pop-up exhibits such as the Street Photography Workshops and the Telok Ayer Walking Tour which takes visitors on a journey to discover the different architectural styles and people. who resided in the area.


The pandemic has put a pause on the festivities, so hopefully Car-Free Sundays will be back soon.

2. Car-free zones

The URA has designated regular road closures on certain days to make room for public use. These routes include:

Monday to Friday: 3 p.m. to 1 a.m.

Sat, Sun, Public Holiday Eve and Public Holiday: 12 p.m. to 1 a.m.

  • Baghdad Street and Bussorah Street

Fri: 3 p.m. to 1 a.m.

Sat, Sun, Public Holiday Eve and Public Holiday: 12 p.m. to 1 a.m.

With the closure of these roads, traffic congestion in the area is reduced, as well as on-street parking. Activities such as walking through open markets and public performances may take place instead.


3. Transform the streets

To boost the vibrancy and footfall of Singapore’s public spaces, the Lively Places program is a joint initiative of the URA and HDB, as well as community-led efforts to provide more community spaces by closing off streets that are usually reserved to cars.

Spread across Singapore, various areas have benefited from road closures in shared spaces, with residents taking part in activities such as exhibitions, hands-on craft workshops and even learning new skills like gardening and creating advertisements digital.

If you want to empower and contribute to your community by starting and participating in such projects, the Lively Places Fund provides up to $20,000 from HDB.


Network of cycle paths

Other car-lite initiatives include tripling Singapore’s Cycle Route Network (CPN) from its current 460 km to over 1,300 km by 2030. Currently, there are CPNs in nine HDB cities, and new infrastructure is being developed in six other cities.

CPNs provide a safe and conducive environment for commuters to cycle from their homes to MRT stations, bus interchanges and nearby amenities like shopping malls and schools.

You can find the full Singapore CPN map here.

ALSO READ: Part of Orchard Road will be car-free from 2025

This article first appeared on

read more
Car parking rate

Brand new Preston Rail Station draws closer as planning application submitted and ownership deals decided

Work on the long-awaited Cottam Parkway shutdown will begin next year if the project is given the green light. It is estimated that the station would then take around 18 months to build, meaning it could be open before the end of 2024.

Passengers using the new pick-up point – on land west of Lea Road and east of Sidgreaves Lane – would enjoy journey times of just five minutes into Preston city centre, or could be at Blackpool in 20 mins.

The hope is that the £24m scheme will reduce traffic congestion in both locations, with the business case for South Fylde line station estimating that around 500,000 journeys a year would start or end there- down.

The planned Cottam Parkway station will have a passenger waiting area and 250 parking spaces (Image: Lancashire County Council)

Read more

Read more

New Cottam Parkway station could help ease congestion in Preston

The plans were lodged with Lancashire County Council just weeks after the authority – which is itself leading the development – decided it would hand over the facility to Network Rail once it is finished.

Cabinet members approved the move last month after being persuaded it was not worth County Hall retaining control of the station as it would not be able to generate revenue from the 250 car park. places on the site – because it would be free for travelers. .

Cottam Parkway would have a catchment area of ​​around 12,000 households across Cottam, Ingol and Lea. The population of North West Preston is growing rapidly, with around 6,000 new homes expected to be built in the area over the two decades to the mid-2030s.

The railway line crossing Lea Road, which once had its own station – until 1938

Transport bosses hope that – if eventually approved – the facility will spur a shift to sustainable travel, with the station set to be served by a new bus stop, as well as improved cycling infrastructure and footpaths on the approach . The relay car park will also be equipped with electric charging stations.

The station – located near a long-time stop on Lea Road, which closed in 1938 – would link to the new Preston Western Distributor Road. This road – linking Riversway to a new junction on the M55 at Bartle – is due to open next year.

Cottam Parkway is also expected to provide an alternative option for suburban dwellers traveling elsewhere in the North West by train – meaning they no longer have to travel to the heart of the city and to park before boarding a service from the main station.

County Cllr Charlie Edwards, cabinet member for highways and transport at Lancashire County Council, said the planning application was “a major step forward in the delivery of this new station, which will open up new opportunities for people and will be a gateway to other parts of the region”.

Cllr David Borrow hopes the new station will reduce congestion on the roads

He added: “We have made significant changes to the design since we announced the plans. We have added native scrub, trees and grassland rich in native species to a field near the station to give a boost. overall thumb to the biodiversity of this program and help wildlife, which will also result in a 10% net biodiversity gain for the project.

“We are already in discussions with the Department of Transport and rail operators to get as many services as possible serving the station,” explained County Cllr Edwards.

It is proposed that there will be new planting south of the railway line between Ashton and Lea Golf Course and the bridge at Darkinson Lane and the railway chalets. The station building itself will feature a ‘green’ roof – to encourage wildlife – and solar panels to help power it.

Preston City Council’s Cabinet Member for Planning and Regulation, David Borrow, welcomed the news that a planning application had now been submitted for what he described as ‘much needed infrastructure’.

Cottam Parkway will be built on the South Fylde line between Preston and Blackpool – seen here from Skeffington Road

“We believe plans to improve transport provision in Preston, with an emphasis on low carbon journeys and green travel, are key to helping our transport networks meet current and future needs. of our growing and developing communities, businesses and visitors.

“The plans provide the sustainable transport networks needed to support economic growth in Preston and outline essential and transformational ways to relieve congestion and pressure on the roads, as well as promote alternative means of transport.

“With our partners, we continue to explore all available opportunities to improve and develop Preston, including transport and connections in and around the city,” said Cllr Borrow.

Lancashire County Council’s independent, cross-party Development Review Committee of councilors will determine Cottam Parkway’s planning application.

The prospect of a station at the proposed location goes back about ten years. However, it was only after Lancashire clawed back £22.3million from the government’s Transforming Cities Fund more than two years ago that the concept began to emerge from the sidings. The Preston, South Ribble and Lancashire City deal contributed an additional £2.1million.


County Cllr Charlie Edwards says Cottam Parkway station will be built with biodiversity in mind

Cottam Parkway will include:

*** A station building with ticket hall, passenger waiting area, toilets, staff room and technical room.

***Two single-sided platforms 210 meters long that can accommodate eight-car trains, with passenger waiting shelters.

*** A station walkway and associated stairs and lifts to provide platform-to-platform level access, as well as a secondary means of evacuation from the platforms.

***A surface car park with 250 spaces, including at least 38 charging stations for electric vehicles.

***The possibility of adding an additional 55 spaces at ground level or creating an additional 134 parking spaces by building a single-storey multi-storey.

***Bus stop bays in the central forecourt, next to the station building, to accommodate local bus services.

*** An access road crossing Sidgreaves Lane – where a new T-junction is proposed – and continuing east, parallel to the new station car park, ending at a turn-around area for pick-up and drop-off of the station.

*** A separate cycle path and footpath along a section of the existing Sidgreaves Way and over the Quaker Bridge, linking with the Preston Local Cycle Network on the Preston Western Distributor Road and along Darkinson Lane.

Source: Lancashire County Council


Lancashire County Council will transfer full ownership of the new Cottam Parkway station to Network Rail once it is built.

The authority concluded that handing over control of the facility to the organization responsible for operating the railways was the lowest risk of the three options presented to cabinet members last month.

Mirroring the arrangements made at Euxton Balshaw Lane and Buckshaw Parkway stations in Chorley, the move means that operating and maintenance costs are covered by the rail industry through the additional revenue generated by the new stop. This will include staffing, parking, reactive and routine maintenance, landscaping and infrastructure renewal.

County Hall will have no continuing responsibility for the station, but parking fee restrictions may be reflected in the deed. However, the authority loses control over the operation of a state-funded asset – with no say in other decisions such as ticketing hours.

Nonetheless, highways and transport cabinet member Charlie Edwards told a meeting where the principle of the transfer was agreed that it was ultimately the “most beneficial” configuration.

“We have agreed that the station car park will be free – it will be a walk station – therefore there will be no revenue stream or business benefit for the council if we own a car park like this,” said he added.

Cabinet members were told that the introduction of station parking charges would discourage the kind of sustainable travel the county council was seeking to promote.

Two other options for the operation of Cottam Parkway were considered but rejected. The first—retaining full ownership of the station and granting a lease for its use—would have ultimately left County Hall responsible for future maintenance and health and safety issues.

The second – that Lancashire County Council would retain ownership of the car park and access road, with the platforms and station building transferred to Network Rail – could have been ‘problematic’ because of the resulting co-ownership , the cabinet members said.

read more
Car parking rate

Seeing Red – Our NHS is tearing to the seams – The Isle Of Thanet News

Clr Karen Constantine

Our NHS is a valuable asset to all of us. Our NHS staff, every single one of them, are always doing their best, going the ‘extra mile’, no wonder we’ve stood at our door and cheered them on vigorously during the Covid lockdown. Who among us doesn’t feel he deserves a decent pay rise? Yet the Conservative government has failed miserably to put decent pay on the bargaining table. The Conservatives are not taking the labor crisis seriously either.

Our NHS workers have stood up for us, now, with industrial action being the last resort, it is our turn to stand up for them.

I am not surprised that the Royal College of Nursing is voting its 300,000 members on a possible strike for the first time in its 106 year history. I know every member will think carefully about the ballot. And no matter the outcome and eventual outcome, every nurse will do their best to serve the patients. But the sad truth is that the cost-of-living crisis has completely overwhelmed the average income of nurses. If they can’t afford to live on a nurse’s salary, how can we expect to be cared for when we are sick and need their specialist care?

Similarly, the Royal College of Midwives “whose membership includes over 50,000 midwives, student midwives and maternity support workers – urges its members across Britain to vote in favor of strike action” . They also state that “no action would be taken that would put mothers and babies at risk, with safe services being maintained”.

It’s not uncommon to hear that nursing and midwifery staff are so tough they’re forced to use food banks or struggle to pay their workplace parking fees. Safe parking is vital, particularly for those working unsocial shifts, and not forgetting those who regularly work beyond their contractual hours.

The Conservatives have failed the care professions. They took for granted the hundreds of thousands of women (and men, but women predominate) and their professional “calling” and honorable sense of duty. No one ever wants to strike – but when you can’t get the government to listen or come up with a decent and acceptable pay deal, what else can you do?

Patient safety is compromised.

Not only have wages fallen in real terms, but the workforce is plummeting. Nurses are also taking action to protect patient care – as numbers drop alarmingly. Nurses say they are worried about safety on the wards and cannot afford all of their household expenses. Can’t it be fair to spend years in a college education only to end up in a job that just doesn’t allow for a decent standard of living? Or to work in wards with dangerous levels of staff, or even work in a medical practice when the demand for appointments exceeds supply, as is so often the case now, as the number of GPs is also falling.

It is not just nurses and midwives who take industrial action. As we are warned by the NHS England board that demand for GP appointments is at record highs and has exceeded capacity. Dr Farah Jameel, chair of the English General Practitioners Committee of the BMA, British Medical Association, said doctors were ‘desperate’ to provide patients with the care they need. But he said, “We just don’t have enough doctors.” The Tories have failed to stay on track to deliver the additional 6,000 GPs by 2024-25. Without drastic action, the GP crisis will continue to worsen and people will continue to suffer.

Recruitment and retention of GPs over the past decade has been truly abysmal. A quarter of GP positions could be vacant in just 10 years. The relationship between GPs and the government is also in bad shape. So much so that the BMA established a “strike fund” for the first time in its history. They plan to vote in January. We all hope that this industrial action will be avoided.

However, GP practices are currently facing the ‘very real prospect’ of having to temporarily or permanently close this winter due to increased workloads and staffing issues, GP leaders have warned.

“There is currently a shortage of around 4,200 full-time equivalent (FTE) GPs, which is expected to reach around 8,900 FTE GPs in 2030/31, compared to the number needed to meet growing care needs. This means that without changes to current workforce trends and policies, nearly 1 in 4 of the 37,800 GP positions needed to provide pre-pandemic standards of care would be vacant. However, if an increasing number of GPs leave the profession due to burnout and new roles are not successfully integrated into multidisciplinary GP teams, the projected shortfall could reach 18,900 FTE GPs, or around half of vacancies in 2030/31. .”

The situation in Kent.

We need more GPs and surgeries across Kent. Patient demand is there, but appointments in all areas are often difficult to obtain. So four more surgeries in Kent (not Thanet) are welcome, but fall far short of meeting the real needs of Kent residents. The only way to improve this situation is to train many more GPs (and other NHS staff) as quickly as possible. It’s really the only way to create more appointments. More appointments mean patients are both seen and referred to specialists quickly. This prevents the conditions from worsening. Seeing a GP is often essential for an accurate diagnosis.

No wonder so many health unions covering millions of NHS workers are challenging the government, ‘It’s now up to the government to avoid strikes in the NHS by fixing wages,’ UNISON say as they are preparing to vote more than 400,000 members working in the NHS.

Health care affects us all.

From prenatal to death, we all depend on a good primary health care service, and we are absolutely right to believe that we should be able to depend on it. It has been the foundation of our society for as long as most of us can remember. It is the gateway to almost all other treatments. Vitally important if you have a more serious condition that requires investigation and treatment.

The NHS in general, including general practice, has been significantly run down. The number of general practitioners per inhabitant is falling. Many GPs who enter the profession do so knowing that they can only cope with this high-pressure and stressful role on a part-time basis, and as many more women are GPs, to better combine responsibilities of care.

Closer to home, the situation at QEQM is extremely worrying.

Difficulties in getting GP and dental appointments aside, the difficulties I’ve highlighted here may seem abstract – but here’s what’s happening closer to home at QEQM. And please keep in mind that we are not yet at the “winter pressure” stage. So Covid, flu and other factors could quickly make things much worse than they are right now.

Currently at QEQM there are 94 vacancies. This means that we are missing 94 people in our services, in our emergencies and in the whole hospital. I hear that one of the reasons for the staff shortage is that Brighton Hospital is fortunate to be able to offer three to four times the current rate of pay. How on earth can QEQM compete with that? Especially during this cost of living crisis? Where are our local Conservative MPs? Why don’t they push for more funding for the local hospital to solve this exact problem?

This in practice means that patients are not being discharged quickly enough and that’s not just bad for them, it’s also bad for the NHS.

I hear of services being covered by only one qualified staff member and one unqualified member, and the beds awaiting discharge range from 150 patients waiting to 30 currently. These patients find themselves crammed into spaces near emergency exits and nursing stations, but more importantly, they are sometimes left without access to suction, oxygen, and emergency call bells. This increases the risk of an emergency! It can’t be true?

I hear QEQM is so aware of patient waiting time that they put inflatable air mattresses on the carts to prevent patients from becoming uncomfortable.

Other hospitals in east Kent are also struggling. I believe the William Harvey is often on ‘divert’ as it is often rated OPEL 4 – which means it is not safe to receive more patients. And that they have reduced the number of employees in theaters from 4 to 3, which means there is one less qualified person present.

What a mess. I will seek answers from both HOSC, the Kent-wide Health Oversight and Review Board, and our local hospital bosses!

We are told the backlog is due to Covid – no way!

Even before Covid-19, demand for NHS healthcare far exceeded supply: there were 4.4 million people on waiting lists in England at the start of 2020. But the pandemic has made matters worse : around 2.4 million NHS operations were canceled in England and Wales in 2021. GP appointments were severely restricted. There are now 6.6 million people – more than a tenth of the population – awaiting treatment. About 332,000 have been waiting for more than a year, 13 times the comparable number in May 2020.

Of course, it suits the conservatives to say that the current crisis is due to covid. But that’s just not the case.

When the next general election comes, remember that the Conservative government has not taken care of our NHS enough to take care of us. Support all our NHS staff.

read more
Car parking rate

Make the Most of Your Fall Visit

Orlando has been dubbed the Halloween holiday capital for several good reasons. Whether you want the adrenaline rush of traversing terrifying haunted houses that take you into the world of horror movies at Universal Studios or the sheer joy of feeling like a kid again at Mickey’s Not-too-delicious Halloween party So-Scary Disney World theme parks don’t hold back the Halloween fun.

Here are some of the most enjoyable things to do in Orlando this fall. Orlando wasn’t hit as hard as some areas by Hurricane Ian, and these events are still on the calendar for guests to enjoy before or on Halloween.

Mickey’s Not-So-Scary Halloween Party

Until October 31, Mickey’s Not-So-Spooky Halloween Party is the one fall event you should try in Orlando even if you’re not going to any others. The elaborate party takes place at the Magic Kingdom, and it’s a separate ticketed event from a regular Disney World pass. It’s family friendly, and as its title suggests, it won’t give you nightmares!

Several experiences in the park are unique to this event. You’ll see Disney characters in costume, the Hocus Pocus Villain Spelltacular! at Cinderella’s Castle, and Disney’s Not-So-Spooky Spectacular. There is a Disney Junior Jam for children and Disney characters can be seen in costume. Of course, more than 20 rides are also open for the event, and there may be shorter lines than during normal park hours.

Guests are encouraged to wear costumes for Mickey’s not-so-spooky Halloween party, so you’ll be ready to trick or treat. The Trick-or-Treat Trail is highly anticipated each year. Trick-or-treat stations are spread throughout the park and every child is included. Vegan candies as well as hypoallergenic treats and non-food treats are available. If you’re vegan or have an allergy, just tell them at the treat station, and they’ll give you a coin to redeem later for treats at designated locations.

Another great thing about this celebration is that it is for everyone. While many theme parks still don’t get it when it comes to making rides inclusive of all sizes, just about every ride at Disney World has been designed for people of all sizes. So every member of your family and group of friends can enjoy this event together without anyone feeling stressed or left out.

Universal Orlando Resort Halloween Horror Nights

This event is for older teens and adults, so kids should stay home for this one. Don’t let that stop you from enjoying all the spooky fun at Universal Orlando Resort’s Halloween Horror Nights. There are 10 awe-inspiring haunted houses that range from weird to hauntingly horrifying. You shouldn’t miss the brand new “The Weeknd: After Hours Nightmare”, inspired by The Weeknd’s “After Hours” album.

The spookiest haunted house is the one filled with Michael Myers which is aptly named “Halloween” after the film franchise. You’ll feel like you’ve just stepped into an actual classic movie experience, and few make it through the entire house without at least a scream (or 20). The scenography is so well done that it seems that the film has come to life.

Halloween Horror Nights includes five spooky areas that all have lots of spooky creatures ready to swoop in and scare you. Be careful not to look too scared! They are said to gravitate towards those who give them a strong reaction. Also, don’t miss the two live Halloween shows at the park; they are creative with talented and captivating actors.

Screamin’ Green Hauntoween at Crayola Experience

If being scared isn’t your thing, here’s another kid-focused family gathering. Families can enjoy decorating pumpkins and making slime. What kid wouldn’t want to learn how to make slime? There are also activities like a themed scavenger hunt and crafts. Trick-or-treating is even offered on weekends.

Winter Park Scenic Boat Tour

One of the best things about this time of year is to breathe in the fresh, crisp air and enjoy that fabulous fall weather. The Winter Park Scenic Boat Tour lets you do just that, seeing interesting sights that can only be appreciated from Winter Park’s beautiful three-lake chain and two man-made canals. A friendly guide will be happy to teach guests about the history of Winter Park, which was originally founded in the 1800s.

Cry and flow

If you want to get a little scared from the comfort of your own car, the Scream n’ Stream Drive-Thru Haunted House is for you. You can stay in the vehicle while enjoying the music, live performance, and fog for ambiance. For an additional fee, you can also experience a sensory terror experience called Deprivation.

Where to stay in Orlando

Orlando offers a wide range of accommodations for every fall budget. Here are some special places to stay:

Waldorf Astoria Orlando

Set on 482 acres, the Waldorf Astoria Orlando is a truly luxurious hotel with various vegan restaurants, a championship golf course, and a luxurious spa. It is also considered an Official Walt Disney World Hotel, so guests receive free theme park transportation and early admission to each Disney theme park.

Gaylord Palms Resort and Convention Center

There’s enough to do at Gaylord Palms Resort & Convention Center to keep you busy for several days. Its Cypress Springs water park has the new Crystal River Rapids action river, and there are fall activities for families to enjoy together. Set on four and a half acres, the resort’s interior garden atriums are fun to explore. Then there’s the Relâche Spa, a serene place to relax when your feet hurt after running around the theme parks.

JW Marriott Orlando Bonnet Creek Resort & Spa

The JW Marriott Orlando Bonnet Creek Resort & Spa offers absolute luxury in its guest rooms and suites that reflect the resort’s holistic wellness philosophy. Located near Disney World Resort with a free shuttle to Disney theme parks, it’s popular for families and solo business travelers. It has specialty restaurants with delicious selections for vegans and others with special dietary needs. Its resort pool has a kiddy pool, and the rooftop deck is an idyllic spot to watch Disney’s nightly fireworks display.

The AC by Marriott Orlando Lake Buena Vista Hotel

The AC Hotel by Marriott Orlando Lake Buena Vista is a brand new hotel that just opened in 2022. Each guest room has been designed to maximize space and avoid unnecessary clutter. Plus, if you have any energy left after your Halloween celebrations, the hotel has a 24-hour fitness center. (If you’re curious what AC stands for, it was named after founder Antonio Catalan.)

Comfort Suites Near Universal Orlando Resort

Comfort Suites Near Universal Orlando Resort – The Comfort Suites Near Universal Orlando Resort is a popular choice for budget accommodations. It is very close to Universal Studios and offers a free shuttle to the theme park. There are no resort fees or parking fees, and a full breakfast is served each morning. As the name suggests, this is a comfortable hotel where you can relax and get a good night’s rest.

read more
Car parking rate

Excite entry-level variant of MG Motor’s ZS electric SUV priced at Rs. 22.58 lakh

The new Excite entry level variant of MG ZS EV is priced at Rs. 22.58 million; Reservations for the new variant are now open; The existing exclusive variant receives a new two-tone interior color theme.

MG Motor India has updated its ZS EV range by adding a new variant and making some changes to the existing model. The facelifted model was launched in March this year and was only offered in the Exclusive version. Now diversifying the range, the Chinese brand has launched a new entry-level Excite variant of the ZS EV. The existing variant receives some minor feature updates.

MG ZS EV Excite Variant: Details

The new budget variant of the MG ZS EV SUV is priced at Rs. 22.58 lakhs. In terms of equipment, the base version includes more than 75 connected features, the segment’s largest 10-inch HD touchscreen infotainment system and a 360-degree parking camera. Other essential features of the new Excite version include a 7-inch all-digital dashboard, Hill Descent Control, OTA (Over the Air) updates, Park + Native app for parking reservation and the system of MapmyIndia online navigation with live traffic, live weather and AQI, and the integrated Discover app to locate nearby restaurants and hotels.

MG ZS EV: changes in the exclusive variant

The updated exclusive trim receives a new two-tone iconic ivory interior theme as well as the introduction of i-smart connected car technology, similar to the lower specification Excite trim.

MG ZS EV: powertrain and price

The electric vehicle is powered by the familiar 50.3 kWh battery with global ASIL-D, IP69K and UL2580 certifications. The battery provides power through a single electric motor capable of producing 176hp and 280Nm of peak torque. The claimed range of the MG ZS EV is 461 kilometers on a single charge and is capable of hitting the ton in just 8.5 seconds.

The addition of this variant has set the bar high with a more aggressive starting price, bringing it one step closer to its immediate rivals, the Tata Nexon EV MAX and upcoming Mahindra XUV400. For reference, the top-end variant of Tata Nexon EV MAX costs Rs. 20.04 lakh (ex-showroom). Along with this, the price of the exclusive trim has been increased by Rs. 61,000 and it will now cost you by Rs. 26.49 lakh (former showroom).

According to MG Motor India,

The ZS EV is available in the UK, parts of Europe, Australia, Thailand, China, Peru, Chile and India. The vehicle’s EV platform has been consistently recognized among all others, reaffirming MG’s position as a global leader in the manufacture of electric passenger vehicles. The MG ZS EV continues to dominate key markets around the world. The demand for high-tech, high-performance electric vehicles is growing at an alarming rate. The automaker sees this as an extremely promising segment. MG Motor India is committed to strengthening the electric mobility ecosystem in India by increasing the rate of adoption of electric vehicles in the country. To create a seamless EV experience for car owners, the automaker has entered into strategic partnerships with key players such as Jio-bp, Castrol and BPCL.

read more
Car parking rate

Top five stories in Ottawa this week

Ottawa homeowners are losing thousands to an absentee contractor and a driver accuses the car of going 120 km/h over the speed limit. takes a look at the top five stories on our website this week.

A number of Ottawa homeowners want quick action after alleging that a man they hired to do major heating and air conditioning work took their money months ago without completing or, in some case, even start the work.

“He did half the job, left in the middle, installed a water heater that was not up to code and stopped working after a few days,” Dan Cockerham said.

Cockerham hired Mahmoud El Sharafah and his company Comfort Level One Heating and Cooling earlier this year. He says after months of apologizing, he’s going through small claims court to try and get some money back.

This week, Cockerham met strangers he met online who had similar experiences at the Ottawa Police Station. They had filed reports but wanted to go in person to try to expedite the response.

Ottawa police will not comment on this specific case, but say they are investigating complaints as they come in.

Strangers who hired the same man for a job they say was unfinished met for the first time this week at the Ottawa police station. (Katie Griffin/CTV Ottawa)

The acting director of the Parliamentary Protective Service said Mayor Jim Watson’s office would not return a call at the height of the “freedom convoy” last winter.

Larry Brookson told MPs and senators he tried to contact Watson and City Manager Steve Kanellakos during the protests that occupied the streets around the Parliamentary Precinct for three weeks.

But he said he received responses from both of their offices saying they were unavailable to speak.

Brookson added that the mayor’s office had not contacted the Protective Service, which is responsible for security on Parliament Hill, about a failed agreement between the city and the convoy organizers to end the the protest negotiated at its peak.

Watson’s office and Kanellakos told CTV News Ottawa they will appear before the committee this fall.

Strangers who hired the same man for a job they say was unfinished met for the first time this week at the Ottawa police station. (Katie Griffin/CTV Ottawa)

Parking rates, more transparency at City Hall, making Ottawa a “city of music” and economic development plans have highlighted the week in the race for mayor of Ottawa.

Contestants Catherine McKenney, Mark Sutcliffe, Bob Chiarelli, Mike Maguire and others released new parts of their platform over the week.

McKenney promised to bring more transparency to Ottawa City Hall and “end the influence of money” in municipal politics, and presented an economic platform that included extending small business tax credits and attracting a major employer to Ottawa. Sutcliffe outlined a plan to make Ottawa a “city of music,” including revising bylaws to help support musicians and creating a music office.

The issue of parking rates came up during Wednesday’s Green Debate, as candidates were asked about a possible congestion charge to reduce vehicle traffic in the city centre.

Candidate Brandon Bay said if elected mayor he would raise parking fees to “deter driving and use that money to help better maintain the roads and pay for public transit.”

“With the numbers I calculated, if we increase parking rates from an average of $3.12 per hour to around $9 per hour, and include vending machines and vending machines in the stations, we can cover around 75% of all transit fares and get rides for up to around $1 apiece.”

McKenney told the debate that “the best way to provide congestion pricing, I believe, is to increase parking rates in your downtown.”

In a statement on Twitter Friday afternoon, McKenney said their transportation plan for the 2022 election campaign “does not include an increase in parking fees.”

On Tuesday, Sutcliffe appealed for civility on the campaign trail, saying community members and elected officials who have attacked him are contributing to a “toxic environment” at City Hall.

Ottawa police are investigating the discovery of human remains in an apartment building in Vanier.

Construction workers at a three-story building on Deschamps Avenue discovered the remains at the site on Wednesday.

“Excavations at the scene have uncovered what are believed to be human remains,” police said in a statement.

Police said on Thursday the Homicide Unit had taken over the investigation, including forensic identification processes.

Ottawa police remained at an apartment building in Vanier on Thursday, September 29, 2022 after construction workers discovered apparent human remains. (Jeremie Charron/CTV News Ottawa)

A driver facing a stunt charge told officers it was the fault of the car, police say.

An Ontario Provincial Police officer arrested a driver on Loyalist Parkway in Prince Edward County on September 24 who was allegedly traveling 200 km/h.

The speed limit is 80 km/h.

“Their excuse? The car is too fast,” OPP said of the 41-year-old Brighton man who was arrested.

The driver faces a stunt driving charge, which includes automatic vehicle impoundment for 14 days and driver’s license suspension for 30 days.

With files from The Canadian Press

read more
Car parking rate

When your college dorm is a Walmart parking lot, the American dream is shattered

For too many middle-class kids struggling in the fall of 2022 to graduate from college in the so-called Golden State, the local Walmart is no longer just a place for back-to-school supplies. For some of California’s thousands of homeless college students, it’s a parking lot destination to sneak into their cars overnight, desperate for a few hours of sleep before staggering back to class the next morning.

“Last year I was homeless for the whole year,” a University of California-Irvine (UCI) student wrote in an anonymous testimonial recently, as part of a student campaign for the university is declaring a housing emergency this fall. “When I contacted the school to let them know I was sleeping in my car, they emailed me suggesting I sleep in Walmart parking lots,” the student wrote. “I come from a low income life and the UCI let me down.”

More testimonials from students trying to get an education while navigating both the stress and high cost of finding accommodation on or near the barren, state-of-the-art Irvine campus – in the heart of the suburbs affluent from Orange County – complain of hopping among sofas with friends every night while looking for a place in Southern California’s overheated rental market, or the stress of falling hair trying to find a bed for the night without failing.

“I lost sleep and got thrown into dangerous episodes because of the stress of not being able to find housing,” another UC-Irvine student wrote. The student wrote that he is a homosexual from a conservative religious family and that it is not possible for him to return home, adding: “I currently live several hundred kilometers from the UCI, if I can’t find accommodation in Irvine, what am I supposed to do?”

Clari Gao, a UC-Irvine junior and student activist who collected and sent me dozens of such testimonials, told me by phone this week that she knew, through her research, about 200 students currently struggling with homelessness. Even officials from California’s flagship public university system acknowledge that the problem is far worse, not just in “the OC,” but across the state.

A 2020 study estimated that about 5% of the University of California’s 285,000 students — which would be nearly 15,000 — are homeless; the rate rises to 10% in the less selective California state system and 20% in community colleges. This year, the end of the pandemic, a statewide push to increase enrollment in public universities, and California’s status as ground zero for a national housing crisis have clearly worsened the crisis. And black and brown youth make up a disproportionate share of homeless students.

State and university officials insist they are working on solutions, and by all accounts, they are. But recent high-profile moves — California Governor Gavin Newsom signed laws for interest-free loans to build student housing and to sidestep the frequent “not in my backyard” lawsuits against new units by campus neighbors , for example – won ‘I won’t help the kid read Plato in a Chevy pickup truck tonight. A more urgent approach comes from administrators at Long Beach City College, who have opened — and kept secure — a campus parking lot for its unhoused students.

Is this a way to manage the American dream?

Even from my vantage point nearly 3,000 miles away, the current collapse of California universities demands our urgent attention for several reasons. On the one hand, students desperate to hang on to the middle class with a college degree, despite its ever-increasing costs, while living in cars and eating out of free pantries aren’t doing it for anything. wacky California socialist thing, no matter what says your Trump-loving uncle. Nationally, a large-scale study conducted last year by the Hope Center for College, Community, and Justice at Temple University found that the national rate of homeless students was 14%, and many others are struggling to pay rent or utilities or snag dinner tonight.

The question also illustrates the real issues as America finally begins to debate the crisis we have allowed to fester for at least 40 years: our failure to educate our young people in an age of rapid change. Now, the first small step toward solving the problem and recognizing that higher education in the United States should be a public good — President Biden’s order to cut some $400 million the $1.75 trillion college debt bomb — is under severe assault from conservatives who want to keep knowledge and credentials privatized. They see deans telling kids to find a good overnight space at Walmart not as a national disgrace, but as a sort of “meritocratic” test of their mettle.

I’ve spent a lot of time the past two years digging into both how and why the American Way of College has gone so far off the rails – with public trust and now enrollment plummeting despite evidence that a degree University is the best guarantee of success in an increasingly knowledge-based economy. This fall’s California campus crisis builds on what I explored in my new book: After the Falls of the Ivory Tower: How College Shattered the American Dream and Blew Our Politics – and How to Fix It. Decades of bad decisions and cruel political reactions by so-called adults fail the young people of this country when they turn 18.

READ MORE: America’s Real College Debt: How We Failed an Entire Generation

To hear from right-wing demagogues like the Governor of Florida Ron DeSantis or Texas Senator Ted Cruz tell this story, the average young American applying for student debt forgiveness is a white leftist who borrowed $100,000 for an elite degree in “gender studies” (even in the widest measure, only 0.4% of degrees, in fact) and now works as a Starbucks barista, presumably screwing up latte orders from hard-working Americans like Senator Cruz. This week, conservatives armed that insidious class war with a lawsuit they hope will convince a trumpified Supreme Court to reject Biden’s debt relief and dash the hopes of millions of stressed borrowers.

They deliberately ignore reality, which is the Long Beach student parking lot or the Kutztown University pantry, where kids pick up free mac and cheese or popcorn to spend another week. These kids are black or brown or maybe from depressed Rust Belt towns that voted for Trump, and they’re studying business or engineering because they need the kind of job that will pay back tens of thousands of dollars of debt.

The irony of California as the epicenter of the current crisis is too much to bear. For about a century, until the 1980s, the state kept a legally mandated promise to provide tuition-free higher education to all of its young people. Its rapid growth and rise as the 5th largest economy in the world has been the reward for its investment in young people. And yet the baby boomers who benefited from college as an almost free public good then pulled the rug out, all the while drinking in the myth of their own merit. Leave me alone!

A nation that helped win World War II and put a man on the moon with pre-internet technology can solve the college problem if we apply our minds and vast resources. This week, Kevin Carey of the New America Research Group (full disclosure: Carey happened to review my book for the New York Times) launched a series of ideas for making college accessible and affordable beyond the simple debt relief. They include federal incentive dollars for states that make public universities and community colleges free and a doubling of spending on job training programs like apprenticeships for young people who don’t want to attend four-year college. These are ideas that could prevent the next $1.75 trillion debt mountain.

That, too, won’t happen overnight – not until we can replace some of the DeSantis-Cruz types with reformist governors and lawmakers who would rather see their voters under 22 have bright futures than use them as political pawns. But in a fall when the next generation of American leaders must learn political science under the sickly glow of Walmart parking lot lights, the time to start this conversation was yesterday.

» LEARN MORE: SIGN UP: The Will Bunch Newsletter

read more
Car parking rate

5 Common Car Collision Repairs and How Much They Cost

Aine Givens

Carrastock // Shutterstock

There were 5.2 million non-fatal motor vehicle crashes in 2020, down 22% from 2019, according to the most recent comprehensive data available from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. The number of fatal accidents increased slightly (6.8%), while the number of injuries decreased by 17%. Most fatal crashes occur within 25 miles of home and at speeds under 40 miles per hour. compiled this list of five common auto collision repairs using information from the internet. Cost estimates come from a variety of sources, including LendingTree and Chase Bank.

Owning a car can be expensive. The average annual cost of a new vehicle in 2022 is $10,728, including fuel, maintenance and insurance, according to an August 2022 AAA study. Repairs needed after a collision can drive up that price. While some damage, like a small dent or minor mark in the paint, lends itself to do-it-yourself repairs, other jobs are best left to a professional.

Keep reading to learn more about the cost of some of the most common repairs required after auto collisions.

Bumper damage

Car with a dented rear bumper after an accident

Emily Skeels // Shutterstock

Car bumpers are designed to absorb crash energy and protect the front and rear of the car in a low speed collision. This includes the hood and trunk, grille, fuel, exhaust and cooling systems, as well as headlights, taillights and parking lights.

Repairs to a bumper can cost between $100 and $1,000, according to Eli’s, a Southern California auto body repair company, while a replacement would cost around $800 to $2,000. Because many modern vehicles have sensors and cameras in their bumpers, they need to be replaced or repaired, which increases labor costs.

Damage to the car door

Car with damage to its left side doors

Kittipong33 // Shutterstock

Car door repairs can cost as little as $50 if you just need to repair a small dent. The price increases if the paint also needs to be matched to repair the scratches.

Modern car doors house complex wiring and mechanisms for locks and windows, which can be expensive to repair. If the door has more than minor dents and scratches, you may need to replace it. You could pay $800 for the door, plus several hundred dollars for labor.

scratched paint

Abrasion of scratches on the front bumper of the car

ThamKC // Shutterstock

When it comes to scratches on your car, it’s the depth of the damage that matters. This is because your car’s paint has many coats of finish. Marks in the top clear coat are the easiest to fix. Deeper scratches can be a multi-layered job, while those that reach the metal need to be repaired quickly so the car doesn’t rust.

If you have a newer car, a dealer can find the correct paint by using the vehicle identification number or VIN. If you want to do the repair yourself, you can usually purchase about 2 ounces of paint for $50-$300. Dealerships will charge between $150 and $1,000 to fix a scratch and double that for work on the hood or doors.

Cracked windshield

Broken front windshield on the right passenger side of a car

Elena Berd // Shutterstock

You may be able to leave small chips in your windshield, those caused by a rock, ice, or other small road debris hitting your car. But larger cracks often spread and can obstruct your view. Before replacing the windshield, it is important to ask yourself: is it on the driver’s side, is there more than one crack, is it longer than 6 inches, and does it start at the edge ?

A new windshield could cost between $250 and $400. For a luxury car, the price can range from $1,000 to over $4,500. Repairing a chip on an older car usually costs between $60 and $100.

Dented panels

happycreator // Shutterstock

The price of a dent repair can vary widely, from $50 to $2,500. Small dents from rocks or hail, for example, can cost around $50 to $125 to repair. Large dents resulting from a collision can cost $150 or more.

What drives the price up? A bumper, for example, may have electrical parts such as sensors. Dents can span multiple panels, which need to be replaced. More expensive jobs may include painting or sanding.

This story originally appeared on and was produced and distributed in partnership with Stacker Studio.

read more
Car parking rate

Police say they cannot control street crime situation in Karachi on their own

These days, Karachi is talked about more about street crime than anything else. However, police say the situation looks worse than it is. They also point out that they alone cannot improve things because effective legislation is needed as well as better traffic management.

They claim that the street crime rate in the city has decreased compared to the situation in recent years. To further improve the situation, some officials are suggesting changing the laws so that arrested criminals have no way to benefit during their trial.

The News spoke to various observers and law enforcement officials about the current situation as well as Karachi Police Chief Javed Alam Odho’s recent comments on the matter.

Observers and officials have defended Additional Inspector General Odho’s statement, saying he was absolutely right that the people of Karachi themselves are causing a decrease in tourism and investment in the city.

They pointed out that according to available statistics, other cities in Pakistan also have high crime rates, but locals do not paint their cities in such a negative light in order to harm local tourism and investment opportunities.

They also pointed out that businesses are moving rapidly from Karachi to other cities even though there are plenty of opportunities here including the port but people’s constant bashing of Karachi has completely done lose confidence in tourists and investors.

They said that in the name of infrastructure, the people of Karachi have plowed the soil of the city to such an extent that it has become very difficult to persuade an investor to invest in the city.

Founding the slum infrastructure has turned the whole city into a dumping ground, and now there are rumors that businesses are moving from here, they added.

Officials said that in the past, when targeted killings, extortion, arson and kidnapping for ransom were at their peak, and many people lost hope, law enforcement, especially Sindh Rangers and Police, have restored peace to the city after their joint efforts and sacrifices. many front-line soldiers who fell as martyrs.

They said that under the current scenario, while the law and order situation has improved a lot, persistent efforts are needed to achieve lasting peace and stability in the province.

They pointed out that the issue of street crime has again garnered a lot of attention, saying it resurfaces at regular intervals as certain groups begin to harm the peace of the city and spread panic using the media. social.

However, they admitted, it is undeniable that crimes are committed daily and people are injured or killed by criminals while resisting them, so this issue must be addressed as a priority.

Observers and officials said areas needing greater attention to retain peace dividends have been identified for further progress, including police reforms, better coordination between federal and provincial authorities, completion speed of the Safe City project and the need for speedy prosecutions, among others. .

They said the street crime rate has decreased since last year, adding that significant factors contributing to street crime incidents are in focus as they are analyzed over the current year.

According to them, the main contributory factor for street crime incidents is unemployment, followed by electricity shedding, fewer CCTV cameras installed and fewer cameras out of order among those installed.

They suggested some recommendations to tackle street crime, including the imposition of Section 7 of the Anti-Terrorism Act when registering street crime cases, and also amending laws including the penal code Pakistani, so that arrested criminals cannot benefit during their trial.

They pointed out that 70% of street criminals are drug addicts, while most criminals commit crimes during the city’s frequent traffic jams.

They also blamed the car parking mafia because they are making the traffic jam situation worse due to poorly managed parking on the roads. They said protests over electricity and water issues are also a factor behind the traffic mess and an opportunity for street criminals to rob people.

Panel of lawyers

Officials said that, concerned about the low conviction rate, the city’s former police chief, Ghulam Nabi Memon, who is now Sindh’s police chief, asked the government to form a panel of lawyers to argue cases in court.

They said the analysis of the criminal justice system suggests an approach that requires improved investigations as well as the prosecution of cases in court.

The draft proposal to amend the relevant law has been sent to the government for the establishment of a panel of lawyers for the prosecution of high-profile cases, but it is still under consideration.

Officials said the creation of a panel of attorneys is a step towards helping the resource-intensive prosecution service by hiring reputable private attorneys at market-competitive rates to prosecute high-profile cases.

In addition, the officials added, it will offer the plaintiff the choice of choosing a lawyer of his choice from the panel of lawyers constituted under this mechanism.

The draft amendment seeks the creation of a panel of lawyers for the prosecution of high-profile cases as a step forward to support resource-intensive prosecution services through the contribution of reputable private lawyers recruited at tariffs competitive in the market.

It also aims to raise the conviction rate in high-profile cases to 50%, from less than 20% currently, as well as to improve the preparation of cases for the prosecution of high-profile cases.

The amendment also seeks to provide the plaintiff with the ability to opt for a lawyer of their choice based on the lawyer’s track record in pursuing high-profile cases.

The draft amendment also outlines the procedure for hiring or selecting attorneys for the proposed panel, officials said, adding that selection for the attorney panel will be open to all attorneys who meet the selection criteria.

They said that wide publicity will be given to the selection of lawyers, adding that lawyers will be selected from among those who meet the selection conditions and request their inclusion in the panel.

Officials said a selection committee will select the attorneys. The composition of the Lawyers Selection Committee will be the Attorney General as Chairman, along with the Crime & Investigation DIG, Additional Home Secretary, Additional Legal Secretary and Head of Sindh Citizens-Police Liaison Committee, have they added.

Fake videos

Karachi Police also recently released a video message through Chief Superintendent of Police (SSP) Irfan Ali Bahadur who released a statement regarding fake video clips circulating on social media.

SSP Bahadur said events that did not even happen in Karachi are associated with the city on social media. A music video from Latin America is among those that have gone viral, mostly in Karachi. This video is titled “Street crime and the spread of terror in Karachi”.

The officer said an incident in Faisalabad was associated with Karachi’s Gulshan-e-Iqbal. News of an incident that allegedly happened at a restaurant in Gulshan-e-Iqbal was also denied by the restaurant owner himself.

SSP Bahadur said people should support the police against these elements and report these videos on Karachi Police social media accounts. Strict legal action has been taken against such elements.

read more
Car parking rate

2023 Lexus IS lineup expands with new trims and colors

The new IS 350 finish keeps the price contained

The IS 350 F Sport Design underbuild debuts for 2023. It’s a few dollars less than the standard F Sport and offers the same styling cues – bumpers, grille, spoiler and 19-inch wheels – minus a few features like a cold air intake, ventilated front seats, a heated steering wheel and an auto-dimming rear view mirror. More importantly, it comes with the 311 horsepower V6 engine (a damn sight more powerful than the 260 horsepower V6 available on the IS 300) and a choice of rear or all-wheel drive. The F Sport Design starts at $43,660, which is $1,250 less than the F Sport model.

The standard F Sport will again offer an optional handling package with adaptive suspension, limited-slip differential (rear-drive models only) and driver-selectable performance modes. The 19-inch matte black BBS forged wheels featured on last year’s limited IS 500 launch edition can also be added to this set. But the biggest new thing is the IS 350 Special Appearance Pack, which combines Cement Gray Incognito paint with a black roof and bonnet, black 19-inch Enkei wheels and a black synthetic leather interior. Another advantage of this set is exclusivity – Lexus will only manufacture 480 cars with this unique paint scheme.

read more
Car parking rate

Do more cars and less public transport reflect a developed country?

Passengers wait to board the bus at the New Bohemia temporary bus depot in Cedar Rapids. (Liz Martin/The Gazette)

There is a famous quote attributable to Enrique Peñalosa, the mayor of Bogotá, Colombia from 1998 to 2001 and from 2016 to 2019 and a strong advocate for the expansion of bicycle and bus routes during his time as mayor: “A developed country is not a place where the poor have cars. This is where the wealthy use public transit. But what does that really mean? After all, cars are a status symbol and owning a vehicle is negatively associated with poverty. Indeed, the freedom of movement afforded by access to a car has been shown to dramatically increase economic opportunity, to the point that household ownership of just one car has been associated with a tripling of income. So what gives?

A starting point for comparing cars to public transport is to consider the two as broader systems, rather than just individual choices – public transport as a network of routes and its integration with homes and businesses people come and go to and cars don’t. only as individual vehicles, but also the garages, highways and parking lots necessary for the circulation of these vehicles.

The post-1945 suburban sprawl that people in eastern Iowa know well is expensive. A Canadian study found that due to lower efficiency and greater distances for services such as emergency services, water pipes, roads and waste removal, the cost per household in a suburban area is significantly higher ($3,462) than in an urban area ($1,416). ). Multiplied by thousands of households, plus faster growth on the outskirts of the city rather than in historic centres, one begins to wonder what the sprawl spending might have been affected if development had been more compact. Perhaps towards parks, educational institutions or the repair of existing roads rather than constantly building new ones? And yes, maybe some of that surplus could also be allocated to a better regional transit system; one that circulates frequently at all hours of the day, in both urban and rural areas.

Even with aids like relatively low gas prices, the amount of driving Americans are required to do imposes a significant cost – even with average gas prices exceeding $6 a gallon in Sweden, the proportion of Annual income spent on gasoline in Sweden is about half (1.23%) compared to the United States (2.16%). The culprit for this phenomenon is threefold: with far less travel in the United States by bike or public transit, Americans are simply driving so much that the benefit of cheaper gas is more than offset by the sheer rate of consumption. The United States is also much more densely populated than Sweden, with 91 people per square mile on average compared to 60.

Add in factors like insurance, registration, parking, and maintenance, and at a minimum, the costs of owning a car over its lifetime have been estimated at around $400,000 for a moderately compact car. used, as well as $246,000 in estimated grants, including from those who do. not drive. Again, the question must be asked whether these funds could be put to better use elsewhere and whether funds allocated to cars rather than other purposes have in fact deprived us of goods and services that would have improved the quality of life.

Car addiction in the United States also completely robs people of life. Deaths from traffic collisions were significantly higher in the United States than in Canada, the United Kingdom, Japan and the European Union since the 1990sthe largest increase in recorded history having occurred last year – up 10.5% to 42,915 in 2021. excess mortality in the United States, which translates into lower and decreasing life expectancies compared to comparable developed countries.

From this perspective, structuring life around drive-through dining begins to feel much less like “every man is a king” and more like a dystopia where the collective need for transportation has been abandoned by organizations at scale. to take care of such problems, like the government. It leaves out all those who cannot drive alone, including those with more comfortable means – children, the disabled, the elderly, etc.

If it was common in the United States for governments to invest in and create alternatives to the car – like public transportation – to the point where it is more convenient and practical to walk, bike or ride rather than drive , we would almost certainly be better off as a society. Rates of illness, injury and death from road collisions and vehicle emissions would decrease. Greenhouse gas emissions from transportation would also decline, especially since transportation is the largest source of greenhouse gas emissions in the United States.

It is true that a considerable amount of resources are needed to maintain a system where everyone can or should drive. But material abundance alone is not the only measure of development. Looking at parameters such as health, safety, accessibility and the marginal benefit of every dollar spent, it becomes increasingly clear that a more developed society is one where the reign of the car is not absolute. .

read more
Car parking rate

City Life Org – Advisory on Bridges, Tunnels and Railways September 16-22

Image by barbaraweismann from Pixabay

Lane closures scheduled for this week at the George Washington Bridge Holland Tunnel, Lincoln Tunnel, Bayonne Bridge, Goethals Bridge and Outerbridge Crossing

AirTrain JFK will be suspended for routine maintenance from Saturday evening to Sunday morning; Free shuttles offer an alternative service

Revised airport parking rates go into effect Friday; Travelers are strongly encouraged to pre-book parking

JFK Airport Green Garage closed for construction of new terminal building; Parking for Terminals 1 and 2 available at the red garage in Terminal 8

For the week of September 16-22, the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey encourages all travelers using agency facilities to plan ahead and consider additional travel time due to closures lanes or service changes detailed below.


George Washington Bridge:

  • From 10 p.m. Friday, September 16 to 10 a.m. Saturday, September 17, all eastbound lanes on the lower level will be closed. New York-bound motorists can use the upper level.
  • From 10 p.m. Friday, September 16 to 10 a.m. Saturday, September 17, all westbound lanes on the lower level will be closed. Motorists bound for New Jersey can use the upper level.
  • From 10 p.m. Friday, September 16 to 8 a.m. Saturday, September 17, one westbound lane of the upper level of the Trans-Manhattan Freeway will be closed.
  • From Friday, September 16 at 10 p.m. to Saturday, September 17 at 6 a.m., the ramp connecting the northbound Henry Hudson Drive to the eastbound lanes of the lower level of the Trans-Manhattan Freeway will be closed. Motorists can exit at 178e Street.
  • From 11 p.m. Friday, September 16 to 8 a.m. Saturday, September 17, one eastbound lane on the upper level of the Trans-Manhattan Freeway will be closed.
  • On Saturday, September 17, from 5 a.m. to 2:30 p.m., a westbound lane on the upper level to the north ramp of Palisades Interstate Parkway will be closed.
  • On Saturday, September 17, from 7:30 a.m. to 3 p.m., one westbound lane on the upper level will be closed.
  • From 10 a.m. on Saturday, September 17 to 2 p.m. on Sunday, September 18, one eastbound lane on the lower level will be closed.
  • On Saturday, September 17, from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m., one westbound lane on the lower level will be closed.
  • From 10 p.m. Saturday, September 17 to 8 a.m. Sunday, September 18, one westbound lane on the lower level of the Trans-Manhattan Freeway will be closed.
  • From 11 p.m. Saturday, September 17 to 8 a.m. Sunday, September 18, three westbound lanes on the upper level will be closed.
  • From 11 p.m. Saturday, September 17 to 8 a.m. Sunday, September 18, two westbound departure lanes on the upper level will be closed.
  • From 11 p.m. Saturday, September 17 to 8 a.m. Sunday, September 18, two westbound lanes of the upper level of the Trans-Manhattan Freeway will be closed.
  • From 11 p.m. Saturday, September 17 to 8 a.m. Sunday, September 18, the ramp connecting northbound Henry Hudson Drive to the westbound lanes on the upper level will be closed. Motorists bound for New Jersey can use the lower level.
  • From 11 p.m. on Saturday, Sept. 17 to 8 a.m. on Sunday, Sept. 18, the 179e The street ramp will be closed. Motorists bound for New Jersey can use the lower level.
  • On Sunday, September 18, from 8 a.m. to 2 p.m., one eastbound lane and one westbound lane on the lower level will be closed.

Dutch tunnel:

  • From 12:01 a.m. on Friday, September 16 to 11:59 p.m. on Thursday, September 22, the right-turn lane from Hudson Street to Canal Street in Manhattan will be closed.
  • From 11 p.m. on Monday, September 19 until 5 a.m. the following morning, and for several nights through December 2022, the Holland Tunnel tube to New York will be closed due to ongoing repairs related to Super Storm Sandy. The tube to New Jersey remains open at all times during construction. For more information on this critical repair project, click here.
  • From Monday, September 19 through Thursday, September 22, from 11:59 p.m. each evening until 5:30 a.m. the following morning, one westbound lane will be closed.

Lincoln Tunnel:

  • From 11 p.m. on Friday, September 16 to 6:30 a.m. on Saturday, September 17, the central tube will be closed. New York-bound traffic in the South Tube and New Jersey-bound traffic in the North Tube will not be affected.
  • On Saturday, September 17, from 6:30 a.m. to 11 a.m., an on-ramp will remain closed and traffic in the left lane of the center tube will be directed south toward 36th, 33rd, and 30th Streets.

Bayonne Bridge:

  • On Tuesday, September 20, and then Wednesday, September 21, from 9:30 a.m. to 3 p.m., one lane will be closed in each direction.

Goethals Bridge:

  • From 10 p.m. Wednesday, September 21 to 5 a.m. Thursday, September 22, one eastbound lane will be closed.

Crossing the outer bridge:

  • From 10 p.m. Friday, September 16 to 5 a.m. Saturday, September 17, one westbound lane will be closed.
  • From 11 p.m. Friday, September 16 to 5 a.m. Saturday, September 17, one eastbound lane will be closed.


  • Through September and early October, AirTrain Newark is running single-track operations. Travelers should allow extra travel time to and from the Rail Link station; additional buses are available as needed.
  • Effective Friday, September 16, new parking rates are in effect at John F. Kennedy, Newark Liberty and LaGuardia airports. Discounted fares remain available at all airports for customers who book at least 24 hours in advance. The Port Authority continues to encourage air travelers to reserve parking spaces in advance if they plan to travel to the airport by private car. Click here for more information.
  • From Saturday, September 17 at 10 p.m. to Sunday, September 18 at 10 a.m., the AirTrain JFK will be suspended for routine maintenance. Free shuttles operate between Jamaica, Federal Circle and all airport terminal stations.
  • From September 18 to 23, a runway at Newark Liberty International Airport will be closed for weather-based rehabilitation and improved safety. During this time, customers may experience minor delays as the Federal Aviation Administration will direct flights to other runways at the airport.
  • Beginning Monday, September 26, AirTrain JFK Stations 1 and 2 will close for 8 weeks as part of the construction of the new Terminal 1. Shuttles will provide alternate service between Terminals 1 and 2 and 8, making stops curbside at Terminal 1 Arrivals and Departures, Terminal 2 Arrivals and Terminal 8 Arrivals. Airport staff will be available to assist passengers at each stop. Travelers should allow for additional travel time.
  • The LaGuardia Link Q70 bus service is free year-round to encourage the use of public transportation to and from LaGuardia Airport, as announced in April 2022 by New York Governor Kathy Hochul. For more information on how to get to the airport by public transit, visit the MTA’s LaGuardia Airport Travel page.


  • Harrison Station’s southwest entrance is closed at all times to allow for demolition work ahead of a station renovation. During construction, riders are required to use the crosswalks with traffic lights at Angelo Cifelli Drive and Guyon Drive to access a corresponding station across Frank E. Rodgers Boulevard.
  • Customers using the WTC PATH station overnight should use the street-level entrances at Fulton Street or Vesey Street via the North Concourse in the 2 World Trade Center Transit Lobby. Access to Oculus is restricted at night from 1 a.m. to 5 a.m. to allow for improved cleaning and guest safety due to reduced traffic volumes. All other entrances will be closed. WTC campus updates, click here.
  • As a reminder, 9 Street and 23 Street stations are closed from midnight to 5 a.m. for maintenance. PATH stations near Christopher Street, 14 Street and 33 Street remain open 24 hours a day, unless otherwise noted.
  • For more information on PATH service and train schedules, click here or download the PATH mobile app, RidePath.


The Port Authority continues to follow guidance from public health officials in New York and New Jersey regarding mask mandates at its public transportation facilities. According to new New York public health guidelines and current New Jersey public health guidelines, masks are no longer needed at the agency’s facilities in New York and New Jersey, but masks are now optional and welcome for anyone who chooses to wear them.

Masks are no longer needed on the interstate PATH system, including stations and platforms.

The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey is a bi-state agency that builds, operates and maintains many of the nation’s most important transportation and commerce infrastructure. For more than a century, the agency’s network of major airports; critical bridges, tunnels and bus stations; a suburban train line; and the East Coast’s busiest seaport has been among the most vital in the country – transporting hundreds of millions of people and moving essential goods to and from the region. The Port Authority also owns and operates the 16-acre World Trade Center campus, which today hosts tens of thousands of office workers and millions of annual visitors. The agency’s landmark 10-year, $37 billion investment plan includes an unprecedented transformation of the region’s three major airports – LaGuardia, Newark Liberty and JFK – as well as an array of other new and improved assets , including the $2 billion renovation of the 90-year-old George Washington Bridge. The Port Authority’s $8 billion annual budget does not include any tax revenue from the states of New York or New Jersey or New York City. The agency raises the funds necessary for the improvement, construction or acquisition of its facilities mainly on its own credit. For more information, visit or consult the is coming now Blog.

read more
Car parking rate

Preview of the 2024 Ford Mustang

After years of rumors and grainy spy photos, Ford has finally pulled the cover off the 2024 Mustang. refreshed, updated technology and a sleek new look. Ford took inspiration from fighter jets for the car’s interior and implemented motorsport-oriented features using feedback from its professional drivers.

Ford will continue to offer the Mustang in EcoBoost (turbocharged 4-cylinder) and GT (aspirated V8) variants. The classic coupe returns with a new face and the convertible has a cleaner look. Mustang fans won’t be shocked by a drastic transformation or wild features, but the car looks like a significant evolution from previous models.

  • The all-new seventh-generation Ford Mustang
  • New 4 and 8 cylinder engines are available
  • Mustang Design Series appearance package available for the first time
  • Start of sales in summer 2023

2024 Ford Mustang Blue Rear quarter view

Ford notes several upgrades and changes to the exterior of the Mustang, but the new car is instantly recognizable as The Blue Oval’s pony car. The front is now cleaner, with a sharp horizontal line defining the grille and headlights. The Mustang GT features more aggressive styling than the EcoBoost version, but both are more modern and stylish than before.

Chiseled sides and muscular fenders reinforce the profile, and the roofline sweeps almost like classic Mustang fastback models. Ford offers 11 colors for the car, and 17-inch wheels are standard. The GT comes with 19-inch wheels that buyers can upgrade to 20-inch alloys. A new Mustang Design Series Appearance Pack is available for both Mustang variants, which brings bronze alloy wheels and badging.

2024 Ford Mustang interior dashboard

Ford rebuilt the Mustang’s interior with a more driver-centric design and fighter jet touches. Cloth upholstery is standard and Ford offers microsuede/vinyl inserts. Synthetic leather and genuine leather are available, depending on trim level. Top trim adds a leather-wrapped steering wheel and offers a choice of contrast stitching. Upgraded seats, including Recaro sports buckets, are available.

The 2024 Mustang retains its 4- and 8-cylinder engine choices, but Ford says both are all-new for the car. The Mustang GT gets a 5.0-liter Coyote V8 that Ford says produces the most naturally aspirated power of any GT to date. It uses a new dual air intake box and dual throttle body design which the automaker says reduces induction loss with higher airflows. The EcoBoost’s 2.3-liter turbocharged 4-cylinder is also new.

Ford continues to offer a manual transmission for the Mustang in 2024, and a 10-speed automatic is available. The Mustang GT offers standard rev matching for finer downshifts and control when equipped with a manual.

Five available drive modes modify the behavior of the transmission, throttle and steering. They include Normal, Sport, Slippery, Drag and Track. An available Performance Pack adds a front tower brace, Torsen limited-slip differential, bigger brakes, wider rear wheels and better engine cooling. MagneRide suspension, Recaro seats and an active exhaust are available with the package.

Ford has fitted the new Mustang with a mechanical handbrake, which for some people means the car can drift. To help put the car on its side, Ford is including a unique parking brake with the Performance Pack which the automaker says allows for easier turning of the vehicle.

Ford gives the 2024 Mustang a surprisingly comprehensive list of standard driver aids and assistance systems. Every Mustang comes with Ford Co-Pilot360, and cars equipped with the Performance Pack add a new pothole mitigation system. The FordPass app and features are standard, enabling vehicle status checks and other features.

A 12.4-inch digital gauge cluster comes standard and offers neat futuristic features, including 3D animations created using a tool popular with video game developers. Ford says the gauges and lighting now have a similar copper look to the Mustang Mach-E. An available 13.2-inch touchscreen brings a single glass panel integrated with the gauge cluster.

The system runs on Ford’s Sync 4 infotainment software, which offers over-the-air updates, wireless smartphone connectivity and more.

The volume and frequency of electrification rumors surrounding the new Mustang is a good indication of where the industry is headed. General Motors will discontinue the Mustang’s most direct competitor, the Chevrolet Camaro, in 2024. The automaker has so far avoided announcing a successor. Other rumors indicate that the car will go electric for its next generation, but nothing is confirmed.

Then there’s Dodge. The national performance car brand announced it would be discontinuing the Challenger and Charger after the 2023 model year. Earlier this year, it also showed off an electric Challenger concept that looked suspiciously close to production-ready. That said, there’s no official word on when or if it will enter production.

Ford is the source of information in this article. It was accurate as of September 14, 2022, but may have changed since that date. Always confirm product details and availability with the car manufacturer’s website or your local dealership.

read more
Car parking rate

Biz Briefs: DMB Tourism Awards, Wimborne BID, #BusinessSOS and Goadsby Commercial

Tourism awards semi-finals postponed as a sign of respect

The DMB Tourism Awards semi-finals for Bournemouth, Christchurch and Poole have been postponed as a mark of respect to the Queen.

The event was due to take place at Hoburne Park Christchurch today.

Craig Mathie

In a joint statement, Craig Mathie, Chairman of the Destination Management Board, and David Bailey, Chairman of the Judges, said: “It is with great sadness that we learned of the passing of Her Majesty The Queen on Thursday 8th September.

“As a mark of respect, and after careful consideration, we have made the decision to postpone the semi-finalist event scheduled for Tuesday, September 13.

“The event has been planned as a celebration of tourism and during a time of national mourning we do not believe it would be appropriate for it to take place in the format planned.

“Rather than trying to completely change the format at such short notice, which would undermine the reason for celebrating the event, we believe the right decision is to postpone until after the official mourning period and Her Majesty’s funeral. . .

David Bailey

“We can confirm that the new date for the 2022 DMB Tourism Awards Semi-Finals will be Thursday 29th September at Hoburne Park Christchurch from 7pm.

“We would like to take this opportunity to thank Tim Seward, who organizes the Tourism Awards events on behalf of the Board, for all his hard work and commitment to the awards.

“We appreciate that this postponement is not ideal from an organizational point of view but it is an unprecedented situation.”


Wimborne BID supports the #BusinessSOS campaign

A new campaign – #BusinessSOS – has won support from the Wimborne Business Improvement District (BID).

It was founded by organizations representing more than 150,000 retail, leisure, hospitality and tourism businesses.

They warn that the damage caused by the spiraling energy crisis is replacing the pandemic with the potential to cause irreversible damage to UK high streets and the economy.

The campaign believes mass closures and layoffs are inevitable unless the government quickly implements measures that ease the critical pressures businesses, like households, have faced since April.

The #BusinessSOS three-point plan to support struggling businesses is:

Reduce VAT

  • Overall rate reduced from 20% to 12.5%
  • Reduced business energy bills from 20% to 5% to match national billing

Business rate relief

  • 100% rate relief until March 31, 2023

Reduction of energy tariffs

  • A reduced price per kWh on all business energy bills

Fiona Harwood, pictured left, Chair of Wimborne BID, said: “Our businesses have been through so much over the last few years, and they have no recourse left.

“Without immediate government support, we will see many viable businesses shut down.

“That’s why Wimborne BID supports the Business SOS campaign on behalf of our businesses.”


Successful transactions reported by Goadsby Commercial

Goadsby Commercial’s latest offerings include:

  • The sale of 3 Trinity, 161 Old Christchurch Road, Bournemouth to Kemp Recruitment.

The building, which spans approximately 3,500 square feet, is part of a development of eight purpose-built freestanding offices overlooking Old Christchurch Road with parking to the rear in a gated car park.

The bid price was £500,000.

Kemp Recruitment intends to extensively renovate the building to create a high quality working environment for its staff and clients.

Goadsby acted for a private client.

  • Lease of 1 Axis 31, Woolsbridge Industrial Estate, Three Legged Cross, to New Forest Clothing Co Ltd.

The premises include a new 11,270 square foot detached factory/warehouse with 36 parking spaces.

The eave height is 8m and the unit is located at the entrance to the new 26 acre business park and prominence on busy Ringwood Road.

The ground floor is 10,032 square feet and there are 1,238 square feet of office space on the first floor.

Listing rent was £115,000 per annum exclusive and New Forest Clothing signed a ten year lease.

Chris Wilson, pictured left, Director of Goadsby Commercial, said: “We were confident there would be good demand for such a prestigious building.

“An off-market rental was agreed at a very early stage when only the steel frame had been erected.

“There are still a number of lands available on Axis 31 which can offer high rise warehouse/industrial design and build solutions of 10,000-50,000 sq ft at a rental reflecting £10.50/ 10.75 per square foot.

Goadsby acted on behalf of Woolsbridge Estates LLP.

  • Rental unit G2 The Fulcrum, Poole.

Unit G2 is industrial/warehouse space with 6.4m eaves, open ground floor warehouse/workshop with first floor mezzanine, electric roller shutter door, washroom for men and women, a kitchenette and assigned parking.

The premises are approximately 5,443 square feet and the rent offered was £39,950 per year exclusive.

Joshua Adamson, pictured left, of Goadsby Business Space, said: ‘We were delighted to have secured a rental with Eco Safe Heating Ltd who were actively seeking larger premises in the Poole area.

Goadsby Commercial acted on behalf of a long-time client.

read more
Car parking rate

Someone deserves a good spanking

Years ago I went to a Tigers game in Detroit and as always I parked on a side street in one of the nearby neighborhoods because in my view of cheap paying to park is a violation of 11e Commandment.

As I was getting out of my car, a young boy of about 12 or 13 approached me and said he would watch my car for a dollar. Again, ignoring my surroundings, I thanked him but passed on his offer. I figured I needed every dollar I had to pay for the $8 beer inside the stadium.

After the game, we arrived at my car and noticed to our surprise that the passenger side window had been smashed and the contents of my glove compartment were strewn across the street. Nothing was missing, but the point was clear: this was the price I paid for refusing to give this kid a dollar.

In a world filled with crime, I was very lucky. Malicious damage to my car was one of the few incidents I experienced. Until last week.

I received a text from my credit card company stating that there was strange activity on my account and that I should check my statement to determine if their suspicions were correct. Sure enough, there was some very suspicious activity going on and I’m not talking about the staggering interest rate.

So I immediately called the number and it was confirmed that I had been the victim of fraud. Someone somewhere, probably Russia, got hold of my number and made a few purchases that were small, but the amounts were sure to go to big screen TVs or diamond jewelry if their devious plans weren’t not arrested.

I was not happy. Here I am, playing by the rules, and I’m a victim, like millions of others, of credit card fraud. It ticked me off. And I thought to myself, what kind of degenerate bastards are these thieves? And the answer came quickly: they were not sons of Julia Kisonas, that’s for sure.

I grew up in fear of doing wrong. Not only did I have too much respect for my father to disappoint him with criminal activity, but I was totally afraid of the consequences of my mother. She was disciplining the old school, not like today.

I will never forget the day I stalked her when I was young. Yes, I remember very far. And do you know why ? Because we were walking down the street, in broad daylight, past the neighbors, when she stopped, knocked off my underwear and spanked me. It may not be acceptable today, but it worked. I never did it again and the memory stayed with me for over 50 years.

I soon learned that if I got this for talking, I could imagine the punishment for something like stealing. No thanks.

Fortunately, the credit card company caught the thieves before they could do any real damage. And I’m sure they’ll never get caught. But if they did, I would like to suggest their punishment.

Ray Kisonas is the regional editor of The Monroe News and The Daily Telegram. He can be reached at [email protected]

read more
Car parking rate

Police reports: September 7, 2022 | New

Bingen-White Salmon Police, August 22-28

read more
Car parking rate

‘Nowhere to Go’: Soaring Rents and 95% Occupancy Leave Tulsans Without Affordable Housing | Local News

Too hot to enter his apartment, which had a broken air conditioner, DJ Griffin sat in his car with the windows rolled down to catch a late afternoon breeze. But the parking lot was not very comfortable either. Garbage was piled up next to the fence. Knee-high weeds grew along the sidewalk. And the Stonebrook apartment complex itself seemed almost deserted, with shuttered windows and ripped off bits of siding.

“I’m over this place,” Griffin said. “I’m done with it.”

Griffin was notified a week ago that he will soon have to move to have his unit renovated. And when it’s ready to be occupied again, the rent will triple, Griffin said, he was told.

“I had already looked for another place, anyway,” he said with a shrug. But he just can’t find a vacant apartment to rent.

“At this point,” Griffin said, “I could sleep in my car.”

People also read…

Tulsa’s rental occupancy rate is over 95%, pushing rents to record highs, according to local housing officials. By some estimates, the average Tulsa apartment now rents for $904 a month, down from $838 at the start of the year.

“People have nowhere to go,” said Shandi Campbell, director of the Landlord Tenant Resource Center in Tulsa, “especially if they have any housing barriers,” such as a previous eviction or criminal record.

“Anything landlords might look for in a background check becomes a hindrance,” Campbell said. “It’s hard for anyone to get a second chance right now.”

Stonebrook, a low-rent complex near 41st Street and East 130th Avenue, epitomizes the local housing crisis, officials said. Most tenants have already left as the resort stopped renewing leases to make way for renovations. And most of the remaining tenants will have to leave by November or December, officials said.

When the renovations are complete, current tenants will almost certainly not be able to afford to move in again. Many of them are several months behind on rent as it is, officials said.

An executive owner of the complex declined to comment, except to note that property managers are working with local agencies to help tenants find alternative places to live.

Rents are skyrocketing across the country. Rents rose, on average, 19.3% last year in the 50 largest U.S. metro areas, including Tulsa, according to national surveys.

Nowhere has faced bigger jumps than Miami, Florida, where rents soared 50% last year. Several other cities, including Tampa, Orlando, San Diego, Las Vegas, Austin and Memphis, saw spikes of more than 25%.

Tulsa, by comparison, remains quite affordable, with the average rent rising “only” 12% in the past year, officials said. But that’s no comfort to people who were already stretching to pay their rent.

Even before the recent increases, 46% of Tulsa’s renter households — or about 35,000 families — were “cost-loaded,” meaning they spent more than 30% of their income on housing, according to data from the town.

“Housing costs just overwhelm people,” Campbell said.

Featured video: American working families hardest hit by rising rents

read more
Car parking rate

Struggling economy leads to increased foreclosures

ST. PETERSBURG, Fla. – The struggling economy in the United States is causing an increase in car seizures.

What do you want to know

  • According to Experian, Florida had the fifth highest repossession rate in the country last year.
  • Florida Security and Recovery owner says he’s recovering more vehicles than usual, after business dips at start of pandemic
  • Bill Ingram says struggling economy is forcing many vehicle owners to fall behind on payments

Vehicle seizures reported by Barron even doubled among so-called “primary” borrowers, or people with good credit ratings.

According to Experian, Florida had the fifth highest repossession rate in the nation last year.

Although statistics for this year are not yet available, Bill Ingram sees the problems every day.

“A lot of the time they’re behind on payment,” said Ingram, owner of Florida Security and Recovery.

His repossession business is in the business of recovering cars from people who owe money to their lenders.

During the pandemic, times were tough for him. It lost staff and many lenders weren’t looking for cars because they were delaying debt payments.

But now, in 2022, that has changed dramatically.

So much so that for a business that’s mostly run overnight, he heads out in the middle of the day to find a car that’s being traded in.

“With the economy and everything else, everybody’s struggling, so we’re taking them back,” Ingram said.

And picking them up is something he’s been doing more and more these days. According to Ingram, on a busy day they used to bring back about 10-12 cars. Now that’s his average.

“It just shows what’s going on with our economy,” Ingram said.

It can be a stressful job sometimes because the last thing people want is to have their car towed away.

But when the bill is long overdue, the bank’s last resort is to bring Ingram into the mix.

“When the economy is bad, that’s when foreclosures do best,” Ingram said. “It is kind of a shame.”

An understandable but sad reality at the moment.

That day, Ingram is looking for a car that he thinks is most likely at a place of work.

He says putting cars to work generally causes the least backlash from people who are behind on their payments, and his instincts are honed after decades in the business.

“Looks like we’re parking our car here,” he said, pointing to a vehicle in a parking lot after searching the area.

Because the skinny keeper sent multiple warnings before calling Ingram, his role is simply to get the car back to his lot and let the police know the car was not stolen but repossessed.

He says the experience isn’t always so smooth, but after hitching the car to his tow truck, he returns to his lot to take inventory of the latest pickup truck and take pictures of the car’s ins and outs.

“We try to get a little picture of everything,” Ingram said.

Whether in the middle of the night or in broad daylight, Ingram says, with the current state of the economy, his work won’t be slowing down any time soon.

read more
Car parking rate

Fuel saving tips: Drivers are urged to follow the little-known 20p coin hack to save fuel

Motorists are still facing high petrol and diesel costs across the UK, with many looking for fuel saving methods to reduce the number of visits to the service station. Experts have urged drivers to monitor their fuel economy and reduce fuel consumption, simply by checking their tires.

According to Kwik Fit, tires account for up to 20% of a car’s fuel consumption, so it’s important to choose the right ones.

Tires typically lose air naturally, at a rate of up to two PSI (pounds per square inch) each month.

For this reason, drivers are advised to check their tire pressure regularly, as this can help conserve fuel for as long as possible.

Ensuring the air in the tires is filled not only extends tread life but also improves fuel efficiency as there is less rolling resistance on the road.

READ MORE: Driver pounded his car windows after parking on double yellow lines

As the test is so simple and quick, motorists are advised to check their tires at least once a month.

Another study by the US-based National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) found that every 1% decrease in tire pressure was correlated with a 0.3% reduction in fuel economy.

All new tires purchased in the UK come with an EU tire label, which is there to help drivers make an informed choice when choosing a new tyre.

Tires are classified into three categories: fuel efficiency, wet grip and noise.

Energy efficiency is rated on a scale from A to F, with an A rating being the best possible result.

These tires require less energy to roll and therefore consume less fuel.

So if motorists want new tires with good fuel economy, Kwik Fit advises people to check the EU tire label for advice.

Drivers also face fines of up to £10,000 for not having the correct legal tread depth.

If stopped by police and the tires are found to be illegal, motorists could be hit with three penalty points and fined up to £2,500 per illegal tyre.

read more
Car parking rate

POLICE NEWSPAPER: | News, Sports, Jobs

East of Liverpool

– Officers on routine patrol Aug. 19 observed a woman at 213 Ravine St., whom they identified as Chelsea Madison, who has an outstanding warrant through the Columbiana County Sheriff’s Office. Officers contacted Madison to confirm the warrant and take her into custody without incident. Madison was taken back to the police department to await the arrival of a deputy.

— Officers were dispatched to the St. George Street area for a subject who was driving while waving a gun out of the window on August 20. The Complainant indicated that the subject drove a dark colored Dodge Dart. Officers searched the area with a negative contact.

– Officers were dispatched to the area of ​​the Rite Aid store on Walnut Street for subjects walking through the area checking car doors and looking inside windows on August 20. Officers found the subjects who matched the description walking on Ravine Street to which they admitted to being in the area in question but denied looking out of the car windows. Officers checked the subjects for warrants and released them once they returned clean.

– Officers responded to a call on Walnut Street on Aug. 20 for a man acting erratically and trying to throw liquids at passing cars. While checking the area, this officer found a male subject in the parking lot of Tice’s department standing next to a truck that officers suspected he was breaking into. A second officer saw the man drop a rock from his hand, reach inside the truck, grab a gallon of juice and run through the parking lot toward East Sixth. Officers used the Taser but failed to make good contact, but the man gave up after a brief struggle before being handcuffed. The unidentified male subject was not cooperating with the officer by refusing to provide his name, date of birth, or social security number. When officers brought the male subject to the station, he attempted to headbutt and kick him. The male subject yelled and yelled at officers throughout the arrest and detention process, sometimes repeatedly threatening to kick officers in the face and even threatening to kill officers once released from jail. Officers made several attempts to gather personal information about the man. Once officers identified the 17-year-old, he was taken to hospital for treatment before being taken to the Tobin Center until his court appearance. The minor was charged with aggravated threat, obstruction of official business, resisting arrest and criminal mischief.

– While on routine patrol on August 20, an officer at the intersection of Broadway and East Fifth observed a truck drive through the intersection of East Fifth and Walnut. The truck climbed the hill, veered right and struck a parked car. The driver then backed up and continued up the hill. The driver was stopped on Pennsylvania Avenue and got out of the vehicle. The officer noted an odor of alcohol coming from the driver. Officers conducted a field sobriety test and then searched the vehicle where they found several open containers. The truck the man was driving was towed. The driver participated in a field sobriety test but refused a breathalyzer test. He was charged with OVI, driving without a license and non-control.

– Officers responded Aug. 21 at 8:35 p.m. at 1541 Globe Street for a 10-year-old minor who got away. Upon arrival officers made contact with the mother who said her daughter would not be coming inside for the night and started riding her bike and said she was going to her father’s house located on Avondale Street. When the officers arrived, the minor was already back home.

– A man called to report that after he closed a Gilkinsons Short Stop and he got into his car, a small white van pulled up behind him and a man got out and put a hoodie over his face and started walking towards his vehicle. He said he backed up his car and drove away quickly and the truck did not follow him.

– Officers responded Aug. 21 to a report that a man stole construction equipment on Elizabeth Street. The subject had already left the scene when the officer arrived. During the officer’s investigation, he found a generator and wheel barrel, with equipment inside, sitting behind the building. The wheel barrel contained two saws, a leaf blower, an extension cord and two holsters with portable power tools. After the officer discovered the equipment, a second officer saw a pickup truck leaving the area at high speed.

– Officers responded Aug. 21 to a woman’s request for officers to come to her Lincoln Avenue apartment for her son who may have taken an unknown substance. Firefighters and EMS responded and assessed the man who was alert and oriented. He chose to refuse treatment and/or transport. A warrant was discovered by the Columbiana County Sheriff’s Office. The man was taken into custody without incident and released at the sheriff’s office.

– Dispatchers received a call from a resident of 525 Pailissey Street on August 22, reporting that someone had entered her home. The resident told an officer that she had received a notification from her cameras that someone was outside her home the previous night at around 3:30 a.m. On the video, it was observed that it was a man wearing a black hoodie with the cap on his head. The resident also noted that upon arriving home, she found that the camera was unplugged and there was someone in her basement. The officer told the resident that the night shift would be advised to do additional checks of the area.

– Officers were dispatched to the 431 Orchard Grove area on Aug. 22 for a suspicious male. Officers spoke to a caller who said a man was walking past his home and began calling the names of his sons’ friends using racial slurs. When the Complainant left his home, the subject began threatening him. The subject then stated that he didn’t care if he called the cops because he was going to jail the next day. A description of the man was given to officers and the area was searched. Officers had negative contact with this subject.

– An officer on routine patrol on August 22 observed Amber Cox sitting on a set of steps on East 4th Street near College Street. The officer in the know knew that Cox had an active warrant through the Columbiana County Sheriff’s Office. The warrant status was confirmed by dispatch and Cox was arrested without incident and returned to our police department. The sheriff’s office transported her to the county jail.

– Officers responded to a call on St. Clair Avenue near Gilkinsons on Aug. 22 about two women who appeared under the influence lying on the sidewalk. Officers arrived at the scene, made contact with the two teenage girls, and observed numerous bottles of alcohol on the sidewalk. Officers observed that the two minors had slurred speech, an odor of booze coming from their person and glassy red eyes. The two minors gave their home addresses and were taken home in the custody of a sober adult. Photographs were taken of the alcohol which was later destroyed. This incident will be forwarded to the youth attorney for review.

Today’s breaking news and more to your inbox

read more
Car parking rate

Change the value of the electric car

Chip shortages and the current economic crises have dashed hopes that electric vehicles will be cheaper than fossil-fuel cars by 2023/24. The $25,000 Tesla seems further away than it was, and mineral shortages have delayed the reduction of costs to less than $100 per kWh in batteries, which is considered essential for price parity. But cheaper EVs are coming, and one company driving prices down is MG. The company just launched the MG4 EV, and it sets a new benchmark for electric value. I was able to drive the MG4 EV extensively at the UK launch event.

What is the MG4 EV?

The MG4 EV belongs to the compact/subcompact category, so it competes with the Volkswagen ID.3, Cupra Born and Chevy Bolt EV. There are also several Stellantis Group electric cars in the same category, such as the Vauxhall/Opel Corsa-e, Peugeot e-208 and DS3 E-Tense. Even though SUVs are top sellers in the United States and have also taken a dominant position in Europe, the compact format is still extremely popular and is the best choice as a general-purpose car mainly used in urban environments.

If one type of vehicle were to lead the charge in value, it would be a compact, and the MG4 EV ticks a lot of boxes to be a classic of its kind. It is the first MG to be built on a dedicated electric-only architecture. Called the Modular Scalable Platform (MSP), this architecture will underpin new MG releases in the future. It’s a true “skateboard” system, with batteries lying flat under the floor and a long wheelbase to maximize interior space while providing balance and a low center of gravity.

MG4 EV versions, driving experience and range

The MSP architecture also allows multiple battery and motor configurations. Initial versions of the MG4 EV to arrive include the standard SE range, with a 51 kWh battery and 125 kW (168 hp) motor, or there are SE and Trophy Long Range versions with a 64 kWh battery and motor. 150 kW (201 hp). Both are rear-wheel-drive and feature 50:50 weight distribution, making them great fun to ride. They’re not that fast by EV standards – 7.7 seconds to 62 mph for standard range and 7.9 seconds for long range – but the handling is great and the EV torque means you can pull off passing maneuvers quite easily.

Both battery sizes offer decent battery life. The standard range goes up to 218 miles (WLTP – EPA rating not yet announced), while the SE Long Range can manage a very healthy 281 miles. The Trophy version brings it down to 270 miles. Interestingly, the Standard Range car uses a lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery like the base Tesla Model 3 made in China. This chemistry is more tolerant of being 100% charged, so you’ll be able to make better use of its entire range of batteries. The Long Range uses more common NMC chemistry.

These cars also offer healthy DC charging rates, which further helps them cope with longer journeys. The standard range peaks at 117 kW, taking 39 minutes to charge from 10 to 80 percent. The Long Range goes up to 135kW, so it only takes 35 minutes to go from 10 to 80%, despite the higher capacity. With the advent of faster chargers offering this level of power, for example Osprey’s new Super Hubs in the UK, it’s becoming easier to envision an EV for much more than local commuting and commuting.

Longer-range MG4 EV and dual motors coming soon

MG also promises two more transmission variants in the future. One will have a 77kWh battery offering 329 miles of range, which beats cars from Kia and Hyundai, and will give the ID.3 Tour a run for its money. Most exciting of all will be a twin-motor version with 330kW (over 440hp) engines that MG says will get it to 60mph in 3.7 seconds. Considering how much fun the MG4 EV is already in single-motor form, all-wheel-drive might just make it a pocket-performance classic, especially if MG can pull it off for less than £40,000 ($48,000). This car will come with a 64kWh battery and a range of around 250 miles.

Previous MG cars had a rather dated appearance, both inside and out. The MG4 EV changes that, with a much more modern exterior look. It’s borderline sexy. The front is fierce and the rear sporty and angular, especially with the Trophy version’s extra spoiler, although that’s apparently one of the reasons it has slightly less range than the SE.

The interior is also modernized. Some of the materials used for the interior trim don’t exude premium quality, but the overall look is clean and contemporary. The dials of previous MGs have been replaced with a 7-inch digital display for instrumentation, and there’s a large 10.25-inch infotainment screen placed higher up.

Thanks to the longer wheelbase, this car offers plenty of space for the driver and passengers. Adults can sit comfortably in the back, with plenty of knee and head room, even if you’re 6 feet tall. The seats are comfortable enough for long journeys. However, only the driver’s seat is electronically adjustable, and only with the Trophy trim. It also lacks lumbar adjustment.

Cargo space is just mediocre, although base space (363 liters or around 13 cubic feet) is more than most subcompacts, but less than the VW ID.3 or Cupra. Born. Lowering the rear seats also provides more than most subcompacts (1,177 liters or around 42 cubic feet), but again less than Volkswagen Group alternatives. The rear luggage space is flat with the seats down, however, and there’s no ledge, so it’s very practical.

Better infotainment but still room for improvement

MG has also revamped the infotainment and controls with the MG4 EV, and this is one area where I think the company still needs a step closer. For this car, MG has stripped things down so that there’s basically just a dial for the drive controls, an electronic parking brake, and a few buttons to defog the front and rear windows. There are also a few controls on the steering wheel as well as traditional indicator and wiper stalks.

But everything else goes through the 10.25-inch screen. The menu system has been improved since previous versions, but there are downsides, such as the temperature control interface not staying visible long enough to make in-depth adjustments. It would have been nice to at least be able to change the fan speed and temperature with discrete buttons, although you can activate the front and rear window demisting, as already mentioned.

MG has at least expanded the capabilities of its iSmart phone app and connected system to include features like remote load monitoring and air conditioning activation. It is also possible to install software updates over-the-air to the car.

The best value for money of all electric vehicles?

The most important feature of the MG4 EV, however, is the price. I had hoped this car would arrive for £25,000 ($30,000), but MG didn’t quite make it to that level. The SE Standard range is £25,995 ($31,000), the SE Long Range is £28,495 ($34,000) and the SE Trophy is £31,495 ($37,500). These prices put it well below virtually all competitors, including the Renault Zoe, Nissan Leaf, all cars from Stellantis (Vauxhall/Opel, Peugeot), and well below Volkswagen Group vehicles. Even excellent electric vehicles from Kia and Hyundai seem expensive in comparison.

You’ll notice that I didn’t mention Tesla as a direct comparison at any point in this article, nor did I call the MG4 EV a “Tesla killer.” That’s because it’s not, because there’s nothing from Musk’s company in the same class yet. Maybe in the future, but for now I’m sure Elon will be happy to see the affordability of electric cars reduced by the arrival of the MG4 EV. It’s the other builders who should be worried. The MG4 EV isn’t perfect, but it’s very good. It is practical, pleasant to drive and has an excellent autonomy. Best of all, it’s great value for money, which makes electric vehicles a bit more affordable for everyone.

read more
Car parking rate

Underlying profit of HK$6.5 billion with interim and final dividends increasing by 3.6% to 57 HK cents per share

Summary of annual results 2021/22

  • Despite the uncertainties surrounding the intermittent waves of resurgence of COVID-19, the underlying profit attributable to shareholders of the Group, excluding the effect of changes in the fair value of investment properties for the year ended June 30, 2022 has been HK$6.5 billion (2020/2021: HK$10.3 billion).
  • Real estate sales revenue, including real estate sales of associates and joint ventures, attributable to the Group was HK$10.8 billion (2020/2021: HK$18.5 billion), primarily includes sales of residential units and car parks in the project completed during the year, namely Mayfair By The Sea 8 and sales of remaining inventory in projects completed in previous years.
  • Final dividend of 42 HK cents per share. With the interim dividend paid, the total amount of interim dividend and final dividend for the year amounted to 57 HK cents per share, representing a year-on-year increase of 3.6%.
  • The Group remains focused on long-term sustainable growth. With a solid financial situation, the Group is well positioned to weather a difficult economic environment and seize opportunities.

Results and highlights of the activity

HONG KONG, August 25, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Sino Land Company Limited (stock code: 83) today announced its annual results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 (“fiscal year”). The Group’s underlying profit attributable to shareholders was HK$6,530.6 million for the Fiscal Year (2020/2021: HK$10,315.8 million). Operating earnings per share for the Fiscal Year were CHF0.86compared to CHF1.42 during the 2020/2021 financial year.

After taking into account the non-cash element of the revaluation loss (net of deferred tax) on the investment properties of HK$770.8 millionthe Group recorded net income attributable to shareholders of HK$5,735.3 million for the Fiscal Year (2020/2021: HK$9,646.0 million). Earnings per share for the year were HK$0.76compared to CHF1.33 during the 2020/2021 financial year.

Final dividend

The Board recommended a final dividend of 42 HK cents per share (2020/2021: 41 Hong Kong cents). With the interim dividend paid of 15 HK cents per share, the total interim and final dividend for the full year is 57 HK cents per share, representing year-on-year growth of 3.6% excluding the special dividend paid Last year.

The Group’s balance sheet remained solid and healthy. From June 30, 2022the Group has net cash of HK$41,534.3 millionan augmentation of HK$2,651.1 million compared to a year ago. Thanks to its solid financial situation, the Group is well positioned to weather the difficult economic environment and seize opportunities.

Real estate sales fueled by an attractive project pipeline

Total revenue attributable to the Group from the sale of properties for the Fiscal Year (including the attributable share of associates and joint ventures) was HK$10,841.8 million (2020/2021: HK$18,596.4 million), mainly comprising the disposals of residential units and car parks of the project completed during the Fiscal Year, namely Mayfair By The Sea 8 at Pak Shek Kokas well as sales of remaining housing and parking inventory in projects completed in prior years, including Grand Central in Kwun Tong, 133 Portofino in Sai Kung and The Dynasty in Zhangzhou. During the Fiscal Year, the Group launched three new residential projects in hong kong for sale, namely Villa Garda I and II in Tseung Kwan O, Grand Mayfair I (Phase 1A) and Grand Mayfair II (Phase 1B) in Yuen Long and La Marina in Wong Chuk Hang.

Looking ahead, the Group has an exciting pipeline of new projects to launch. In addition to Villa Garda III in Tseung Kwan O and ONE CENTRAL PLACE in Central, which have obtained pre-sale authorizations, the Group expects to obtain pre-sale authorizations for three other residential projects during the financial year 2022/2023, namely Grand Mayfair Phase 2 at Yuen Long, Wong Chuk Hang Station Package Four Property Development and Yau Tong Ventilation Building Property Development. The timing of the sale of these projects will depend on the date of receipt of the pre-sale consents and prevailing market conditions.

During the Fiscal Year, the Group took stakes in two projects in Singapore, including a 20% interest in a commercial and residential site located at Jalan Anak Bukit with a total gross floor area of ​​approximately 1,007,026 square feet. The development will include a mix of residences, serviced residences, retail, restaurants and offices. A new bus interchange and underground pedestrian link to the Beauty World MRT station will also be incorporated into the development. The Group also acquired a 25% interest in the Golden Mile complex located at 5001 Beach Road, with a total existing gross floor area of ​​approximately 609,791 square feet. The project involves the redevelopment of the property into a new mixed-use development, which may include housing, office and retail. In hong kongthe Group acquired an additional 6.75% stake in Grand Victoria, an existing residential project located in South West Kowloon, of a joint venture partner, increasing its interest in the project from 22.50% to 29.25%. Like a June 30, 2022the Group had a property portfolio of approximately 20.4 million square feet of attributable floor area in mainland China, hong kong, Singapore and sydneywhich will be sufficient to meet the Group’s development needs over the next few years.

Good recurring rental income with a growing portfolio of investment properties

The Group’s investment properties will continue to be a key pillar of the Group’s sustainable business growth strategy. Some of the Group’s projects currently under development include commercial and office space, and will be added to the Group’s investment property portfolio for recurring rental income. These projects total over 1.7 million square feet of attributable space and provide an approximate 16% increase in space to our existing investment property portfolio.

For the Fiscal Year, gross rental income attributable to the Group, including the share of associates and joint ventures, was HK$3,546.1 million. The Group recorded a slight improvement in the average occupancy rate to 90.8% over the Fiscal Year (2020/2021: 89.8%). Net rental income for the Fiscal Year was HK$3,101.6 million (2020/2021: HK$3,216.5 million), down 3.5% year-on-year.

For the Retail sector, in order to support our tenants in this difficult period, the Group deployed a series of initiatives to boost the consumption of its retail assets during the Fiscal Year. Along with government voucher programs (“Consumption vouchers”), in addition to partnering with major payment gateways, business partners and tenants to encourage consumers to use their consumption vouchers in our shopping centers, the Group has organized a series of events in flagship stores shopping malls including Olympian City 2 and Tuen Mun Town Square to celebrate the Tokyo 2021 Olympic Games, which attracted many celebrities and many of their supporters. Overall, tenant footfall and sales at our flagship malls have improved since the trough of the pandemic. The Group’s retail portfolio recorded an improvement in the average occupancy rate to around 92.9% (2020/2021: 90.4%)

Office sector performance remained challenging as uncertainties surrounding the pandemic continued to impact the office market. The Group’s office portfolio recorded an average occupancy rate of 89.7% (2020/21: 91.0%) over the Fiscal Year. At the same time, the Group continued to enrich its portfolio to increase its competitiveness. Landmark South and a north are two of the group’s newest projects using the best construction specifications and accredited green features. The Group recently obtained the Occupancy Permit for the Landmark South and should attract users looking for quality and sustainable office space.

For the Fiscal Year, the Group’s hotel revenue, including the share of associates and joint ventures, was HK$582.7 million compared to HK$350.8 million last year, and segment operating profit was HK$92.9 million compared to the operating loss of HK$69.1 million Last year. Although the pandemic may continue to affect us in the short term, we are optimistic about the growing demand for luxury hotels in our core markets. The Group opened The Fullerton Ocean Park Hotel Hong Kong in July 2022the first Fullerton hotel in hong kong. Positive responses and comments have been received from our discerning guests since the hotel early stage soft opening.

Stay focused on long-term sustainable growth

The Group remains focused on long-term sustainable growth.

“As we enter the 2022/2023 financial year, the Group will remain vigilant in monitoring market developments, while proactively addressing challenges and seizing future opportunities. interest rates could put pressure on the real estate sector, the residential market in hong kong remains resilient and fundamentally sound. Demand from end users remains strong in hong kong as evidenced by the successful market launches over the past few months,” said Mr. Robert Ng Chee SiongPresident of sino land.

“The Group’s strong commitment to hong kong and mainland China remains intact, and we are committed to fostering positivity in the community as we grow with it. Although there continue to be challenges ahead, with our strong financial position and sustainable business growth strategy, the Group is well positioned to weather the difficult economic environment and seize opportunities.”

read more
Car parking rate

Senator Louth calls for parking fees at stations to be reduced

High parking costs for rail commuters are set to be reduced in line with new public transport fare cuts, says Louth Fine Gael Senator John McGahon, Fine Gael spokesman on climate, communications, energy and natural resources, who spoke about the cost of living crisis faced by commuters in the Seanad last month.

Senator McGahon said:

“Lower parking costs for rail commuters would encourage even more people to take the train, which would be beneficial both from a climate and cost of living perspective.

“The 20% drop in public transport prices has eased the financial pressure on households, especially young people.

“Encouraging the use of public transport also helps us meet our emissions targets as we fight climate change.

“Some people, however, have to drive to stations, especially if they live far from the railway line.

“The high parking costs for these rail users should now be reduced in line with the new reduction in public transport fares.

“A suspension or lowering of parking fees at Irish train stations would encourage more people to take the train and help alleviate the cost-of-living stress people are experiencing.

“As a result of the pandemic, we are all returning to the workplace and we need to make public transport even more attractive, especially for those who do not live in cities,” concluded Senator McGahon.


read more
Car parking rate

Tesla’s ‘Fully Self-Driving’ Controversy Now Features Homemade Mannequins and Real Kids Testing

The North Carolina resident set out to refute a widely circulated video of a Tesla with the company’s ‘completely autonomous’ beta software – which allows the car to steer, brake and accelerate, but requires a driver attentive human ready to take the wheel — plowing into child-size mannequins.
Dan O’Dowd, CEO of a software company that posted the video earlier this month, think the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration is expected to ban “complete self-driving” until Tesla CEO Elon Musk “proves he won’t mow down the kids.”
That’s when Cupani, who runs an auto shop focused on imports and Teslas, got involved and recruited his son. While he describes himself as a “BMW guy,” Cupani says the software can’t compare to what Tesla offers. It wasn’t the first time he enlisted his son, who Cupani said is 11, either, in a potentially viral car business: Earlier this year he posted a video of his son driving his car. Model S Plaid – which can reach 0-60 in 1.99 seconds – in a private car park. It has been viewed over 250,000 times.

“Some people look at him and say, ‘Oh that crazy daddy, what is he doing? ‘” Cupani told CNN Business. “Well, I do a lot of things like that, but I’m going to make sure my kid doesn’t get hit.”

Cupani filmed the “full self-driving” test in a parking lot. Her son stood near the end of a driveway holding a smartphone to film the test. Cupani sped the Tesla across the field and activated “fully autonomous driving”, hitting 35 mph. The Tesla braked steadily and came to a stop – long before his son.
Cupani did another test with his son on a street using Autopilot, Tesla’s most rudimentary driver assistance software, and found it stopped for his son as well. “This Dan guy, he says he’s an expert on this, an expert on that,” Cupani said. “Well, I’m an automotive expert, future tech, professional driving instructor.”
Cupani is one of many Tesla supporters who took issue with O’Dowd’s video and decided to create their own tests. Some asked their children to help them. Others made homemade mannequins or used inflatable dolls.
Passionate defenses and criticisms of “fully autonomous driving” underscore how the technology has become a flashpoint in the industry. The California DMV recently said the name “full self-driving” was misleading and warranted suspension or revocation of Tesla’s license to sell vehicles in the state. Ralph Nader, whose criticism of the auto industry in the 1960s helped found the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), joined a chorus of critics of “fully autonomous driving” this month.

But it’s also another example of the unintended consequence of rolling out unfinished, disruptive technology in the wild — and shows how far some Tesla supporters are willing to go to defend it and the company. Enough people seemed to be pursuing their own experiments that a government agency took the extraordinary step of warning people not to use children to test car technology.

“Consumers should never attempt to create their own test scenarios or use real people, and especially children, to test the performance of vehicle technology,” NHTSA said in a statement Wednesday. The agency called this approach “very dangerous”.

Test Teslas

Earlier this month, California resident Tad Park saw that another Tesla enthusiast wanted to try ‘fully self-driving’ with a child and volunteered. two of his children. Park told CNN Business it was “a bit difficult” to get his wife to accept. She agreed when he promised to drive the vehicle.

“I will never push the envelope because my kids are so much more precious to me than anything,” Park said. “I’m not going to risk their lives in any way.”

Park’s tests, unlike O’Dowd’s, started with the Tesla at 0 mph. The Tesla stopped in all of Park’s tests in front of two of his children involved in the video, including a 5-year-old. Park said he was not comfortable doing a higher speed test of 40mph – like O’Dowd did with the models – with his children.
Toronto resident Franklin Cadamuro created a “box boy”, a childlike shape made from old cardboard boxes from Amazon. “Don’t blame me for what the car does or doesn’t do,” he posted at the start of his video. “I’m a huge Tesla fan.”
A "full self-driving"  test on a "box boy"  mannequin - a childlike form that Franklin Cadamuro made from old cardboard boxes from Amazon.

His Tesla slowed down as “box boy” approached. Then he sped up again and hit his cardboard dummy. Cadamuro speculated that this could be because the cameras couldn’t see the short boxes once they were immediately in front of the bumper, and therefore forgot they were there.

Human babies learn at about eight months that an object out of sight still exists, many years before they qualify for a driver’s license. But the ability may still elude some artificial intelligence systems like Tesla’s “fully autonomous driving.” Another Tesla fan found a similar result.

Cadamuro said his video started out as entertainment. But he wanted people to see that “fully autonomous driving” isn’t perfect.

“I find a lot of people have two extreme ideas about the ‘fully autonomous driving’ beta,” Cadamuro said. “People like Dan think it’s the worst thing in the world. I know friends who think it’s almost perfect.”

Cadamuro said he also performed other tests in which his Tesla, traveling at higher speeds, effectively steered around “box boy”.

According to Raj Rajkumar, a professor at Carnegie Mellon University who studies autonomous vehicles, quickly and accurately detecting smaller objects like young children will generally be more difficult than detecting large objects and adults for a computer vision system. like the one that Tesla vehicles are based on.

The more pixels an object occupies in a camera image, the more information the system has to detect features and identify the object. The system will also be impacted by the data it is trained on, such as the number of images of young children it is exposed to.

“Computer vision with machine learning is not 100% foolproof,” Rajkumar said. “Just like diagnosing a disease, there are always false positives and false negatives.”

Tesla did not respond to a request for comment and generally does not engage with trade media.

“Wild West Chaos Rules”

Following criticism from Tesla fans of his original tests, O’Dowd posted another video this month.

Some Tesla supporters had criticized O’Dowd’s use of cones as lane markings during his original tests, which may have limited the sedan’s ability to steer around the dummy. Others claimed that O’Dowd’s test driver forced the Tesla to hit the dummy by stepping on the accelerator, which was not visible in videos posted by O’Dowd. Some Tesla enthusiasts have also reported blurry messages on the Tesla vehicle screen indicating that O’Dowd’s test driver was pressing the accelerator to rig the tests.

Dan O'Dowd has performed tests with dummies and says this demonstrates that

O’Dowd told CNN Business that the blurry messages referred to the unavailability of supercharging and uneven tire wear. CNN Business could not independently verify what the message said because O’Dowd did not provide any clearer video of what happened in the car during testing.

In her second video, O’Dowd’s tested without cones on a residential street and showed the interior of the Tesla, including the accelerator pedal. The Tesla, as in O’Dowd’s other tests, struck the child dummy.
O’Dowd lamented earlier this year in an interview with CNN Business that no industry testing organization reviews the “complete self-driving” code. The US government does not have performance standards for automated driving assistance technology like Autopilot.

O’Dowd is the founder of Project Dawn, an effort to make computers safe for mankind. He ran unsuccessfully for the U.S. Senate this year in a campaign focused exclusively on his criticism of “total self-driving.”

NHTSA is currently investigating Tesla’s driver assistance technology, so changes may be coming.

“The software that controls the lives of billions of people in self-driving cars should be the best software ever written,” O’Dowd said. “We’re using the absolute chaos rules of the Wild West and we got something so terrible.”

read more
Car parking rate

Solar parking lots benefit drivers and the environment. Why aren’t there more?

Students and hookers commuting to Michigan State University are somewhat relieved of the elements when they park their cars for class or a football game. Solar panels, large enough to park a motorhome underneath, stand on steel trusses above the pitch, providing some shelter and shade. Not only does the university get clean and cheap solar energyhis students have cooler cars in August and don’t have to spend time scratching their snow-free cars in 20-degree weather in January.

I know this because I parked under them for almost two years as a traveling student.

It seemed like such a useful system to me that it seems odd that every parking lot isn’t covered with solar panels. Each solar panel installation has a different calculation, whether it be on a roof, on the ground or in a parking lot. Owners of large parking lots may not install solar power there for a number of reasons, including price and inconvenience. However, some solar experts think it’s possible that a renewed focus on sustainability could bring more solar parking panels in the years to come.

Read more: Best solar companies of 2022

Advertiser disclosure: CNET’s corporate partner, SaveOnEnergy, can help you find the right energy for your home. The SaveOnEnergy Marketplace helps you find, compare, sign up and save on the right energy for your home, all for free. If you are interested in solar energy, answer a few questions to get an exact quote from our solar advisors.

The initial costs of solar

For many homeowners, installing solar panels will save them money in the long run. The same is true for large establishments.

The State of Michigan estimated that the parking signs (located on five lots) would save $10 million over 25 years. The university gets electricity from panels under a power purchase agreement, which means that he does not own the panels but agrees to buy the electricity. It saves money by obtaining electricity at a lower price than an alternative source.

Now Playing:
Look at this:

New Solar Shingles You Might Not Even Notice


Although the economics of a power purchase agreement are a bit different, for the company absorbing the construction costs, building elsewhere would be a better deal.

“A carport costs about 40% more than a ground-mount system,” said Tim Powers, research and policy associate for Inovateus Solar, the company that built the state system. Michigan. It costs more due to additional materials (it takes taller and stronger structures to get solar panels this far off the ground), additional labor (takes longer to build), and building costs. additional engineering, he said.

If the only motivation is to get solar power at the cheapest possible price, carports are not the answer. But there are other reasons why an institution might adopt solar power in its parking lots.

Michigan State’s carports have won national and state awards and account for 5% of campus energy use – a step towards the university’s sustainability goals and a nice round of good publicity. Several people I interviewed for this story suggested that it could make college more attractive to incoming students, though it’s harder to find empirical evidence of a school’s sustainability impact on a student who chooses it.

Recent research suggests that while 65% of consumers (not necessarily students) said they were interested in buying sustainable or green products, only 26% did so. While buying habits and choosing college might seem like apples and oranges, carport solar panels and green consumerism might be a perfect match where you get your literal apples and oranges.

The rise of electric cars

The threat of climate change requires a rapid reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. While many problems require systemic solutions, individuals are embracing green technologies, such as rooftop solar panels and electric cars, at an accelerating rate. In addition to the ecological benefits, the two solar panels and electric vehicles are likely to save money over time. It is possible that stores with large parking lots can economically take advantage of both.

For example, a solar carport covering an average Walmart parking lot would have a capacity of about 3.1 megawatts, said Joshua Pearce, professor of electrical and computer engineering at Western University in London, Ont.

Pearce modeled the viability of solar carports in big-box stores, choosing Walmart for its ubiquity. The chain has also made public commitments to sustainability and is one of the leading companies by installed solar capacity. Walmart says it has 600 renewable energy installations on site, but did not share information about any solar parking canopies planned or installed. He is said to have installed at least seven throughout California.

While it’s hard to say if anyone would opt for one retailer over another because of the environmental message of a large visible solar panel, would they do so if it meant parking out of the sun, snow or rain?

Pearce has a hunch they might, although his research hasn’t looked at that question directly. He thinks stores could attract even more customers by offering shoppers discounted or free electric vehicle charging.

An average Walmart parking lot could support about 100 electric vehicle chargers if covered in solar panels, according to Pearce’s research.

“I think if you have free parking under the awning that can charge your electric vehicle, you’ll spend a bit more time in the store because you’re going to be waiting for it to be charged,” he said. . “Even if you only buy one thing, it will be a net profit for the store.”

Pearce seeks to investigate this intuition in the near future by seeing what happens when the charge is actually supplied. Do non-electric vehicles park there? Are people spending more time in the store?

In a future with free electric charging at Walmart (or another big box store), shoppers could return home not just with their groceries, but with more charge in their vehicle than when they left. According to a study by Pearce and a colleague, 90% of Americans live within 15 miles of a Walmart, and a one-hour shopping trip could provide a car with a 20-mile charge.

A person plugs in an electric vehicle with solar panels in the background.

Solar panels and electric vehicle charging could be a useful couple.

SimonSkafar/Getty Images

“This means that for many shoppers with an electric vehicle, the trip to Walmart and back would potentially have no automobile-related energy costs,” the researchers wrote.

While a world in which stores charge their customers’ electric vehicles for free and make more money in the process sounds great, it’s still hypothetical at this point.

There are hurdles to overcome, especially when retrofitting an existing car park with a solar canopy. This involves closing off parts of the parking lot during construction, potentially making a store a more inconvenient choice, at least for a while.

Pearce echoed what Inovateus’ Powers said: Considering only the cost of installation, it currently makes more sense to install on the roof of the store than a solar farm in the open.

“But then if I don’t want to take extra land, maybe I’m limited in land for some reason, then parking is the way to go,” Pearce said.

Potential change on the horizon

“We see the construction of carports in parking lots as a great dual purpose story,” said Tyler Kanczuzewski, vice president of sustainability at Inovateus. Dual use refers to the practice of using land for two things, for example, solar energy and growing crops.

According to a study published in Nature, large-scale solar in the United States is largely located outside of cities. Fifty-one percent are settled in deserts, 33% on agricultural land and 2.5% in urban areas.

Cars parked under a sun canopy.

Solar panels provide shade and electricity on a hot sunny day.

Bilanol/Getty Images

Land use decisions are often difficult. Putting solar in deserts raises cultural and ecological concerns. Rural solar farms have sparked debate. The Michigan State facility has kept 45 acres of farmland in production, a fact Michigan State has called out in promoting one of the many awards it has won for the network.

Parking lots, on the other hand, are primarily good for one thing – parking – and solar canopies arguably enhance that experience.

Will the growing interest in sustainability make solar parking lots more common in the future?

“It’s hard to project,” Kanczuzewski said. Although more common in the Southwest, installing solar panels in parking lots is not very common in the Midwest, where Inovateus does most of its business. In terms of solar capacity, 95% of Inovateus installations are ground utility projects. By number of projects, 65% are on the ground, 30% are on the roof and about 5% (only three projects in total) are above parking lots.

“They’re not a very common option,” Powers said.

They could, however, be particularly durable.

“I think it’s super durable,” Kanczuzewski said. “Rather than taking new land or additional property, why not take an existing space and go solar?”

read more
Car parking rate

The BJP reconstituted its parliamentary council on Wednesday; Now on CBI’s radar in a solar scam case, Rahul Gandhi’s key aide KC Venugopal; DGCA Issues Strict Guidelines Amid Rising COVID-19 Cases; Kashmiri Pandit shot down in the valley; His affair is celebrated, says Bilkis Bano, leave me alone; Chinese spy ship docked in Sri Lanka sparks concern

India Top News Live, August 17: While the idea was to leave no room for ambiguity about his overall political ambition for the 2024 general election, then Delhi Chief Minister and Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) National Leader Arvind Kejriwal has pulled it off. feat during his speech at the AAP event. Wednesday in the nation’s capital.

Launching the “Make India Number 1” campaign, Kejriwal called on the country’s 130 million people to join the “national mission” on five projects – education, health, employment, women’s rights and sustainable agriculture.

The BJP on Wednesday reconstituted its Parliamentary Council, the party’s top decision-making body, and the Central Election Commission (CEC) after eight years, dropping veterans such as Nitin Gadkari and Shivraj Singh Chouhan and creating a stir by including faces such as former Karnataka Chief Minister BS Yediyurappa and former IPS officer Iqbal Singh Lalpura, the first Sikh leader to become a member of the Parliamentary Council.

The Central Bureau of Investigation has questioned All India Congress Committee (AICC) Secretary General KC Venugopal in connection with the alleged sexual exploitation of a con artist involved in the Kerala solar scam. Sources said on Tuesday that Venugopal was questioned about the matter a week ago at the agency’s headquarters in Delhi.

Hours after Union Housing and Urban Affairs Minister Hardeep Puri said on Wednesday that all Rohingya refugees would be moved to EWS apartments at Bakkarwala in DelhiUnion Home Minister Amit Shah’s office issued a statement denying such a move by the Centre.

Given the increase in COVID-19 cases across the country, the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) has advised airlines to ensure passengers wear face masks correctly throughout the journey. and ensure appropriate passenger awareness through different platforms.

In the event that a passenger does not comply with the instructions, strict measures will be taken by the airlines against the passenger, the DGCA added, the ANI reported.

The Supreme Court on Wednesday reserved judgment on separate motions by the Jharkhand government and Chief Minister Hemant Soren against an order by the Jharkhand High Court that accepted the maintainability of a PIL for a investigation against the head of the JMM who was accused of granting himself a mining lease as the state’s minister of mines.

Eleven convicts serving life sentences in the Bilkis Bano gang rape case during the 2002 Gujarat riots were released from Godhra sub-prison on Monday after a state government panel ruled approved their request for a remission, according to senior officials. One day later, when contacted by the Indian ExpressBilkis said, “Please leave me alone…I offered duas (prayers) for the soul of my daughter Saleha”.

As China’s ballistic missile and satellite tracking vessel Yuan Wang 5 arrived at Port of Hambantota, a strategically important deep-sea port in southern Sri Lanka, on Tuesday morning, China said its ship’s activities will not affect security from any country and should not be “obstructed” by a “third party” – a reference to India and its security concerns. Asked about Delhi’s concerns and the delay of the Chinese ship’s visit, Qi Zhenhong, Beijing’s envoy to Sri Lanka, who was present at Hambantota port when the ship arrived, told reporters: “I don’t know, you should ask Indian Friends… I don’t know. Maybe that’s life.

Activists threw grenades and escaped the cordon of the security forces in Shopian district of Jammu and Kashmir, police said on Wednesday. Security forces launched a cordon and search operation in the Kutpora neighborhood of Shopian on Tuesday evening following reports of the presence of militants there, they said. During the operation militants threw grenades at the search party and fire was returned. However, the activists escaped due to darkness, a police spokesman said.

read more
Car parking rate

MotoGP: Keith Huewen: Followed by Silverstone, Ducati’s big decision, the new ‘awful’ Austrian chicane! | MotoGP

After an update on the state of health of Gino Rea, who was seriously injured during practice at the Suzuka 8 Hours, the first part of the show focuses on the reaction to last week’s episode about the poor audience at Silverstone. .

“We had hundreds of comments and tweets,” said podcast host Harry Benjamin, “and many of them mentioned the same things:

“‘Silverstone is not the right track to watch motorbike racing on the money side – not just cost of living but tickets, parking, cost of a burger – not having UK riders in class MotoGP, promoting the event…’

“Everything we kind of predicted last week, but it’s worse in a way, isn’t it Keith, because it’s not just a problem?”

“I think you are right Harry. I won’t say it’s a problem, but I think it’s an assortment of things that need tweaking,” replied former Grand Prix rider and British champion Keith Huewen. “I think we have to be positive, the whole event was great: the British Grand Prix in sunny Silverstone. And they organized many animations.

“I think the questions are mostly over, for starters, parking prices. It’s a bit like buying a TV and then being charged by the same store for parking. Nobody likes those extra fees.

“As for beers, burgers, etc., I assume the vendors pay Silverstone to be there and then set the prices. Could these be further controlled? Maybe a 20% increase over what you would pay in a pub would be acceptable, given that someone has to drag their bar to Silverstone, set it up and then take it back.

“Silverstone did a lot of things well, but I think there were things that made people not go, and I think that’s reflected in our letterbox.

“Some people will never please you, the Donington vs Silverstone thing gets on my nerves! Donington is a good racecourse, the facilities are better since Jonathan Palmer took over the lease but not as good as Silverstone.

“The most important thing in my opinion is that we need a MotoGP home race winner. This weekend we had a home winner at the British Grand Prix… Speedway at the stadium Principality of Cardiff. Dan Bewely. You’ve never heard such a roar inside this stadium! Imagine if it happened in MotoGP? We need this situation.

“The mainstream British media were also not behind MotoGP like they were for the F1 Grand Prix, where it was in every newspaper and magazine.

“The answer is – and I can see you both very harsh! – the cost of seeing the race on Sunday was, breathlessly, not the best value. £90 plus parking, for three races and the British Talent Cup, for me, it wasn’t enough action on the track.

“Our market in Britain is different, our fans are different, our expectations are slightly different… We’re not going! It’s not about going just because it’s British MotoGP, it still has to represent good value for money. Anything.

“But where do we find that happy medium? Less stage entertainment and a £15 ticket cut?

“Parking, in my opinion, should always be part of the deal. I heard a rumor like this, the reason they charged for parking was to encourage people to ride motorcycles. Now only a type of car might think of that!

“The other problem is that there is not enough space for all the cars. Wait a second, you had 140,000 fans on race day for the F1 Grand Prix. They all came by car. I don’t understand some of the contradictions. Pete McLaren, MotoGP Editor, added: “I think it comes down to the perception of value for money, as well as the actual cost. Do people feel that what they get back is worth what they pay for?

“I also think on Fridays for example, and you often see that sort of thing on some of the flyaways, why not have really cheap tickets to increase attendance and allow pretty much everyone to afford some kind of MotoGP trackside experience. Especially new fans.

Responding to a comment from a listener about the empty stands, McLaren said: “You would have to imagine the stands would have been left in place from F1 anyway, so why not let people use them?

“I also think you need to adjust ticket prices to reflect the situation on an annual basis, depending on the circumstances and taking into account the factors mentioned by Keith. How popular is the sport in terms of UK viewing figures? Is there a home runner doing well in the upper class? What is people’s disposable income compared to previous years?

“I don’t think you can just charge a blanket rate year after year assuming people will automatically keep coming back.

“People have other choices, including WorldSBK and BSB, and I think they will look at British MotoGP every season and decide, is it good value for money? Given all the financial pressures that people are currently experiencing.

“As far as the organization of the event is concerned, we should give credit to Silverstone. We’ve all been in massive queues to get in or out of Grand Prix circuits in the past and, for me at least, that side has been running like clockwork all weekend.

“But there is no doubt that you need to attract more fans.”

The trio then debated the impact of free-to-air TV versus pay-per-view and how to attract new fans to the sport, as well as potential improvements to the on-track experience itself.

Silverstone is listening…

Speaking directly to listeners, Huewen concludes: “Keep reaching out and leaving your opinions because we don’t ignore them and the fact is that Managing Director Stuart Pringle – and one or two others at Silverstone – were among those listening. last week’s podcast.

“I’ve had a few emails from Silverstone since regarding our podcast and the ideas that have come up. They will also be looking at our schedule. So your comments are taken up by Silverstone and anyone who wants to give something more to the fans of the track. They are listening.”

Austria’s new chicane looks like it was designed by a 2-year-old child!

Attention then turns to this weekend’s Austrian MotoGP, which will feature a new ‘Z’ shaped chicane inserted into Turn 2 of the Red Bull Ring circuit, in response to Johann Zarco and Franco Morbidelli’s huge crash in 2020.

“They put this zig-zag in now, halfway to Turn 3,” Huewen said. “I just wonder if there was a 2 year old who scribbled on the piece of paper Tilke was working on!

” I really do not understand. Yeah, they did what they had to do to slow things down, I guess. It will be interesting to see what the runners really think about it. I’m sure they’ll just bite their lip and carry on.

“But it looks awful. Literally, the mark of Zorro. A zig-zag… You get the idea, I’m not really a fan! But that’s me looking at a piece of paper, not overlapping it. Let’s see how the riders fared in the first few tries.

“It’s a stop-start chicane at the end of the day, they could have had something so much nicer than that.”

“Quartararo told Silverstone that the new chicane also looks a bit dangerous,” added McLaren.

“The original track layout still exists and is still in use by F1, and if a driver loses control on the way to the new chicane, they could potentially come into contact with the drivers ahead as they cross the track. of origin.

“I’m sure Quartararo isn’t the only one looking at this quibble and wondering if it solves one problem and maybe creates another?”

Bastianini or Martin – Ducati’s big decision

This weekend’s event should also be the last before Ducati decides whether Enea Bastianini or Jorge Martin will join Francesco Bagnaia in the factory team next season.

“If you look at it on paper, Bastianini has three wins and Martin no wins this year. But then if you look at the last five races, Martin has scored more than double the points of Bastianini,” McLaren said.

“Martin also had manual operation earlier in the season, and more importantly they ride bikes of different specs, which makes direct comparisons difficult.

“But there is no doubt that Bastianini was back in form at Silverstone, just 1.6 seconds from victory with a broken wing. Without that, it might well have been Bastianini, rather than Bagnaia, who took his fourth win of the year.

“I think it would be easier for Ducati if Martin was the clear favorite because he is already at Pramac and therefore a bit higher up the ladder towards the factory team. But Bastianini makes it a very difficult decision. for them… “

Huewen said: “I love Jorge for that [factory] place and I think Bastianini in Pramac will be the right choice. But it’s based on looking from where I am, not where they are.

“It will be a decision based on the overall image. Gigi is not stupid and he will make the right choice for the team, and I don’t think Bagnaia will be affected by whoever they put in his side.

The trio finish by making their top three predictions for this weekend’s race, which the current weather forecast could see wet weather on all three days.

Download episode 59 on the following links…

New podcasts available every week.

read more
Car parking rate

Why aren’t all car parks covered with solar panels?

Students and hookers commuting to Michigan State University are somewhat relieved of the elements when they park their cars for class or a football game. Solar panels, large enough to park a motorhome underneath, stand on steel trusses above the pitch, providing some shelter and shade. Not only does the university get clean and cheap solar energyhis students have cooler cars in August and don’t have to spend time scratching their snow-free cars in 20-degree weather in January.

I know this because I parked under them for almost two years as a traveling student.

It seemed like such a useful system to me that it seems odd that every parking lot isn’t covered with solar panels. Every solar panel installation has a different calculation, whether it’s on a roof, on the ground or in a parking lot. Owners of large parking lots may not install solar power there for a number of reasons, including price and inconvenience. However, some solar experts think it’s possible that a renewed focus on sustainability could bring more solar parking panels in the years to come.

Read more: Best solar companies of 2022

The initial costs of solar

For many homeowners, installing solar panels will save them money in the long run. The same is true for large establishments.

The State of Michigan estimated that the parking signs (located on five lots) would save $10 million over 25 years. The university gets electricity from panels under a power purchase agreement, which means that he does not own the panels but agrees to buy the electricity. It saves money by obtaining electricity at a lower price than an alternative source.

Now Playing:
Look at this:

New Solar Shingles You Might Not Even Notice


Although the economics of a power purchase agreement are a bit different, for the company absorbing the construction costs, building elsewhere would be a better deal.

“A carport costs about 40% more than a ground-mount system,” said Tim Powers, research and policy associate for Inovateus Solar, the company that built the state system. Michigan. It costs more due to additional materials (it takes taller and stronger structures to get solar panels this far off the ground), additional labor (takes longer to build), and building costs. additional engineering, he said.

If the only motivation is to get solar power at the cheapest possible price, carports are not the answer. But there are other reasons why an institution might adopt solar power in its parking lots.

Michigan State’s carports have won national and state awards and account for 5% of campus energy use – a step toward the university’s sustainability goals and a nice round of good publicity. Several people I interviewed for this story suggested that it could make college more attractive to incoming students, though it’s harder to find empirical evidence of a school’s sustainability impact on a student who chooses it.

Recent research suggests that while 65% of consumers (not necessarily students) said they were interested in buying sustainable or green products, only 26% did so. While buying habits and choosing college might seem like apples and oranges, carport solar panels and green consumerism might be a perfect match where you get your literal apples and oranges.

The rise of electric cars

The threat of climate change requires a rapid reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. While many problems require systemic solutions, individuals are embracing green technologies, such as rooftop solar panels and electric cars, at an accelerating rate. In addition to the ecological benefits, the two solar panels and electric vehicles are likely to save money over time. It is possible that stores with large parking lots can economically take advantage of both.

For example, a solar carport covering an average Walmart parking lot would have a capacity of about 3.1 megawatts, said Joshua Pearce, professor of electrical and computer engineering at Western University in London, Ont.

Pearce modeled the viability of solar carports in big-box stores, choosing Walmart for its ubiquity. The chain has also made public commitments to sustainability and is one of the leading companies by installed solar capacity. Walmart says it has 600 renewable energy installations on site, but did not share information about any solar parking canopies planned or installed. He is said to have installed at least seven throughout California.

While it’s hard to say if anyone would opt for one retailer over another because of the environmental message of a large visible solar panel, would they do so if it meant parking out of the sun, snow or rain?

Pearce has a hunch they might, although his research hasn’t looked at that question directly. He thinks stores could attract even more customers by offering shoppers discounted or free electric vehicle charging.

An average Walmart parking lot could support about 100 electric vehicle chargers if covered in solar panels, according to Pearce’s research.

“I think if you have free parking under the awning that can charge your electric vehicle, you’ll spend a bit more time in the store because you’re going to be waiting for it to be charged,” he said. . “Even if you only buy one thing, it will be a net profit for the store.”

Pearce seeks to investigate this intuition in the near future by seeing what happens when the charge is actually supplied. Do non-electric vehicles park there? Are people spending more time in the store?

In a future with free electric charging at Walmart (or another big box store), shoppers could return home not just with their groceries, but with more charge in their vehicle than when they left. According to a study by Pearce and a colleague, 90% of Americans live within 15 miles of a Walmart, and a one-hour shopping trip could provide a car with a 20-mile charge.

A person plugs in an electric vehicle with solar panels in the background.

Solar panels and electric vehicle charging could be a useful couple.

SimonSkafar/Getty Images

“This means that for many shoppers with an electric vehicle, the trip to Walmart and back would potentially have no automobile-related energy costs,” the researchers wrote.

While a world in which stores charge their customers’ electric vehicles for free and make more money in the process sounds great, it’s still hypothetical at this point.

There are hurdles to overcome, especially when retrofitting an existing car park with a solar canopy. This involves closing off parts of the parking lot during construction, potentially making a store a more inconvenient choice, at least for a while.

Pearce echoed what Powers of Inovateus said: Considering only the cost of installation, it currently makes more sense to install on the roof of the store than a solar farm in the open.

“But then if I don’t want to take extra land, maybe I’m limited in land for some reason, then parking is the way to go,” Pearce said.

Potential change on the horizon

“We see the construction of carports in parking lots as a great dual purpose story,” said Tyler Kanczuzewski, vice president of sustainability at Inovateus. Dual use refers to the practice of using land for two things, for example, solar energy and growing crops.

According to a study published in Nature, large-scale solar in the United States is largely located outside of cities. Fifty-one percent are settled in deserts, 33% on agricultural land and 2.5% in urban areas.

Cars parked under a sun canopy.

Solar panels provide shade and electricity on a hot sunny day.

Bilanol/Getty Images

Land use decisions are often difficult. Putting solar in deserts raises cultural and ecological concerns. Rural solar farms have sparked debate. The Michigan State facility has kept 45 acres of farmland in production, a fact Michigan State has called out in promoting one of the many awards it has won for the network.

Parking lots, on the other hand, are primarily good for one thing – parking – and solar canopies arguably enhance that experience.

Will the growing interest in sustainability make solar parking lots more common in the future?

“It’s hard to project,” Kanczuzewski said. While more common in the Southwest, installing solar panels in parking lots isn’t very common in the Midwest, where Inovateus does most of its business. In terms of solar capacity, 95% of Inovateus installations are ground utility projects. By number of projects, 65% are on the ground, 30% are on the roof and about 5% (only three projects in total) are above parking lots.

“They’re not a very common option,” Powers said.

They could, however, be particularly durable.

“I think it’s super durable,” Kanczuzewski said. “Rather than taking new land or additional property, why not take an existing space and go solar?”

read more
Car parking rate

Drivers voice concerns over paid app to park in downtown Wilmington

WILMINGTON, NC (WWAY) — Some drivers are raising concerns about paying for parking through the “Pay By Phone” app, saying they received tickets after paying for parking.

Many use the app to avoid searching for coins to cover parking costs. Lynne Lawrence used the app while visiting downtown on Monday.

She says the transaction appeared to be complete, but when she returned an hour and a half later there was a twenty dollar parking ticket on her car.

She then checked and did not see where she had already been charged for parking. She is therefore worried that the transaction did not go through correctly or that the app malfunctioned.

Lawrence says she’s never had any issues with the app before and plans to dispute the ticket.

“What I’ve been told is that unless I can prove that the transaction, – the $3.35, went through my bank account, we’re not going to give up on that particular note, and my concern is, – number one, I could have made a mistake, okay, but my second is, – is the app working fully How do I know the app hasn’t had a missed?” said worried driver Lynne Lawrence.

Chance Dunbar, parking manager with the City of Wilmington Parking and Downtown Coordination, said there have been occasional reports of people having trouble with the app.

“We get correspondence from time to time saying, ‘hey, I used the app, I paid with the app, I got a confirmation and I still got a parking ticket.’ This happens occasionally, as with any app there will be technology issues, but if we can verify a confirmed transaction meaning you have followed the steps in the app, all of your account information has been set up accurately, and for some reason you got a quote, – I would say 100% of the time we’ll lower that quote,” said

Dunbar advises you to update the app, use the correct meter number, ensure payment information is correct, and that you receive confirmation that the transaction has been completed to avoid quotes or issues with the app.

“I believe that when the transaction is confirmed on the Pay By Phone app, there is a light green screen that flashes for two seconds and then goes to a countdown of that specific transaction, meaning that after that transaction confirmed, you’ll go to your main app landing page and start counting down those sixty minutes of time, and they’ll send a confirmation email,” Dunbar said.

Lynne Lawrence says the app and counter not reflecting the same timer also adds to the confusion.

“One of the interesting things I think about the app is that it says on the app, that when you put the location number, you put the start time and the end time. end, the counter doesn’t reflect that, it still shows as expired,” Lawrence said.

Lawrence shared his experience with a Facebook community group, advising others to get confirmation that the transaction has been processed before walking away from your vehicle. There are similar stories shared by others, of issues paying to park through the app.

read more
Car parking rate

KLCC Stapled Group’s 2Q net profit rises 15% to RM165m, declares eight sen dividends

KLCC Stapled Group’s 2Q net profit rises 15% to RM165m, declares eight sen dividends

  • The group said in a filing in Bursa Malaysia on Tuesday August 9 that the improved year-on-year performance was mainly due to a better performance in its retail segment, driven by more leasing aid. low and higher ad revenue.
  • Suria KLCC and Menara 3 Petronas Retail Podium representing the retail segment recorded a 46.4% increase in revenue to RM125.2 million.

KUALA LUMPUR (August 9): KLCC Stapled Group’s net profit for the second quarter ended June 30, 2022 (2QFY22) increased by 14.69% to RM165.18 million from RM144.01 million it a year ago, while revenue increased by 25% to RM350. 31 million RM280.17 million.

The group declared interim dividends comprising 0.99 sen and 7.01 sen relating to KLCC Property Holdings Bhd and KLCC REIT respectively for 2QFY22, totaling eight sen per stapled security, to be paid on September 28. These brought KLCC Stapled Group’s total revenue distribution to 16 sen for the first half of FY22.

The group said in a filing in Bursa Malaysia on Tuesday August 9 that the improved year-on-year performance was mainly due to a better performance in its retail segment, driven by more leasing aid. low and higher ad revenue.

In a separate statement, he said Suria KLCC and Menara 3 Petronas Retail Podium, which represents the retail segment, recorded a 46.4% increase in revenue to 125.2 million RM.

The group added that occupancy in the hotel segment had increased significantly with the opening of international borders and the lifting of pandemic restrictions.

Its hotel segment recorded higher revenue of RM32.1 million from RM8.5 million in 2QFY21, reducing the loss to RM8.3 million.

He said this was supported by higher average occupancy of 43% compared to 12% a year ago, higher food and drink covers and a higher average room rate of RM681 compared to RM590 a year ago. one year old.

The management services segment, consisting of group facilities and car park management, as a whole, also saw an 11.5% increase in revenue to RM66.6 million, he said. noted.

Meanwhile, he said the office segment, including the Petronas Twin Towers, Menara 3 Petronas, Menara ExxonMobil and Menara Dayabumi, remained stable thanks to triple net lease and long-term leases.

For the cumulative six months ended June 30, 2022, the group’s net profit increased by 12.57% to RM326.61 million from RM290.14 million a year earlier, while revenue also increased by 19.46% to RM672.02 million from RM562.54 million.

Following the announcement of its 2QFY22 financial results, the group said that Suria KLCC will continue to improve its customer experience, including providing a new online booking platform for better service connectivity.

She also said that her hotel, the Mandarin Oriental Kuala Lumpur, anticipates better visibility in the coming quarters with a rebound in tourist arrivals, a reinforced events calendar and an improvement in MICE activities (meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions). .

Going forward, the group is optimistic about its recovery to achieve pre-pandemic level performance.

“However, rising inflation and rising commodity costs could hamper economic recovery, so stimulus efforts could take longer than expected. Weaker purchasing power and a sense of Cautious consumption could hamper the ‘back to normal’ trajectory of the retail and hospitality segment,” he added. warned.

The office segment is expected to remain stable on long-term leases while Suria KLCC will continue to capitalize on the return of tourists and intensify its retail activities and promotional programs, he added.

KLCC Stapled Group settled unchanged at RM6.93 on Tuesday, valuing the group at RM12.51 billion.

read more
Car parking rate

Transit problems rise for Boston subway riders

BOSTON — For Boston subway riders, it seems like every week brings a new story of transit woe.

Runaway trains. Subway cars belching smoke and fire. Fatal accidents. Defective station escalators. Rush-hour trains running at weekends. Brand new subway cars removed from service. Derailed construction vehicles.

The repeated chaos of the nation’s oldest subway system has strained riders’ nerves, sparked a Federal Transit Administration investigation and worried political leaders.

“It’s enraged. Anything we do to build more affordable housing or empower our schools, create jobs in Boston — it all depends on people’s ability to move around,” said Boston Mayor Michelle Wu, a Democrat who has pledged to “Free the T,” said during a radio appearance on GBH News, referring to the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority.

Wu’s comments came less than a month before a 43-year-old Orange Line subway train caught fire as it crossed a bridge north of Boston on July 21, prompting a passenger to jump into the Mystic River and others to rush out of the windows.

And on Aug. 3, transit officials announced what they called an “unprecedented” step of completely closing the Orange Line for 30 days to allow for extensive track and signaling work.

Two days later, MBTA officials unveiled another four-week shutdown – this time for a recently opened section of the Green Line to allow for additional construction work.

Governor Charlie Baker, whose legacy is tied to the performance of the T, called the Orange Line fire “a colossal failure” and hailed the FTA’s investigation.

But Baker said it wasn’t all bad. Republican said more than 85% of daily rapid transit rides are on time, with a slightly lower rate for bus rides and a slightly higher rate for commuter trains.

“That’s the experience most runners have every day,” he said. “That’s no excuse for the mistakes and mishaps we’re talking about, there’s no excuse for that, but there are 600,000 trips a day that for the most part are going as they’re supposed to. TO DO.”

For beleaguered runners, however, each new mishap seems to add insult to injury.

Paulina Casasola, 24, relies on buses and the Red Line to get to work in Boston. One time the bus was so late that she took an Uber that was over $20. Another time, a late bus forced her to borrow a car, sealing her off with a $90 parking ticket.

“There are a lot of neighbors who are upset and have started knocking on doors to see how we can stop the service cuts,” she said, also lamenting the high fares.

“I can’t afford the monthly pass,” she says. “I just put some money in my account and hope it lasts.”

One of the most infuriating failures came in June when MBTA temporarily shelved all of its new Orange and Red Line cars, made by Chinese company CRRC, after one car suffered a battery compartment failure. .

The new cars – which were returned to service 10 days later – were built at a factory in Springfield, about 90 miles west of Boston.

New metro cars are supposed to be part of the solution.

So far, 78 new Orange Line cars have been delivered, about half of the 152 ordered. Twelve Red Line cars were delivered out of the 252 ordered.

“We’ve had delays due to COVID and supply chain issues, but we’ve made it through this,” said CRRC MA spokesperson Lydia Rivera, adding that the rest of the Orange Line cars are expected to be delivered by 2023 with the remaining red line. cars coming in 2025.

At times, transit issues — some of which even resulted in injury or death — seemed unrelenting.

In September, a 40-year-old Boston University professor dove to his death down a rusty subway stairway, and nine people were injured when a station escalator malfunctioned later that month. the. In April, a 39-year-old man died when his arm got caught in a faulty subway car door. More than two dozen people went to hospital last July when a Green Line train overturned another carriage.

In June, a collision involving two trains sent four employees to hospital. And in May, the MBTA recorded three construction vehicle derailments in three separate incidents on the system’s Blue Line. No injuries were reported.

The FTA has also documented reports of runaway trains in yards or during maintenance. No injuries were reported, but the agency ordered a “safety shutdown” in late July requiring safety briefings for employees who operate out-of-service trains.

To further annoy passengers, the MBTA has started running trains on a similar Saturday schedule on at least three of its four main subway lines during the summer.

The MBTA blamed staffing issues and said it was exploring “an aggressive recruiting drive”. The move came after the FTA issued a series of guidelines regarding the system’s “overall security program and security culture”.

Among the problems were subway dispatchers working excessively long hours – including 20-hour shifts.

A more complete report is expected by the end of the summer.

The region’s commuter rail service, run by French company Keolis Commuter Services, has also had its share of problems. In one incident, smoke billowed from a commuter train near Boston’s South Station, rising to an elevated section of Interstate 93. Keolis blamed a mechanical failure.

More recently, a commuter train stalled for two hours without air conditioning, forcing some passengers to open the train doors and climb a chain-link fence to escape.

The area’s relationship with the T dates back to the early morning hours of September 1, 1897, when Bostonians lined up to take the first subway ride in US history, beating New York City.

“People were still uncomfortable and nervous about hiding. The only reason you go underground is when you’re dead,” said Doug Most, author of “The Race Underground,” a story of Boston’s and New York’s subway rivalry. “They considered it a place where the devil lived, where the rats lived.”

For long-time commuters, today’s public transit issues are reminiscent of the unofficial MBTA anthem, informally known as “Charlie on the MTA” and popularized by the Kingston Trio, which recounts the story of an unlucky passenger sentenced to “ride forever” on the streets of Boston. .”

“There’s always going to be a love-hate relationship with the T because it’s an old system that’s really hard to modernize,” Most said. “For a city that’s so advanced in so many ways, it’s ironic that we have this system that feels like it’s from another century.”

read more
Car parking rate

Things I don’t miss about us after moving to Ireland + Photos

  • Since I moved to Ireland 3 years ago, there are things I haven’t missed from the United States.
  • Some differences are important, such as work-life balance and gun laws.
  • The United States will always be my home, but I have found my experience living abroad more enjoyable.

In 2019 I moved from the Midwestern United States to Dublin, Ireland to start a new journey.

I am extremely lucky to have had the opportunity to live in both countries and compare my experiences between them.

While there are pros and cons to living in the United States and Ireland, there are definitely things I don’t miss back home.

I don’t fancy the American healthcare system

Although the healthcare system in Ireland is far from perfect, I am always grateful to see how much more affordable it is.

Since moving, I have found myself prioritizing my health in ways that I could never have afforded in the United States.

I can consult a doctor, dentist, psychologist, massage therapist or chiropractor easily and inexpensively, even without private health insurance.

As a single woman in the United States, I paid about $300 a month out of pocket for below-average medical coverage when it was not covered by my employer. On top of that, to actually use my plan, there were enough copayments and deductibles to deter me from scheduling appointments.

I remember going years without seeing a doctor or dentist simply because my policy wasn’t comprehensive enough to cover the cost.

I do not miss the exorbitant cost of higher education

alexis in a cap and gown holding flowers at her graduation in ireland

The cost of my Irish degree has nothing to do with my undergraduate in the United States.

Alexis McSparren

I was fortunate to receive an excellent scholarship and grant that covered most of my undergraduate degree. But even though I received the maximum scholarship amount, I still had to take out the maximum number of student loans to pay for on-campus living expenses and additional fees.

Throughout college, I held three concurrent jobs and always struggled to pay the bills.

Under the terms of the Free Fees initiative, the costs of public undergraduate degrees for Irish and European Union citizens are covered by the Department of Further and Further Education.

Public colleges eligible for the Free Fees initiative only charge a compulsory student contribution of €3,000 (about $3,053) per year.

I recently completed an MA in Dublin and was shocked when the standard tuition and fees came in at €7,000 (about $7,110).

As a non-EU student, I ended up paying €15,000 (about $15,237) in total due to additional fees. But that’s still a far cry from the bloody costs in the United States.

Before scholarships and grants, undergraduate tuition at my school was $45,000 per year, and room and board was $12,000 per year.

America’s obsession with the rat race has never been clearer to me

Americans are pros at overtime and multitasking. We’re good at being perpetually busy – a tendency I noticed immediately among my fellow American expats.

I found the intense work culture in the United States overwhelming. I felt like I never did enough, even though I was working over 50 hours a week.

In contrast, the work here seems less focused. It’s not something that defines someone.

Many people in Ireland tend to take long holidays without shame or guilt, partly because there are four weeks of paid annual leave. This doesn’t even include Ireland’s many “holidays” (holidays) throughout the year or paid sick leave.

The slower pace of life here also means businesses close earlier and more frequently than in the United States, where the lifestyle in some areas revolves around 24/7 convenience.

The debate over gun culture in America is exhausting

Police officers huddled on a cobbled street in Dublin

Even not all law enforcement officers are allowed to carry guns.

Alexis McSparren

Crime is generally low in Ireland and I have never felt so safe.

In my experience, guns are not a big part of life here. Debates over gun rights are not a predominant political conversation during elections.

Most law enforcement officers in Ireland (called Gardaí) do not even carry firearms. They are routinely unarmed, with only 20-25% qualified to deploy a firearm.

I think the United States has a serious gun problem – the country has seen over 300 mass shootings so far in the first half of 2022 alone. Ireland has pretty strict gun laws. guns and rates of gun violence are low.

Gun violence was something I thought about regularly when I lived in the United States. Luckily, that’s not something that worries me so much in Ireland.

I don’t miss the glut of athleisure

After living in Ireland for three years, I can now proudly single out an American in a crowd before he has even spoken. It is usually the person who wears sportswear from head to toe.

Style refers to wearing clothes typically used for exercise – such as leggings and tank tops – as everyday wear.

I work in Dublin as a student program adviser and often have to inform visiting students that they cannot wear sportswear everywhere here. In some cases, they will be turned away from restaurants and bars at the door in this outfit.

I totally get the comfort and convenience of the athleisure aesthetic, but it’s refreshing to experience more diverse street fashion here.

I was so used to hidden taxes at home

When my partner and I bought a TV in Ireland I remember thinking it would cost a lot more than the ticket price after taxes were added.

But we paid exactly the price quoted – no hidden fees, no surprises at checkout.

I really admire the fact that taxes are included in the cost of items here. I don’t know why we don’t do this in America, but it’s one of the things I would ask if I was in charge.

What’s the point of a price tag if the number is different from what you end up paying?

I found it more difficult to move to the United States

Inside an empty darts train in Ireland

Walking and taking public transport seems easier here.

Alexis McSparren

After spending a lot of time in Europe, I realized that much of the United States is largely for vehicles and highways, not pedestrians.

I always thought that owning a car in the United States was absolutely necessary. Even when you lived in a big city, getting to the surrounding areas efficiently was nearly impossible without one.

Public transport in Ireland has changed lives. Even in small towns, there are often train stations and buses that make it easy to get around without a car.

Although the system is not as comprehensive as in other European countries, it is cheap and easy to take a bus or train anywhere around Dublin or into the heart of the countryside.

Also, not having a car saved me a lot of time and money, and it allowed me to be more flexible with housing options since I don’t need parking.

Mandatory tip no longer makes sense to me

In Ireland, employees do not depend on tips to supplement their income.

Tipping is generally accepted as a sign of appreciation for very good service, but is in no way expected as it tends to be in the United States.

Many restaurants automatically include the service charge in the final bill, which means you don’t have to do the math.

Tipping is also not expected when ordering drinks on a night out. No more struggling to do math with friends after a few drinks.

The cost of US phone plans seems exorbitant to me

view from an airplane flying over fields in ireland on a clear day

Whether you’re traveling or relocating, there are affordable phone options.

Alexis McSparren

In the US, I could never find a smartphone service plan for less than $50 per month. It was also difficult to find options that didn’t come with a one-year contract.

In Ireland, it’s much easier to choose from non-contract service packages, and “top-up credit” gives users the flexibility to cancel and add services from month to month.

I pay €20 (about $20) a month for unlimited data and texting, which is exactly what I need.

This also applies to travelers. I often tell students passing through Ireland to buy the $20 SIM card here rather than racking up international data and roaming charges.

I don’t miss the overload of medical TV commercials

The advertising culture in the United States, in general, is overwhelming. You’ll find corporate billboards along every stretch of road, and TV commercials pop up almost every 10 minutes.

I had never noticed the number of medical and prescription ads being shown in the US until I started watching TV in Ireland. Although there are advertisements for over-the-counter drugs here, drug companies cannot publicly promote prescription-only drugs.

I found the absence of these commercials much more pleasant to watch television.

read more
Car parking rate

OIA successfully develops a real estate project in the German city of Düsseldorf

Muscat: Oman Investment Authority (OIA) has announced the success of its Eclipse Tower development in the German city of Düsseldorf, a real estate project which was successfully sold to Union Investment, a renowned institutional investor based in Germany a few months before the completion date , despite challenges facing the global building materials supply chain.

Ibrahim Said Al Eisri, Managing Director of Private Equity at the OIA, said that the OIA is always looking for investment opportunities in promising areas that promote economic diversity and contribute to the maximization of revenues to be used to build up reserves and savings for future generations and achieve financial sustainability. .

OIA’s investments are currently distributed by sector and geographically in more than 40 countries around the world. Moreover, the OIA investment guidelines are aligned with the government’s vision to strengthen areas of economic cooperation with other countries with the aim of maintaining common interest and finding international partners to attract FDI to the Sultanate of Oman.

Alejandro Obermeier, Head of Investment Management at Union Investment, who purchased the tower, said: “By purchasing Eclipse Tower, we now own a well-known and competitive building with high quality, modern and flexible office space and high durability.

The Eclipse Tower, which will be completed in the fourth quarter of 2022, benefits from a remarkable location that connects Düsseldorf’s city center to the airport. It is characterized by its triangular shape and consists of 16 floors covering approximately 27,500 square meters of rented space with contemporary offices, multipurpose rooms and terraces with panoramic views. The tower boasts an attractive architectural and structural design.

The building uses a rooftop solar power system that provides green electricity to common areas of the office tower; in addition to 46 electronic charging stations in the underground car park and bicycle parking. The building is controlled by smart building technology.

Oman Investment Authority targets investments in the real estate sector according to a strategy that relies on geographical diversity and the search for partnerships with countries and investors who demonstrate great expertise/experience in this sector.

OIA’s real estate portfolio is divided between numerous development projects, value-added projects and key long-term projects; aimed at obtaining good returns and at mitigating the level of long-term risk.

read more
Car parking rate

Here’s what it costs now to park at DFW airport

DFW International Airport has raised the price of parking in its more affordable lots.

After quietly instituting price increases in May, the DFW Airport Board of Directors will vote this week to keep fare increases in the express and remote lots at DFW International Airport from $2 to $5 per day. . Hourly costs will remain the same, along with the $27 per day rate for main terminal parking.

Other prices go up to get in and out of the airport, including carpooling and even employee parking. It follows a post-pandemic trend of rising parking prices across the country, including parking rate increases this spring at nearby Dallas Love Field.

While the remote and express car parks are much smaller than the 24,000-space terminal car parks, these car parks have long been the cheapest option for drivers traveling to DFW. Express parking garage increased from $15 to $18 per day. Uncovered express parking increased from $10 to $15 per day and remote lot parking increased from $2 to $12 per day.

At the same time, fees for Uber and Lyft drivers will drop from $5 per ride to $6 while fares for shuttles, taxis, limos and buses will remain the same when the airport’s new fiscal year begins in october.

Employee parking rates at DFW would also increase by $12 per month to $57.

DFW Airport has two express parking lots and two remote parking lots, each located away from the terminals and requiring a shuttle ride to and from them. The North Express Lot is located north of the terminals, directly across from the American Airlines cargo facility. The South Express Parking Lot is located across from Terminal E and the parking lot is also in the same location where DFW plans to eventually build its new Terminal F, a project that has been put on hold due to the pandemic.

DFW’s remote grounds are at least one mile away on the north and south side of the airport complex. It just reopened this lot in May after being closed for nearly two years because it was not needed during the COVID-19 pandemic travel downturn.

A year ago, the airport raised daily terminal parking rates from $3 to $27 per day after delaying parking rate increases for nearly six years.

DFW International Airport reported nearly $180 million in parking revenue in its 2019 fiscal year, although the amount declined due to lower traffic due to the pandemic.

But passenger and parking traffic has come back strong this year. DFW exceeded its pre-pandemic passenger levels in April and May. Airport parking revenue is already $30 million above projected levels at this point in the year. That means the airport could beat pre-pandemic parking revenue.

While DFW Airport hasn’t explained why it’s raising parking rates, Love Field Aviation manager Mark Duebner said the COVID-19 pandemic has changed the way people get to the airport. airport. Love Field raised rates, Duebner said, because parking lots were too full.

Leisure traffic has dominated the post-pandemic travel boom and leisure travelers, especially those with families, are more likely to drive.

The use of ridesharing apps is also down, for the same reason.

At DFW, these leisure travelers spend. Despite a shortage of rental cars and airport concession workers, the reduction the airport is taking from rental car companies, shops and restaurants is greater than expected at this stage of the recovery.

read more
Car parking rate

Dorchester market income improves after pandemic

Market income in Dorchester is said to have improved significantly since the end of the Covid restrictions.

Market traders have been praised for continuing to open throughout the pandemic.

But the fall in trading led to lower revenue for the 2021-22 financial year, down more than £35,000 with a shortfall on the Sunday vault revenue budget.

There was also a loss of rental income from the Cornhill Street Market and a reduction in the share of parking fees.

A report to the Joint Market Panel on Wednesday August 3rd says market operators Ensors are now reporting a ‘significant improvement’ on the prior year, with the number of visitors and traders increasing again in the market .

Councilors will be advised that the final net surplus for distribution in 2021/22 was £85,402 against a budget of £121,197, a shortfall of £35,795.

Of the net amount, £13,154 went to the Sunday Car Boot Reserve (against a budget of £18,900); £46,961 to Dorset Council (against a budget of £66,493) and £25,287 to Dorchester Town Council (against a budget of £35,804).

A verbal report will be presented to the advisors at the August 3 meeting on the latest financial situation, which is said to be positive, and on the progress made on the actions which may be necessary to maintain the success of the market and attract a younger clientele.

Many existing customers tend to be older, with the market popular for seasonal fruit and vegetables, plants and flowers, although it also offers a selection of food, pet products and clothing .

The main Wednesday market and the Sunday car boot, as well as other occasional markets in the town, are run jointly by Dorset Council and Dorchester Town Council, each taking a share of the profits, with Dorset Council taking the most large amount.

The Wednesday market is run by Wimborne-based Ensors, although advisers have considered extending their contract – with the company previously suggesting it may only consider continuing if there is to be a substantial investment from advisers to improve facilities and make the market more attractive to a wider audience.

Some councilors in Dorchester have been pushing for several years for the city council to take over the day-to-day running of the markets.

read more
Car parking rate

Grants can help homeowners install electric vehicle charging stations at their properties

© Alexander Faustov

Electric vehicle charging stations are becoming more and more essential for electric vehicle owners, but how can they be made more accessible to owners?

The UK government’s ban on the sale of new combustion cars from 2030 is fueling a rise in electric vehicle (EV) adoption, but the growing popularity of EVs could be hampered if the country’s charging infrastructure fails. fails to provide efficient charging stations.

Over 190,000 electric vehicles were registered in the UK last year and the forecast is for over 280,000 in 2022, but in 2021 there were only around 25,000 charging stations in the UK . To give you an idea of ​​the scale of what is needed, it is estimated that up to 480,000 charging stations will be needed by 2030. Reaching this target is a daunting prospect.

Last year, the Competition and Markets Authority concluded a study on the electric vehicle charging market, calling for action “to combat the postcode lottery in electric vehicle charging as it approaches banning the sale of new petrol and diesel cars by 2030”.

EV charging sign on a road
© Lissoarte

Sharp increase in private charging stations

By highlighting the issues of implementing efficient public charging network infrastructure to meet projected demand by 2030, the CMA study unwittingly underscored the attractions and value of private charging stations.

Historically, public investments have been strongly oriented towards private charging stations.

Analysis of Department for Transport figures by campaign group FairCharge found that £104.5million had been spent on the Electric Vehicle Charging Scheme (EVHS) to provide owners with a subsidy of one worth £350 to install their own electric vehicle chargers.

In the same period, just £6.8m was spent on the Residential On-Street Charging (ORCS) scheme.

To put it more clearly, 237,000 domestic charging stations were installed thanks to subsidies, but only 2,038 public charging stations were installed during the same period.

The focus on private charging points continues, with EVHS being replaced by a grant scheme for landlords who rent, lease or manage residential or commercial properties and social housing providers.

Homeowners can get finance to cover 75% of the total cost of buying and installing an Office for Zero Emission Vehicles (OZEV) approved charging station, up to a maximum of £350 per plug installed.

To access the grant, owners must register with OZEV and they must be registered with Companies House or VAT registered with HMRC. Owners can receive up to 200 grants per fiscal year. Charging stations can only be installed in a private parking space and the owner must own the parking space or have the exclusive legal right to it.

Attractive to tenants

More renters will likely need access to electric vehicle charging stations as more people buy electric cars. Given what we know about the challenges facing the public charging network and the growing adoption of electric vehicles, providing private, affordable and easily accessible charging points for tenants could be a strong selling point.

Without dedicated charging points where they live, many tenants would be entirely dependent on the UK’s still limited public charging infrastructure. They would have to leave their homes to charge their electric vehicle, would not have the freedom to charge it whenever they wanted and would be forced to pay a higher price for electricity.

house with EV charging stations
© Slavun

The cost to homeowners of installing a charging station, including the subsidy, will vary depending on the type of charger. One option is a smart charger that can be controlled via an app so renters can set it up to charge their car during off-peak hours when electricity is cheaper.

In the future, vehicle-to-grid (V2G) technology will enable electric vehicles to redirect energy stored in batteries to buildings or the grid to further reduce electricity costs and energy consumption.

Charging stations increase property values

If landlords need more incentives to get on board, in addition to making properties more attractive to potential tenants and future-proofing properties as EV adoption accelerates, Charging stations also bring material benefits to homeowners by increasing the value of their properties. The National Association of Property Buyers (NAPB) recently estimated that a charging station could increase the value of a property by up to £5,000.

“The convenience of a plug-and-play charging point is proving popular with buyers who own an electric vehicle or intend to purchase one in the near future. Currently, we believe this could add at least £3,000 to £5,000 to the value of a property and this trend will continue,” said NAPB founder Jonathan Rolande.

And, in a sign that homeowners are starting to heed the electric vehicle revolution, rental property provider Annington is working with Smart Home Charge to install charging stations at a number of its properties.

“We’ve seen a huge uptick in interest in EVs from our renters, who are now actively looking for properties with chargers to make their homes ‘EV-ready,'” said Gary Smith. , property manager in Annington.

This work was carried out by Alok Dubey, UK Country Manager at went upthe single platform for all electric vehicle charging

from the editor Recommended Articles

read more
Car parking rate

Q&A with Jenny Carter: A User’s Guide to Buying Electric Vehicles

An electric vehicle charging station has been installed in a parking lot at the Brattleboro Mall. File photo by Kevin O’Connor/VTDigger

As Vermont races to transition drivers from gas-powered cars to electric vehicles, the landscape for buyers — and the path to finding the right state and federal incentives — can be complex.

Transportation is responsible for more emissions than any other sector in the state, and Vermont has set a goal to dramatically increase the number of electric vehicles on the road to meet the requirements of the 2020 Electric Vehicles Act. global warming solutions.

The state is also moving forward with a regulation that, if passed, would require manufacturers to phase out all new internal combustion vehicles in Vermont by 2035, though Vermonters can still buy cars. gasoline and diesel engines in Vermont via the used car market.

With a slew of new federal funding for electric vehicle infrastructure, announced incentives for buyers, and ongoing regulations, Jenny Carter, assistant professor at the Institute of Energy and the Environment at Vermont Law and Graduate School, said she answered questions from many Vermonters who want to know more about electric vehicles.

Carter and Molly Smith, program coordinator at Vermont Law and Graduate School and chair of the Hartford Energy Commission, recently co-authored a user-friendly guide that covers the basics of buying electric vehicles, with a focus on the Upper Valley.

Although most items in the guide are relevant to all Vermonters, including state and federal incentives, Vermonters should check with their electric utility for utility-specific incentives.

In a recent chat with VTDigger, Carter gave answers to general questions about electric vehicles in the state. This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

VTDigger: Although lawmakers increased funding for public transportation in the last legislative session, it often feels like the conversation about Vermont’s emissions is centered on electric vehicles, as opposed to other transportation measures. climate-focused. Why are electric vehicles an important piece of the puzzle?

Jenny Carter: I will always encourage anyone who has the ability to walk, cycle, car share or take public transport. This will almost always be the best option for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Right now, it’s just not realistic to think that everyone will be able to take advantage of any of these options.

Realistically, for so many Vermonters — especially those who live outside of Burlington or Rutland or another downtown area — there’s no way they’ll ever need a vehicle. . Cars are a fact of life – if you live in a rural area you probably need a vehicle – so let’s look at how people who have to drive can reduce their emissions.

VTD: A federal tax credit of up to $7,500 is available to people who purchase electric vehicles. Who is eligible?

Jenny Carter: The federal incentives are what are called non-refundable tax credits. It only applies to people who have enough tax to pay to take advantage of it, with one exception. Some car dealerships, if you lease from them, will in effect pass this credit on to you through a discounted lease.

VTD: It looks like the federal tax credit will be more available to wealthy Vermont than to those with low or middle incomes. Could this incentive still help create a more robust used electric vehicle market in the state?

Jenny Carter: Absolutely. I am in no way saying that they should get rid of the federal tax incentive. My point about the federal tax incentive is that it should be available to everyone, no matter how much money you earn. That said, the existence of this tax incentive has not only created a market for used cars, but has also given manufacturers the boost they need to develop new lines, do additional research and give consumers more choice. I think the federal incentive played a very important role.

VTD: Who is entitled to state incentives?

Jenny Carter: One of the things people really need to look at, if you’re talking about incentives, is if there are income eligibility factors and if there’s a cap on the cost of the vehicle. The federal program does not have a cap, but the Vermont program does. (More information on incentives is available in the user guide.)

What I think is really great about Vermont is that they realized that we have a limited amount of money that we can spend, so instead of giving it to the people who need it least, as the federal government does, we will give it to the people who need it most. ]

VTD: The Ford F-150 pickup truck, one of the most popular cars in the state, is now available in a new electric model, called the F-150 Lightning. We haven’t seen many on the road here yet – why?

Jenny Carter: The thing that we’re running into right now is that because of the pandemic, there’s been all these supply chain issues that have arisen. People are going to have to be patient and persistent, and maybe a little flexible, with the vehicle they want. If you want to get an electric vehicle right now, you can certainly find one, but if there’s one in particular that’s close to your heart, you might have to wait a few weeks or even months for one. order is fulfilled.

VTD: Starting in 2022, consumers will be able to choose from 40 different models of electric vehicles in the state. How do electric vehicles compare to traditional internal combustion cars?

Jenny Carter: Now, just looking at the price of gasoline – even if climate change isn’t your motivation, electric vehicles are now a clear financial winner for consumers, at least in the long run. For Green Mountain Power customers, if you agree to their terms, you can get your electricity for the equivalent of $1 per gallon. And if you’re not in their program, using today’s average electric rates in the state, charging an EV costs about the equivalent of $1.50 per gallon.

An electric vehicle charges on a fast charger in Rutland in February. File photo by Glenn Russell/VTDigger

VTD: Is electric vehicle technology likely to change enough in the coming years that Vermonters wanting to buy an electric vehicle will wait?

Jenny Carter: Most electric vehicles are now in the 250 mile range. There are quite a few that are in the 300 mile range. I mean, you can get to Boston on a single charge with most EVs. It won’t be enough for everyone, but with the level three charger, if there is a level three charging station, which is on the way to Boston, you can charge your vehicle in about half an hour .

VTD: Is the Vermont grid ready for all these electric vehicles?

Jenny Carter: The issues surrounding the network are complex. In the immediate future, where an entire neighborhood is equipped with electric vehicles, it may need a new transformer. But when talking about the network as a whole, there is a lot of unused capacity. System overload at times of peak demand causes the most problems. Introducing time-of-use tariffs, which encourage charging at the best times, can allow a large influx of electric vehicles without overloading the network.

VTD: Is our electricity clean enough to make this big change worth it?

Jenny Carter: Studies have shown that even if you’re using dirty fuel sources, because electric vehicles are still more efficient at using fuel than gasoline-powered vehicles, for the most part – not a hard and fast rule – electric vehicles are always more effective. But clearly, the best of both worlds is to have electric vehicle batteries powered by renewable sources.

Don’t miss a thing. Sign up here to receive VTDigger’s weekly energy industry and environment email.

read more
Car parking rate

SMB Procurement Trends Hold Despite Inflation

To be creative

Sourcing trends, not surprisingly, vary by organization. A pharmaceutical company has launched a global airline tender for North America and Japan, where previously each region had its own contract.

“We decided to take a different approach and strategy and leverage our global footprint on airline spend,” said Danielle Amoroso, Otsuka’s senior corporate travel and spend manager. “We brought all the data together and approached the airlines with that bargaining power behind us versus the bargaining power we had just on behalf of North America. We are in the first round, so I cannot speak about the results yet.

Amoroso also gets “more creative” with negotiation. For example, Otsuka is studying the possibility of paying an airline a pre-determined amount in advance and getting a flat rate on two or three particular routes, with a set period of time to use this prepaid funding basket, said. Amorous.

“We had never looked at this pricing model in the past, not least because as an SME you don’t know if you have the buying power, and you don’t necessarily get the funds back if you don’t use them. not,” she said. said. “No decisions are made there, but we are looking at different models and pricing structures.”

Additionally, Amoroso negotiated a package deal with its TMC just prior to the pandemic, so Otsuka’s dedicated travel agents remained intact, resulting in very few service disruptions in its post-pandemic TMC support. , unlike what some other companies have reported experiencing.

For hotel sourcing, Amoroso is a “big proponent” of dynamic pricing and only considers static pricing in a few key markets, where it might only contract one or two properties. And with dynamic pricing, it wants contracts of two to three years. “There are limited bandwidth and resources to run a tender every year,” she said, adding that those resource costs add up. “You have to calculate the savings made by not doing an annual tender.”

Where she has a roadblock is with a major hotel supplier and its refusal to offer chain-wide deals. “It’s difficult because of employee preferences,” Amoroso said. “To tell them that they can no longer stay [at a particular hotel] or that they have to stay in a property that is not their preference, this does not bode well for recruitment.

In an attempt to overcome this, his strategy is to focus on specific brands within this hospitality company. “I don’t know where we’re going with this conversation, but the more customers ask for this, [the hotel company] going to have to listen,” she said.

For ground transportation, Amoroso renegotiated its corporate contract with its preferred supplier when it saw the price spike in rental cars happening much sooner than hotels and airlines. “We took the time to renegotiate the agreement to maintain our corporate rates, our static rates,” she says. “It was super helpful.” Additionally, because Otsuka’s representatives have fleet vehicles, it has negotiated rates with airport parking vendors.

Yet, like other buyers BTN has spoken to, Amoroso has also requested contract extensions, “to give me another year to recognize our new travel patterns and new footprints,” she said. , “so that I can negotiate accordingly”.

read more
Car parking rate

Federal Street Stage 2 completed

Auckland’s new shared space was officially opened this week and it looks great. The shared space is the 100m+ south section of Federal St between Mayoral Dr and Wellesley St. The upgrade was first viewed in late 2017, highlighting how long even small sections like this take . It also follows the upgrade of the Wellesley St to Victoria St section which was completed in 2014.

The Mayoral Drive end of Federal Street is now a tree-lined, pedestrian-scale, community-focused shared space.

St-Matthew-in-the-City’s pōhutukawa now stand alongside 13 native trees – pūriri, tānekaha, rewarewa and white mayor – some of which are over six meters tall.

The new trees were planted along the west side of this 100 meter lane at the south end of Federal Street.

This Auckland Council-led project features a design narrative, developed in partnership with mana whenua, referencing the ideas of compassion, community, home and well-being. These ideas are reflected through warmer paving materials, seating and shelters along the new street.

The space was officially inaugurated on July 19. Aucklanders can expect an inviting place to sit and relax, improved lighting to support the region’s inclusive feeling, and nine rain gardens that filter stormwater before it reaches the Waterways.

I haven’t had a chance to check out the upgrade yet, but the board did provide some pictures of the transformation

This slideshow requires JavaScript.

Here’s a quick tour through space plus a before and after from Mayor Phil Goff

The fact that there is no passing lane should hopefully help this section avoid some of the problems of other shared streets with cars that sometimes use them as rat races. But the real test here will be to what extent, if any, Auckland Transport enforces parking. From how they handle law enforcement in the rest of the city, it won’t be long before the place is overrun with illegal parking lots and some of the features are damaged, like the rain gardens . Even Phil Goff, it seems, expects a lack of enforcement based on this in a newsroom article.

Goff said it was a place people “would like to linger” – hopefully not illegally in their vehicles, as he said he hoped illegal parking wouldn’t be a problem and wanted to see more of powers granted by central government to Auckland Council to manage parking. offences.

The upgrade may only be for a short area, but is a great addition to the town.

The next improvement we will see completed in the city center will be the Queen St upgrade later this year and then the Myers Park underpass upgrade by the end of summer 2022/23.

Share this

read more
Car parking rate

Canterbury parking rates will not be lowered for residents over fears the cut will run counter to the climate emergency

Council bosses say residents won’t get a break from Kent’s most expensive parking fee – as it would lead to more congestion and deteriorate air quality.

The rates set by Canterbury City Council are the most expensive in the county, with motorists having to pay up to £3.50 an hour to park.

Hourly rates in Watling Street are £3.50

Fees are the authority’s biggest source of revenue – but calls to offer discounts to district residents have long been made.

Opposition councilors and critics of the high charges argue that a reduced rate would help boost footfall and trade.

They have previously called on council leaders to “screw money at tourists” rather than those who live in the area.

But speaking at a cabinet meeting, Cllr Joe Howes of the ruling Conservative Party said offering a cut would be the wrong move.

“If we lower the prices, you’re definitely going to encourage more people to drive into town, because that’s a bonus and a benefit,” he said.

Councilor Joe Howes
Councilor Joe Howes

“It will be cheap, so people will come. Therefore, the air quality will deteriorate, the congestion will get worse and we will create a bit of a mess.

“It’s not just the math we need to think about. We’ve declared a climate emergency, so we have a policy where we try to encourage greater use of alternative modes of transport.

“We want to encourage people to have hybrid or, more importantly, electric vehicles.

“I wouldn’t support this because of the detrimental impact it would have on our environment.

“The only way I would support something like this would be as a carrot to encourage people to use electric vehicles.”

“I wouldn’t support this because of the detrimental impact it would have on our environment…”

Other councilors echoed the ‘mixed-messaging’ reasoning, stressing how encouraging more travel would run counter to the climate emergency – which aims to see the council go carbon-free by 2030.

However, Cllr Mike Sole (Lib Dem) – who put forward the motion for cheaper parking – said a reduction for residents would increase footfall in the city and coastal towns and help improve rental returns.

Its proposed reduced rate would grant residents a reduction of up to four hours in any of the authority’s car parks which have been installed with license plate recognition cameras.

“Quite simply, it gives something back to residents who every year get very upset when parking fees go up,” he said.

“Reducing costs for them would support local retail and hospitality, encourage residents to stay longer and help those who are experiencing financial difficulties.

“The administrative side is very simple, we already know what cars are in the area, the discounts would only apply to ANPR car parks and no additional new registration or complex administrator would be needed.

Parking will not be cheaper for city dwellers
Parking will not be cheaper for city dwellers

“The simple rule is ‘you live in the area, register your car with ANPR and you get your discount’. That’s good news.”

A report by the council’s transport manager, Richard Moore, predicts that a 20% reduction for residents would result in an annual loss of around £450,000 in revenue.

Council bosses haven’t completely downplayed the prospect of reduced fares, saying they will ‘continue to explore’ ways in which ANPR could be used to further introduce differential parking.

The potential for cheaper resident fares will therefore remain on the radar for the future.

Chief Ben Fitter-Harding said: “When we first introduced ANPR, a resident discount was a long-standing ambition.

“However, what we have learned since then is that there are much more purposeful and targeted ways to use technology to deliver tangible benefits to residents.”

Cllr Fitter-Harding pointed to the authority’s free parking arrangement in Whitstable between 8.30am and 10am, and a £10 price cap at some car parks in the town.

He also pointed out that with the council’s different price bands, residents can park a little further away from the main car parks to get lower rates.

“There’s a much bigger discount if you park at Castle Street than if you drive down Watling Street,” he said.

“That differential is 50%, so that’s a big discount that you can get by making a choice.”

read more
Car parking rate

Builder can’t bind homebuyers with one-sided contract terms: NCDRC

Calling the deal between the builder and the apartment buyer totally one-sided and unfair to the home buyer, the National Consumer Dispute Redress Commission (NCDRC) says the builder cannot seek to bind the buyer with such unilateral contractual conditions.

In an order passed last month, NCRDC bench RK Agrawal (Chairman) and Binoy Kumar (Member) said: “The terms of a contract will not be final and binding if it is shown that buyers of the apartment had no other choice than to sign in dotted line, on a contract supervised by the builder. The contractual clauses of the agreement of May 8, 2012 are ex facie unilateral, unfair and unreasonable. The incorporation of such unilateral clauses in an agreement constitutes an unfair commercial practice within the meaning of section 2(r) of the Consumer Protection Act 1986, as it adopts unfair methods or practices for the purpose of selling the flats by the builder .”

Deepika Chaudhary Chandra and her husband Arun Kumar (Chandras) filed a lawsuit against Emaar MGF Land Ltd seeking compensation for late delivery of possession of the assigned flat. The couple had booked an apartment in the Palm Terrace Select project located in the village of Badshahpur in Sector 66 of Gurugram in Haryana. Emaar MGF Land had promised delivery of the flat by October 31, 2015. The couple paid Rs 1.69 crore, almost 95% of the total consideration for the sale. However, the promoter did not deliver the possession within the stipulated time. Possession was not given until 2020, a delay of about five years. Although he received stamp duty and other fees, the promoter also did not execute the deed of transfer until July 13, 2021.

“…in our opinion, (this) is a clear case of lack of service on the part of the promoter,” the NCDRC noted, while calling on Emaar MGF Lad to pay, within four weeks, interest on the amount deposited at an interest rate of 8% from October 31, 2015, the scheduled date of delivery of possession, until the actual date of delivery of possession of the apartment to the buyer.

While the case was ongoing, on August 28, 2019, Emaar MGF Land offered the Chandras possession of the apartment subject to payment of arrears. The company sent a reminder on October 3, 2019, asking homebuyers to settle the arrears of Rs22.89 lakh.

After hearing the case, on November 13, 2019, the NCDRC ordered the builder to release possession of the allocated apartment to the Chandras, subject to the purchasers paying the full amount admitted, including value tax. added (VAT) and stamp duty. While the complaint is pending, the Chandras were asked to deposit the disputed amount of Rs11.81 lakh with the Commission.

The NCDRC says the buyer will have to pay the parking fee, the balance of the base sale price and the preferential location fee (PLC) and also delay the payment fee in accordance with the terms of the agreement. However, the advance on maintenance costs will only be applicable from the date of actual possession of the apartment by the buyers, he adds.

While asking Emaar MGF Land to pay 8% interest from the expected date of possession on the deposited amount, the NCDRC also asked the builder to pay a cost of Rs25,000 to the Chandras.

read more
Car parking rate

Friends of Dunorlan voice concerns over parking plans as move sparks petition

A group of friends at a park in Tunbridge Wells where parking fees are due to be introduced for the first time criticized the plans.

Residents unhappy with the proposals have also started a petition for Council to reconsider.

Last week the Time reported on how the new borough partnership in Council is increasing fees in its car parks and will introduce payment to park at Dunorlan Park.

The coalition wants to charge £1 an hour, capped at £5 for the whole day, for cars in the two car parks.

But Friends of Dunorlan Park (FoDP) say there has been no consultation with Council over the plans and the fee could lead to unsafe ‘overflow’ parking on local roads.

The charges had been presented as a chance to deter town center shoppers from using Dunorlan Park and included a pledge to ‘support the upkeep of the car park and the park itself’.

But FoDP chairman Peter Russell told the Time that the group had not been consulted and that the parking policy had many pitfalls.

“The Friends of Dunorlan Park are very concerned about this proposal, at least in part because we have not been consulted and, it appears, members of the Council’s parks department,” he said. .

He added that there were already problems when drivers could not park.

‘We are already getting complaints about the unsafe situation when people park on the narrow Halls Hole Road and it will only get worse if charges are introduced,’ he said.

“Similarly, overflow from the Pembury Road car park would tend to go to the edges of Pembury Road itself.

“It’s dangerous and unsightly and having happened once or twice before, we know from experience that neither Council nor the police are interested in stopping this illegal parking.”

Meanwhile, on the condition of the car parks themselves, Mr Russell noted that one of the car parks was ‘not properly paved and would surely need to be brought up to a reasonable level before pricing could be introduced’.

He continued: “Dunorlan Park has been a lifeline for many people and families during lockdown and many people enjoy spending a lot of time there.

“Not everyone can walk or cycle to Dunorlan and we feel that the current number of fairly limited parking spaces should be free and reserved for genuine users of the park.

“The Friends believe that these proposals have not been carefully considered and that no consultation has taken place. We are not convinced that the funds raised will directly benefit Dunorlan Park.

A petition has also been created, urging Cabinet and Council to “keep Dunorlan Park free”.

Petition author and local resident Richard Harrington wrote: ‘The introduction of parking fees is warranted because of the minute number of users who use the park to get into town’, but denied that this was a problem.

The petition has already garnered more than 400 signatures by the time The Times went to press yesterday (Tuesday). If it reaches 500 signatures, the petition will be reviewed by the Oversight and Review Committee which may hear public testimony from a senior Council official.

If it reaches 1,000 signatures, the TWBC Plenary Council will have to debate the proposals.

Charges for cars in the Dunorlan park are due to be introduced by October following public consultation.

The move follows Ashdown Forest’s plans to also charge for parking. The East Sussex beauty spot intends to introduce charges for its car parks from August.

read more
Car parking rate

Car Parking Lift Market 2022 and Analysis by Top Key Players – Bendpak-Ranger, Rotary, ARI-HETRA, Challenger Lifts – Designer Women

Global Car Parking Lift Market Overview and Analysis:

New Jersey, United States, Report Title Car Parking Elevators is one of the most comprehensive and important additions to the verified market reports. Provides detailed research and analysis of key aspects of the global Car Parking Lifts market. Market analysts write detailed information provided in this report. This is a comprehensive analysis of the global Parking Elevator Market, providing growth drivers, restraints, challenges, trends, and opportunities. Market players can use market dynamics analysis to plan effective growth strategies and prepare for future challenges. Each trend in the global Parking Elevators market is carefully analyzed and investigated by market analysts.

Furthermore, the Global Car Parking Elevator market is expected to grow at a CAGR of roughly X.X% in the next five years, and will reach USD X.X billion in 2020, USD X.X billion in 2028.

Get a sample copy (including full TOC, charts and tables) of this report @

Competitive landscape

Competitive composition is an important aspect that every key player must know. This report sheds light on the competitive scenario of the Global Parking Elevators Market to know the competition at country and global level. The market experts also provide an overview of all major players in the global Parking Elevator Market, considering key aspects such as regional operations, production, and product portfolio. Furthermore, the company report is based on key research factors such as company size, market share, market growth, revenue, production and profit.

The study focuses on the current market size of the Car Parking Lifts market and the growth rate based on the company overview file of Key players/manufacturers:

Key Players of the Car Parking Lift Market are:

  • Bendpak-Ranger
  • Rotary
  • Challenger lifts
  • Ravaglioli
  • Nussbaum
  • Sugiyasu
  • MAHA
  • Hunter
  • Stertil Koni
  • EAE
  • PEAK

Market Segmentation of Car Parking Lift Market:

Parking Elevator market is split by Type and Application. For the period 2021-2028, Intersegment Growth provides accurate calculations and forecasts of sales by Type and Application in terms of volume and value. This analysis can help you grow your business by targeting qualified niche markets.

Global Car Parking Lift Market Segment By Type:

  • Single post car parking lift system
  • Two Post Parking Lift System
  • Multi-Level Parking Lift System
  • Others

Global Parking Elevator Market Segment By Application:

  • commercial building
  • residential building

Get an exclusive discount on this Premium Report @

Scope of the Car Parking Lift Market Report

UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Regional Parking Elevator Market Analysis can be represented as follows:

This part of the report assesses key regional and country-level markets on the basis of market size by type and application, key players, and market forecast.

Based on geography, the global car parking lift market has been segmented as follows:

    • North America includes the United States, Canada and Mexico
    • Europe includes Germany, France, UK, Italy, Spain
    • South America includes Colombia, Argentina, Nigeria and Chile
    • Asia Pacific includes Japan, China, Korea, India, Saudi Arabia and Southeast Asia

To get more insights on market analysis, browse the research report summary @

Visualize the Anesthesia Delivery Systems Market using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Anesthesia Delivery Systems Market using [email protected]

Most Popular Reports

Global Aluminum Cylinder Heads Market Size and Forecast

Global Timing Chain Covers Market Size and Forecast

Global Automotive Fan Couplings Market Size and Forecast

Global Car Parking Lift Market Size and Forecast

Global Automotive Oil Cooler Market Size and Forecast

Global LNG Floating Systems Market Size and Forecast

Global Marine Engine Variable Valve Timing System Market Size and Forecast

Global Electric Ships Market Size and Forecast

Global Floating Production, Storage and Offloading (FPSO) Market Size and Forecast

Global Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) Tanker Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US Toll Free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: –

read more
Car parking rate

Do any of the “solutions” to the housing crisis work?

The housing crisis has become a never-ending story, but experts say some solutions put in place will have an impact.

Inflation and the rising cost of living have pushed it away from the top spot, but housing remains the second most important issue for New Zealanders, according to the latest IPSOS issues monitor.

The market may be in the midst of a downturn, but house prices remain high and affordability tight, while interest rates have risen and the lending environment has become more difficult for many.

At the same time, rents are at record highs and, although supply is increasing, there is still a shortage of housing, especially on the affordable side of the market.

* How to make building a new house cheaper
* First KiwiBuild homes welcomed to Queenstown, but cheaper homes needed – mayor
* KiwiBuild will remain an albatross around the government’s neck

But a range of solutions have been offered to fix the problems. Do they work?

1) Kiwibuild

Kiwibuild, a program to build 100,000 new homes over 10 years to increase housing affordability, was one of the Labor Party’s flagship policies when it was in opposition.

In the 2017 election, Labor set it in motion. But the difficulties quickly appeared and Kiwibuild did not reach its first objective of 1000 housing units in the first year. In 2019, the policy was reset and the goals removed.

The first target of 1,000 homes was not reached until 2021. As of May this year, 1,366 Kiwibuild homes had been built, with another 1,237 under construction, according to the government’s housing scoreboard.

The government supports Kiwibuild and Housing Minister Megan Woods recently said the scheme is very much alive and will continue to help people find their first affordable home.

Kōtuitui is a new KiwiBuild development of Ken Crosson-designed townhouses at Manukau in Auckland.


Kōtuitui is a new KiwiBuild development of Ken Crosson-designed townhouses at Manukau in Auckland.

But AUT construction professor John Tookey says Kiwibuild has never been realistic as a purchase option for low-income first-time home buyers because the original income caps were too high.

“If you could afford a Kiwibuild home, you could afford a home in the traditional market, so the right market sector wasn’t targeted, and it never flew.”

The government is delivering new housing, but it is focusing more on public housing space than Kiwibuild, he says.

Since 2017, 7,698 new units have been built for social housing, and there are currently 2,776 more under construction.

Infometrics chief forecaster Gareth Kiernan says this is a more efficient use of time and resources, especially given the increased number of people on the waiting list for a social housing.

2) Changes to town planning rules

The new planning and housing density rules will have more impact than Kiwibuild in addressing affordability issues, he says.

Increasing supply is seen as key to addressing housing problems, which has led to policies being put in place that allow for greater intensification of settlement.

First there was the National Policy Statement on Urban Development, which prevents councils from hindering development by prohibiting height limits below six storeys and parking requirements in urban areas.

AUT construction professor John Tookey says more infrastructure funding is needed to support development.


AUT construction professor John Tookey says more infrastructure funding is needed to support development.

And last year the Labor and National Party unveiled legislation requiring councils to allow buildings of up to three storeys on most city sites without resource permits from August 2022.

PWC analysis estimates this could add between 48,200 and 105,500 new homes to the housing stock over the next five to eight years.

Experts say it could be a turning point for the market, but the new rules have met with resistance at local level, with councils trying to extend exclusions from stepping up.

Kiernan says that while it’s important to make sure the density is done right, the resistance to the new rules embodies “part of how we got to where we are now on the housing front.”

“There needs to be a hard test on people’s thoughts about rights to sight and sunlight, or we’re not going to get anywhere close to solving the problem.”

But another problem in the move towards scaling up is infrastructure funding.

While the government has set up a $3.8 billion infrastructure fund to support residential development, Kiernan and Tookey say more is needed to meet demand, and where it will come from is uncertain .

3) Co-ownership regimes

Another popular option overseas but slow to take hold in New Zealand is co-ownership, or hire-purchase.

Kere and Holly Walker-Tipene were among the first beneficiaries of a home through Habitat for Humanity's progressive homeownership program.


Kere and Holly Walker-Tipene were among the first beneficiaries of a home through Habitat for Humanity’s progressive homeownership program.

These help low-income families gain access to homeownership through equity participation arrangements where the government, or an organization, owns part of the house, and it is gradually paid for by the owners. This allows deposits and interest rates below the market rate.

Tookey says they are a better option for people struggling to enter the market than Kiwibuild, and there are proven models, such as the UK Housing Association’s rent-to-own scheme, to work from.

The government has launched a $400 million progressive home ownership program in 2020, and it hopes the program will be able to accommodate between 1,500 and 4,000 people when fully rolled out.

But only 78 houses had been moved in by May this year.

There are also non-governmental programs run by charities, such as the Housing Foundation, Habitat for Humanity and the Queenstown Lakes Community Housing Trust, but the sector is small.

Tookey says the problem is that people aren’t aware of these schemes.

A transportable prefabricated house, made from structurally insulated panels by Exceed Homes.

Andrea Bosshard and Shane Loader

A transportable prefabricated house, made from structurally insulated panels by Exceed Homes.

4) Construction of prefabricated houses

Increasing the use of pre-engineered housing and off-site fabrication methods is one way to increase housing supply, as it makes the construction process faster and cheaper.

To facilitate this, amendments were made to the Building Act last year. They allow prefab manufacturers to be certified to manufacture their products, and once certified, they have a simplified consent process and fewer inspection requirements.

Amy Moorhead, MBIE’s construction policy manager, says this will enable faster consent for innovative and efficient construction methods and increase the use of off-site manufacturing and products.

This represents a big step forward for offsite construction and comes at a time when its methods and products are gaining wider mainstream acceptance, said OffsiteNZ chief executive Scott Fisher.

“Offsite manufacturing can lower the cost of a build, allows for greater efficiency and productivity, and is more sustainable because the carbon footprint of factory build is 45% lower than traditional build. “

But progress toward widespread adoption could be faster, and government mandates and incentives would help increase its use, he says.

5) Construction options for rent

Building-to-rent, which involves developing multi-unit residential buildings for long-term rental rather than sale to individual owners, has been touted as another way to ease the housing shortage.

According to Property Council advocacy consultant Denise Lee, a third of Kiwis are currently renting, with that number rising to 50% in the Auckland region, and the market is ripe for revolution.

“Creating a class of build-to-let assets, similar to retirement villages or student housing, could unlock thousands of secure homes for Kiwis at no cost to the government.”

The Nix is ​​a to-be-built apartment building in Newton, Auckland.


The Nix is ​​a to-be-built apartment building in Newton, Auckland.

But the outlook is entirely up to politicians because without legislative change the sector will remain inhibited, she says.

“If there was legislation to create an asset class, introduce depreciation, and make some changes to the Residential Tenancies Act, we would see a lot more homes to be built planned and delivered.”

Bold government thinking would allow the private sector to deliver more than 25,000 new homes over the next decade, Lee said.

Woods has expressed interest in building for rent, and there is a Ministry of Housing and Urban Development task force on this. But, to date, there has been no government announcement on this subject.

Despite this, a growing number of rental construction projects are underway.

read more
Car parking rate

Scottish property tax system ‘penalises’ High Street

A leading academic specializing in retail studies has insisted on the need for radical reform of Scotland’s business pricing system, calling it a ‘historic anachronism’.

Leigh Sparks, professor of retail studies at the University of Stirling, told the Herald there was an urgent need to change tax policy to help spur the recovery of town centers across the Scottish country.

Professor Sparks, who recently authored and chaired the A New Future for Scotland’s Town Centers report for the Scottish Government, said: “You have a system that penalizes high streets; penalizes businesses that want to renovate properties and favors those that want to construct new buildings on greenfield sites and want to trade online.

“For me, if you think about the national performance framework, [and] goals of the Scottish Government, there will come a time when it will need to ensure that the non-domestic charging system works in alignment with national policies. Currently for me, they are not.

Professor Sparks’ comments come amid renewed interest in corporate tariffs in Scotland, with companies in the retail, hospitality and leisure sectors ready to pay the full fee again. property tax from local authorities after a period of relief due to the pandemic.

READ MORE: Hospitality trade on ‘edge of cliff’ as rate bills set to rise

Some critics say the business pricing system, a form of local taxation that businesses pay based on the assessed value of their premises, has become obsolete given the huge shift towards online retail in recent years. .

The hospitality industry argues that it is being treated unfairly by the current system because appraisers use hypothetical revenue to arrive at their invoices, which the industry says does not accurately reflect the profitability of businesses and how much they can afford to pay.

A New Future for Scotland’s Town Centers recommends changing the rate system and changing Value Added Tax, the latter to encourage the redevelopment of existing buildings in town centres. He also suggests the introduction of a digital tax, an out-of-town parking tax and a moratorium on out-of-town development to help boost the high street.

Professor Sparks said: ‘We need to think about what element of a property tax we should have, we need to change both in-town and out-of-town property taxes, we need to think about VAT on renovations and in the city undertaken, and we must think about [a] sales tax or online.

“It is the balance and the combination of all these elements that reflects the nature of the economy.

READ MORE: Alarm bells rang over delay in major corporate rate changes

“If you now have 25% of retail sales online and the tax system isn’t catching up with that, then your tax base doesn’t reflect economic realities. And I think that’s a problem for any government in the longer term, because it will continue to favor this type of (online) business. »

He added: “There comes a time when you have to ask yourself big rate questions, and that will come in the next few years, I think.”

The idea of ​​an online sales tax has attracted support from business figures such as Sir Tom Hunter. Although he admits it is a ‘tricky question’, Sir Tom argues there should be a ‘level playing field’ between high street retailers and online retailers.

Stuart Mackinnon, head of communications and public affairs at the Federation of Small Businesses, expressed caution over the move, noting it could undermine small businesses that had moved into online retail to stay ahead. flood during the pandemic.

“We wouldn’t want to see businesses that have pivoted online during the disruption of the past three years punished,” Mr Mackinnon said.

READ MORE: Scott Wright: When will economic hardship start to affect the housing market?

The Scottish Government is in the process of making some changes to the company pricing system, which stemmed from the Barclay review in 2017. One of the biggest changes will be to increase the frequency of assessments from every five years to every the three years to help guarantee the value of the properties. better reflect market conditions.

Changes have also been made to streamline the appeals process. These reforms will come into force next year, during the next revaluation of non-domestic goods.

Mr Mackinnon said: “Barclay has initiated a number of changes which will materialize next year. It will be a test of his reforms to see if they will withstand the stresses of the upcoming reassessment.

Professor Sparks expects the Scottish government to focus in the short term on making such changes and addressing “data gaps”, according to him, a report by the Fraser of Allander Institute on the program of small business bonuses.

He suggested there might be a reluctance among politicians to interfere with corporate tariffs because there is “predictability” in the amount they raise, which in turn provides certainty about “what ‘they can afford and cannot afford to do’.

Professor Sparks added: ‘The second element is that there are not many votes in the non-national rates. People don’t care too much about it – it’s not something everyone is campaigning for. Business owners clearly do. He’s trying to make that connection to… the good things (they’re trying to do) in the inner cities.

“Companies often fight with one hand tied behind their backs because of the system. He’s trying to get this point across as something that people take really seriously. We lost a lot of things because it’s so much more expensive to work in the city centres.

Meanwhile Scottish Retail Consortium David Lonsdale has expressed concern at a recent signal from the Scottish Government that it plans to raise the pound – a figure of pence in the pound multiplied by property valuations to calculate rate bills – north of the border.

In a medium-term spending review and financial strategy published late last month, the government said an increase in weighting “would be necessary” to ensure that the next revaluation of non-domestic property was neutral in terms of receipts.

Ministers said this was because the non-domestic rate deficit had increased “due to the relief provided by pandemic support and other factors, including higher than expected levels of NDR income lost in due to cancellations, bad debt post Covid-19 and the emergence of 2017 revaluation calls for losses”.

Mr Lonsdale said: “The prospect of a further rise in the participation rate, which is already at its highest level in 23 years, looks worrying and will sound alarm bells in retail and other sectors having a significant real estate footprint in Scotland.

“A further rate hike next spring, immediately after repricing when it normally falls, is disconcerting. The only steady point in a world of retail flows appears to be rising supply chain costs. and government-imposed costs, which are increasingly difficult to absorb and ultimately add pressure on store prices.

“A mindset shift is needed around business rates, moving from an attempt to squeeze tax revenue from commercial properties to an approach that encourages investment in retail destinations. ”

read more
Car parking rate

January arrest, fatal shooting at apartments in Maple Shade, NJ

MAPLE SHADE — A Clementon resident was arrested Monday and charged with the fatal shooting of a man at an apartment complex in that township in January, the third of four homicides to take place at Fox Meadow Apartments since 2017.

It was there on Jan. 16, according to a statement from the Burlington County District Attorney’s Office, Ezekiel Sanders Jr., 32, was found struck by gunfire in the arm and chest, and was later pronounced dead at Jefferson Hospital in Cherry Hill.

A subsequent investigation revealed that a vehicle drove away from the scene after Sanders was shot in the complex’s parking lot, leading to the arrest of 22-year-old Teon Macklin-Goodwine of Tory Estates apartments in Clementon.

Macklin-Goodwine is charged with first-degree murder and robbery, and second-degree unlawful possession of a weapon, possession of a weapon for an unlawful purpose and certain persons not having weapons.

He remains housed at the Burlington County Jail pending a hearing.

The murder of Sanders in this particular Maple Shade apartment was followed by the April 15 fatal shooting of Maurice Kobassic, 26, and was preceded in 2017 by the stabbings of Sasikala Narra, 38, and his son 6 years old, Anise.

Burlington County prosecutors said the investigation into Sanders’ death is still ongoing.

Patrick Lavery is a reporter and anchor for New Jersey 101.5. You can reach him at [email protected]

Click here to contact an editor about a comment or correction for this story.

15 Sensational Places to Visit in Seaside Heights and Seaside Park

From the rides to all the boardwalk food to the many water fun, Seaside Heights and nearby Seaside Park has remained a family friendly place for all ages.

Along the way, the Seaside Heights boardwalk and Casino Pier were hit by tragic disasters, such as a fire, Super Hurricane Sandy, and another fire. Both have proven their resilience through reconstruction and expansion.

Cape May, NJ: 15 Wonderful Places to Visit

UP NEXT: Find out how much gas cost the year you started driving

read more
Car parking rate

Kids should be able to play in the Street Edition – Streetsblog New York City

Our main story today by Jesse Coburn reminds us again of how the city has failed to give our children safe streets, with only about 20 public schools even bothering to use a municipal program poorly administered that allows schools to ban cars on the roads in front of the educational institution.

An earlier survey by Coburn showed how important car-free streets could be in keeping children safe, given that crashes and injuries occur at a much higher rate on roads with schools during busy hours. pick up and drop off.

But all of Coburn’s reporting has been given new context, thanks to a new photo exhibit at the Parks Department headquarters at the Arsenal in Central Park. Titled “Streets In Play: Katrina Thomas, NYC Summer 1968,” the photos by Thomas, then a photographer for the Lindsay Administration, show why safe streets for children are so important.

Remember when you could just roll an old tire down the street, screaming the whole time?

Photo: Katrina Thomas/New York City Parks Photo Archive
Photo: Katrina Thomas/New York City Parks Photo Archive

Remember when kids could do all of these things below on the streets with your friends, learn to get along in the world, develop independent living skills, or just cool off?

This slideshow requires JavaScript.

It doesn’t have to be like that! We can create beautiful streets for children. We just have to give them – not the cars – the space they need. Discover the exhibition at the Arsenal until September 4, with a “conference of curators” on July 13 at 6 p.m. The event is free but registration is required by emailing the Parks Department at [email protected]

In other news:

  • The Post walked exclusively with Mayor Adams on the subway for a few hours early one morning, and the overriding theme is that the mayor thinks the city sucks.
  • Could Governor Hochul’s Penn Station mess follow the path of Governor Cuomo’s Amazon mess? (The city)
  • Here’s a Jersey take on the Penn Station problem. (
  • Passengers on the D train in the Bronx will suffer for many nights and many weekends while the MTA makes repairs. (NYDN)
  • The Belt Parkway, which turns into Indianapolis Motor Speedway after midnight, was the scene of another drag racing accident. Drivers need to be reminded: keep checking your rear view mirror when you are on this road! (amNY)
  • Several outlets covered the mayor’s sanitation announcement yesterday, but only Streetsblog put into perspective how little Hizzoner is putting into the pilot program to get trash bags off the sidewalk. (New York Post)
  • Conservatives are hoarding President Biden’s misguided gas tax holiday. (City newspaper)
  • Jose Martinez told a great story about subway surfing in The City, and the Post followed suit.
  • Oonee, the bike parking folks, unveiled some additional news yesterday. (The Brooklyn Paper)
  • From the dispatch office: Tuesday at 2 p.m. we finally have a transportation committee hearing at the city council (the last one has been deleted) – and it’s a doozy. Not only will Carlina Rivera’s greenways maintenance bill get a hearing, but Speaker Selvena Brooks-Powers will undertake a watchdog hearing on the management of public space, which is kind of our thing.
  • Speaking of the audience, our Open Plans colleague Jackson Chabot (along with Elizabeth Goldstein and Benjamin Prosky) had a well-reasoned introduction to the matter in Gotham Gazette.
  • Larry Penner thinks the MTA is a fiscal Titanic. (Public transportation)
  • It’s official: “There Are No Accidents” by Jessie Singer is one of the best books of the year! (Fortune)
  • Besides, it’s election day. Please vote. (NY Post, NY Times, amNY, Streetsblog)
  • And the public swimming pools open today! (Fox 5)

read more
Car parking rate

Interest rates, energy prices and inflation are all on the rise. Here’s how our readers manage the cost of living

The cost of living is on the rise and your hip pocket may feel emptier than usual, so we asked our readers to share their tips for coping with rising expenses.

Here are some of the ways they’re cutting expenses, plus expert money-saving tips.

Click on the links below to jump straight to a question or read on to learn more.

How to spend less on food?

With inflation and wild weather impacting food prices, it might be time to ditch some luxuries and change the menu.

Buying seasonal products is not only economical, but also healthier. (Pexels: Michael Burrows)

Here are some expert tips for saving while shopping:

  • Buy seasonal products
  • Buy meat closer to its best before date and freeze it
  • Buy staples in bulk when they’re on sale
  • Buy only what you need

And don’t forget to bring your own bag while you’re there – every penny counts.

Here’s what our readers told us they did.

“Plan your weekly meals and stick to your shopping list. Be flexible and buy items that are better value on the day and cut back on luxury items such as soft drinks and chocolate. Be sensible in your purchases. ” — Katrina, New South Wales

“I have cut back on meat meals (now only once a week) in the weekly store, opting for beans or vegetable soup as a replacement meal. Also, I only buy one or two coffees a week, I make my own snacks (like Anzac Biscuits) and take lunch to work if I’m in the office, I don’t buy takeout at all, and I limit drinks and meals to once fortnightly.” —Kerri, Vic

“Too many people think that chickpeas, assorted dried beans and even lentils are canned. If you buy dry, cook a quantity (not the lentils, they cook quickly) and freeze them in bags. more likely to use the amount required – a handful, half a tin, one and a half tin equivalents when not limited to one-tin quantities.” — Margaret, New South Wales

Should I start planting now?

If you have access to a backyard or garden, Victoria’s Tony suggests putting your green fingers to the test.

“Use the space on your property to grow vegetables and other foods.”

Hazel from New South Wales shared her journey growing food in a small space.

“I’m starting a garden to grow vegetables from seed. I’m in a small block… in a ground floor flat so I have the garden bed under my window. If it’s not not trashed by “people”, so I will enlarge it. It will make a big difference in my fresh food intake and it’s cheaper than buying seedlings. I don’t know which of the two is better, but both would give people fresh vegetables.

And if you don’t have the luxury of space, horticulturist Phil Murray says a polystyrene box or bag of potting soil will do.

To get started, he recommends these easy-to-grow plants:

  • Tomatoes
  • peppers
  • Shallots
  • Salad
  • Beans
  • Herbs

Elderly retiree Adrienne from Queensland has shared her success story.

“I have bought a mini greenhouse and will try to grow lettuces and tomatoes. I already grow passion fruit, mangoes and fresh herbs. As an elderly pensioner, I hope this will help reduce the cost of fresh fruits and vegetables and organic growing, will be much healthier for me.I have also planted pineapple tops and so far I have harvested four (delicious) pineapples over a period of three months. The sense of accomplishment is also a huge plus.

How can I save electricity?

A woman puts clothes in a front-loading washing machine
A hot water cycle can use up to 10 times more energy than a cold wash.(Pexels: Sarah Chai)

The current energy crisis and calls to save energy under the threat of blackouts have led many people to review their energy consumption.

Here are some simple things you can do around your home to reduce energy consumption:

  • Adjust your temperature settings
  • Run your laundry in cold water whenever possible
  • Install energy efficient appliances or lights
  • Take advantage of natural sunlight and block drafts in your home

Be careful of devices that consume electricity even when not in use.

Experts also suggest searching the market for better energy deals and switching providers.

Here are some creative ways others have reduced their energy use.

“Save on electricity costs by running the washing machine and dishwasher when rates should be lower.” —Kaz, Vic

“Investing in better insulation in homes – double glazed windows, ducted heating and using our daylight electricity through solar energy.” — Kristy, New South Wales

“I use an electric blanket when I watch TV every night. It costs $50 and saves a ton on the electric bill.” —Rae QLD

“Solar diverter to send excess solar to the water heater. Installed one of these to minimize export to the grid when not wanted by the grid. Avoid using coal fed by off-peak hours for water heating. Makes economic sense if your feed-in tariff is lower than your off-peak tariff and makes environmental sense by avoiding coal power.” — Brian, New South Wales

It’s good to know your options too if your energy bill is blowing your wallet.

Does working remotely save money?

“As some companies try to increase the number of working days relative to working time, it is in the employee’s financial interest to work from home, given that the cost of fuel increases each week (and c “is also a significant environmental impact). We have proven that we are at least as productive at home.” — Heidi, TAS

Heidi makes a good point.

Removing the commute from the equation means saving time, transportation costs like fares and fuel, and even that morning cup of coffee.

But given that tax deductions for working from home are set to end in June and electricity prices have risen, it’s hard to say which is cheaper.

Work at home
Many organizations are offering a hybrid model after the pandemic, allowing for a combination of office and home working.(Pexels: Cliff Cabin)

Whether you’re working remotely or back in the office, there are always ways to reduce your travel costs.

“I now cycle to work every day, saving me about $500 a month (including downtown parking fees).” —Brett, SA

“Every time I leave the house I wonder if I NEED to go out or if I can make other arrangements. I also plan to use public transport – if I don’t need to get around in town, I will work from home.” —Lisa, Vic

Others have changed their housing situation.

“Moved in with relative as an adult.” —Perry, Vic

“We’ve deliberately downsized to be closer to public transport and shopping and use the car a lot less now. We’re also thinking twice about long overseas flights.” — Anke, New South Wales

How can I save money without trying?

Money experts say it can be as simple as assessing your expenses first, before moving on to decisions like eliminating memberships and renegotiating bills.

You can even review big commitments such as mortgage payments and consider doing the following:

  • Make refunds every fortnight
  • Use an Offsetting Account to Pay Off Variable Home Loans
  • Find the best deal with the lowest price
  • Make additional payments in advance, if possible
  • Repay your capital and interest at the same time

Here’s how some readers changed their lifestyle to live on a budget.

“I switched to growing and making more home-cooked meals, broths, cookies, muffins and bread to reduce costs and plastic waste. I also put a bike and a trailer on hold to reduce the use of my car when I go to buy the rest of the groceries.” —Kate, Queensland

“I’m a single mom and have raised 3 wonderful children who are now all college graduates and have found jobs in their chosen professions. We NEVER had the internet at home. I don’t I just couldn’t afford it, so my three kids had to be resourceful and use the uni library, cafes, friends’ houses, USB sticks to download articles, essays etc and use uni printers etc. YES, it was another stressor and extra effort in their already busy lives. However, it is doable. So to all those parents who are city dwellers, PLEASE don’t think that it’s the ONLY solution. I am now the proud mother of an accountant, a veterinarian and a lawyer.” —Megan, South Africa

“I switched to another internet plan and saved over $600 a year. I canceled movie channels on pay TV and saved $120 a year. I gave up landline and I saved $360 a year. I also started buying specials at the supermarket.” — Lisa, New South Wales

“A restaurant meal is a picnic or a barbecue at the beach or in a park with the family or with a group of friends. The children don’t care and have a lot more space to play. The holidays are a camping trip.Not a plane trip.There are many interesting sights and places that you can visit without traveling far.Entertainment can be watching a DVD or visiting friends or family. family, to go to free public entertainment and free places.—Ian, NT

“A few years ago when I moved into my current home, I planned to reduce my costs and carbon footprint by blowing insulation into my exterior walls. I also replaced all my appliances with electrical appliances and chose the most energy efficient models I could afford.. From my experience at a previous property I concluded that solar hot water was a waste of space and time so I opted for…an electric induction cooktop and split system heating and cooling solution that could meet all of my home’s heating needs meant I could shut off the gas supply.” —Geoffrey, Vic

Loading the form…

read more
Car parking rate

2023 Chevrolet Tahoe (Chevy) Review, Ratings, Specs, Price and Photos

What type of vehicle is the 2023 Chevrolet Tahoe? What does it compare to?

With the Tahoe, Chevrolet has a big – but not gargantuan – SUV capable of seating up to nine passengers while towing a heavy trailer. It is a rival of the Ford Expedition and the GMC Yukon.

Is the 2023 Chevrolet Tahoe a good SUV?

The review continues below

If you can justify its high fuel mileage and truck-like nature, the 2023 Tahoe is a solid choice among large SUVs. We rate it at 6.8 out of 10, a good score for a vehicle with lousy fuel economy and poor crash test results. (Learn more about how we rate cars.)

What’s new for the 2023 Chevrolet Tahoe?

The only major tweak for 2023 is the addition of GM’s limited Super Cruise hands-free driver-assist system, which is now optional on the Tahoe High Country.

Otherwise, the Tahoe runs through 2022 in a choice of trim levels mostly with V-8 power, though a 6-cylinder turbodiesel is optional. The standard 353-hp 5.3-liter V8 on most models can be upgraded to the 420-hp 6.2-liter V8, and while we like the diesel’s high torque and better fuel economy , this is an expensive option on most versions. .

The base V-8 comes in at 18 mpg in both rear-wheel-drive and four-wheel-drive configurations and the 6.2-liter V-8 is rated between 16 and 17 mpg combined. The turbodiesel ups the ante up to 24 mpg combined.

Although a nine-passenger version with three rows of seats is available, most Tahoes have bucket seats up front and a choice of second-row captain’s chairs or a bench seat. A third row that seats adults in reasonable comfort is standard.

Although automatic emergency braking is standard, the Tahoe only got four stars overall from NHTSA and has not yet been tested by the IIHS.

How much does the 2023 Chevrolet Tahoe cost?

Starting at around $52,000, the Tahoe LS is hardly luxurious. A reasonable $5,000 or so pays the LT with its oversized screens, leather seats and Bose sound system. It’s the one we’d buy, unless you’re really smitten with the Z71’s $63,000 or more off-road bits. The $75,000 High Country is as much a selling point for the GMC Yukon Denali and Cadillac Escalade as anything else.

Where is the 2023 Chevrolet Tahoe made?

In Arlington, TX.

read more
Car parking rate

Macomb County must continue to operate with SMART – The Voice

Macomb County voters have the opportunity to reaffirm their support for SMART, the county’s transit provider. Public transit grabbed the headlines at a time of rising gas prices and inflation. The need for alternative transportation is greater than ever. SMART meets this need. Let’s keep rolling.

When I moved to Michigan to work for General Motors, I didn’t own a car. I started taking the SMART bus to the GM Technical Center in Warren. But I never rode alone. A community gathered at bus stops on Van Dyke Avenue and Twelve Mile Road. When I missed my stop at home, the driver let me off as soon as it was safe and gave me specific instructions on how to walk back.

A few riders were engineers like me. But most wore the uniforms of janitors, food service workers and other blue-collar jobs. They are the ones who ensured the operation of the Tech Center and propelled the economic engine of the region. They cannot do their work from home.

It’s no surprise, then, that GM CEO Mary Barra and former Ford CEO Jim Hackett were among the local business leaders who issued a letter calling for transit improvements from our region. Despite popular perceptions, the auto industry has always supported public transit for one simple reason: it connects people to jobs. When companies struggle to attract workers with reliable transportation, SMART helps them make recruitment easier.

According to the American Public Transportation Association, every dollar invested in public transit produces five dollars in economic growth. Macomb County residents, even if they don’t use public transit, continue to benefit from their investment in SMART.

As an automotive engineer, riding the bus meant more than saving money. It was a chance to start my career, to be proud of my work and to feel welcome in a new community. Eventually, my first paycheck became a down payment on a car.

But not everyone at the bus stop had that option. For people who cannot afford or cannot drive a car, SMART enables them to fully participate in the community. It’s the difference between contributing to our economy or fighting in the shadows.

In addition to its regular bus routes, SMART also provides essential transportation for seniors and people with disabilities through its small Connector buses and community partnership programs. For these residents, and for Macomb County as a whole, SMART is a vital lifeline.

SMART continues to expand its services and adopt new technologies. Its ridesharing app Flex has been a hit, especially near Hall Road. Flex offers on-demand rides for two to eight dollars per ride, a bargain over the $20 or more charged by Uber.

SMART’s Community Partnership Program enables cities and townships to manage special services that work best for their residents. For example, Richmond-Lenox EMS, a partnership of several northern communities, offers rides to and from the metropolitan airport – a valuable amenity for any city.

By staying in SMART, Macomb County can meet its mobility needs in innovative and flexible ways.

Although I now own a car, I continue to use the bus occasionally. Sometimes I want to avoid high gas prices or downtown Detroit parking fees. Recently my car needed repairs after a minor collision. So I took the Gratiot FAST bus, an express route from Chesterfield Township to Detroit. The bus arrived on time and the driver was courteous and professional. Even on weekends there was standing room only.

I was so happy that me and the rest of my community had this option. Let’s keep it and improve it.

Macomb County needs public transit. Working families, seniors, people with disabilities and businesses depend on it. Throwing away our investment in SMART would ruin thousands of lives and businesses. To keep Macomb County a growing and thriving community, vote YES on SMART mileage this year.

Calley Wang is a mobility technologist with General Motors in Warren and a transit advocate with Motor City Freedom Riders.

read more
Car parking rate

Elton John in Sunderland: road closures and parking info

Ahead of Elton John’s visit to the Stadium of Light on Sunday, Sunderland Council have issued new travel advice for spectators and urged them to plan their trips.

Around 30,000 fans are expected to fill Sunderland Stadium on Sunday June 19 for Elton John’s only concert in the North East of his Farewell Yellow Brick Road tour.

Additional metro and bus services will operate before and after the event to avoid excessive traffic congestion as fans of the music icon travel to the venue.

Keir Hardie Way and the roads surrounding the stadium will be closed to allow the council to manage traffic.

Councilor Linda Williams, Sunderland City Council’s cabinet member for Vibrant City, said: “We want everyone to have fun, so our advice to spectators is to plan your trip.

“Travelling by public transport can take the stress out of driving, but if you are using the car please plan your route and remember that you cannot park or be picked up from the stadium as the surrounding roads will be closed for the concert.”

Read more: Elton John at Sunderland: Which songs will be performed at the Stadium of Light

“Following the success of the Ed Sheeran concerts over the Jubilee weekend, we are truly looking forward to welcoming music fans from across the city, region and country for the Elton John concert at the Stadium of Light this Sunday.

“Our town center has a lot to offer with shops, cafes, bars and restaurants all open, so people may want to arrive early, enjoy some time in the town and then walk to the stadium.”

Here are all the travel tips concertgoers need to plan a smooth trip to the concert:

Closed roads

Sunderland Council advised drivers coming from the south to use the A1018 and A690 exits from the A19 and drop people off in the city center or Dame Dorothy Street, with the Stadium of Light just a short walk away.

Due to the closure of Keir Hardie Way, vehicles from the north and west are advised to use the park and walk site at Sunderland Enterprise Park via the A1231 Wessington Way.

Roads surrounding the venue will be closed and there will be no pick-up and drop-off areas just outside the stadium.

Sunderland Council has announced a series of road closures ahead of Elton John’s Stadium of Light concert on Sunday June 19. Photos: GOOGLE/SUNDERLAND COUNCIL

Car park

There will be no parking available on the stadium grounds and drivers have been reminded that the residential streets around the stadium are restricted by residential parking permits.

Council-run St Mary’s and Sunniside car parks charge a flat rate of £2 to park all day on Sundays, with over 1,300 parking spaces in the town centre, as well as street parking and off street available.

Read more: Elton John in Sunderland: Eight places to eat ahead of Stadium of Light gig

There are also several private car parks, all within walking distance.

For the concert there is also park and walk parking at Sunderland Enterprise Park with access from the main roads into the city.

Public transport

Additional buses and subways will run before and after the concert to help fans get to the stadium.

Those using the tube are advised to allow plenty of time to get to Sunderland before the concert, and then use either St Peter’s or Stadium of Light tube stations, where additional staff and queue management waiting will be in place.

After the concert, the last train to Newcastle leaves St Peter’s at 23:59, or Stadium of Light at 00:00.

Read more: Elton John at Sunderland: What you can take into the stadium

The last train to South Hylton will leave the Stadium of Light at 11.43pm and stop at St Peter’s at 11.45pm.

Keep up to date with all the latest news on our website or follow us on Facebook, Twitter and Instagram.

You can also follow our dedicated County Durham Facebook page for all the latest news in the area by clicking here.

For all the top news from across the region straight to your inbox, sign up for our newsletter here.

Do you have a story for us? Contact our press office on [email protected] or contact 01325 505054

read more
Car parking rate

Parking tickets will increase by $10 in Halifax

Paid parking tickets are increasing by $10 in the Halifax area.

On Tuesday, the Halifax Regional Council voted 15 to two to raise the fee from $35 to $45 – or $40 if paid within seven days. The fee will likely come into effect in the fall after the municipality consults with the province.

“Parking downtown is easy, parking is relatively cheap. It only costs a few dollars to park downtown. I think that’s about right,” Coun said. Shawn Cleary, who voted in favor of the raise.

“If businesses were against this, we’d be inundated with letters saying, ‘Don’t do this thing’… Most small businesses I know want revenue in these public car parks.”

Cleary said he did an experiment for a month and a half to see if people actually got a ticket for going five or 10 minutes over the parking meter. In six cases, he said he paid for 15 minutes of parking and waited an additional five to ten minutes to return to his car to see if he had a ticket. He said that never happened.

“I don’t think our parking enforcement staff are running around looking for that one minute overtaker…I think that’s more of an urban myth than reality.”

Halifax Regional Council voted 15 to two in favor of increasing paid parking infraction fees from $35 to $45. (Halifax Regional Municipality)

Com. Tim Outhit voted against the fee increase.

“I just find it a bit ironic that bringing your dinner receipt clears your ticket,” Outhit said, referring to a program that started this month and will run through the end of September.

Under the temporary program, individuals who produce a receipt for at least $35 from a local business, issued within three hours of receiving a parking ticket, can apply to have their parking ticket canceled at the payment terminal.

Com. Waye Mason said most paid parking fees are generated in his district in downtown Halifax. He said the cost to park for a day downtown was between $25 and $30 in a lot.

“If we’re going to manage street parking and make sure we have parking available…I think we need to raise the ticket price,” Mason said.

A staff report on the matter estimated that increasing paid parking violations to $45 would result in additional annual revenue of $300,000 to $450,000.

read more
Car parking rate

Council Approves New Mixed-Use Development Rules and Launches Separate Corridor Proposal

Monday June 13th, 2022 by Jonathan Lee

In response to Austin’s housing crisis, the City Council passed two policies Thursday to allow more housing along main streets.

“I think it’s more critical now than ever to increase density and housing in these corridors,” Mayor Steve Adler said. “And I think that’s our existential challenge.”

Although housing advocates have called for more drastic changes, the Council has remained committed to adopting consensus policies following a court ruling over landlords’ right to protest rezonings.

The first set of changes apply to vertical mixed-use zoning, a density bonus program that relaxes certain development constraints in exchange for affordable units. Now developers can build even higher – up to 90 feet – if they offer more affordable housing.

The order, which takes effect immediately, divides VMU into two tiers. The first, VMU1, does not grant additional height but requires slightly more affordable housing – 10% of rental housing must be affordable for those earning 60% of the area’s median family income. The next level, VMU2, grants an additional 30 feet of height if the developers reserve either 12% of the units at 60% MFI or 10% of the units at 50% MFI.

Accessibility requirements have proven controversial. Council member Ann Kitchen, who sponsored the VMU changes, had pushed to demand more affordable units in VMU2, increasing the percentages to 15 and 12% instead of the staff recommendation of 10 and 12%. “I personally think we’re not pushing the envelope enough,” Kitchen said.

But others had concerns. “When we miscalibrate those numbers, we end up not building any projects at all,” said board member Paige Ellis.

The council initially voted 6-5 in favor of Kitchen’s affordability requirements, but in a moment of late-night drama council member Mackenzie Kelly changed her vote, tipping the majority in favor of the lower percentages. Council members Vanessa Fuentes, Kathie Tovo, Alison Alter and Leslie Pool joined Kitchen to push for increased accessibility.

It’s “hard to tell” whether the requirements are properly calibrated without financial modelling, said Erica Leak of the Department of Housing and Planning. To avoid moving forward with a calibration in the dark, staffers discussed creating a “streamlined and regular way to update layaway percentages and compensation calibrations”.

VMU2 projects on the Project Connect Orange and Blue light rail lines will have to make 15 or 12% of the units affordable. The higher requirement is offset by reduced compatibility and parking requirements along the lines, where VMU1 and 2 projects will only need to build 25% of the parking otherwise required by code, and where compatibility is not s will only apply within 100ft of the trigger properties versus the 540ft distance that typically applies.

To encourage affordable family-sized housing in VMU buildings, the number of bedrooms for affordable and market-priced housing must align.

Looming above the discussion was a March court ruling on landowners’ right to seek zoning changes and impose a 9-vote supermajority on Council.

Attorney Douglas Becker, who represented the plaintiffs in the lawsuit, threatened to sue the city again over changes to the VMU. “Changes to land use regulations on VMU properties without written notice or right to protest as required by state law and the District Court as confirmed by the Acuna et al. vs. City of Austinsubjects the city to further costly litigation,” Becker wrote in a letter.

Kitchen aimed to secure a right to protest by forcing VMU2 projects to go through individual rezoning, calling it a matter of “fundamental fairness and respect for the public”. Other members, however, argued that VMU2 should be de jure – meaning developers would not need additional Council permission to build. The Board voted 7-4, with Pool, Tovo, Kelly and Kitchen against, to make VMU2 as of right.

In a separate discussion, Council voted to initiate the process of reducing compatibility and parking requirements along busy city streets – a complex proposal that the austin monitor recently deep cover.

Council members say the regulations are hurting housing supply at a time when the city needs as much new housing as possible. Compatibility limits many sites throughout the city, making projects smaller or impractical, and parking requirements increase the cost of construction and, some say, foster car dependency when long-term plans for the city require less driving.

Under the proposed changes, compatibility would apply within 300 feet of a trigger property and the height limits of the rule would increase by 5 feet. Parking requirements would be reduced depending on the street category.

Many discussions are yet to come; the exact reductions in compatibility and parking requirements (and the streets where the reductions would apply) are far from settled. The resolution directs city employees to submit a draft ordinance for council’s consideration by September.

Photo by Rept0n1x, CC BY-SA 3.0, via Wikimedia Commons.

The austin monitorThe work of is made possible through donations from the community. Although our reports occasionally cover donors, we are careful to separate commercial and editorial efforts while maintaining transparency. A full list of donors is available here, and our code of ethics is explained here.

Join your friends and neighbors

We are a non-profit news organization and we put our service first. This will never change. But public service journalism requires the support of the community of readers like you. Will you join your friends and neighbors in supporting our work and our mission?

read more
Car parking rate

Criticism of summer spike in cost of parking at Dublin Airport

THE OPERATOR AT Dublin Airport has come under fire for long-term parking prices, with customers reporting increases during the busy summer travel period.

DAA said it uses a “dynamic pricing model” for parking fees, which fluctuate based on factors such as time of year and demand.

A customer noted an increase of €70 for a period of ten days in the long-term car park, compared to the same duration a few months earlier.

Another person paid €53 for nine days of parking in September 2021 and on a recent booking for a trip this month was charged €74.50 for just four days.

A search by The newspaper on DAA’s booking system revealed that four days of midweek parking at the end of June will cost €119 – this amount increases to €139 if the four-day stay includes a weekend.

Fingal TD and Labor Party transport spokesman Duncan Smith called the practice “unfair”.

“Until there is adequate public transport to the airport – and the provision of Metrolink is fundamental to this – trying to profit or increase revenue via parking or driving fees is unfair. for anyone using the airport, whether they are travelers or those picking up people,” he said.

“A lot of people have to drive and being penalized excessively with parking fees is just unfair.

“DAA has some work to do to restore its reputation with the Irish and I think they need to think about that over the summer.”

In a statement, Graeme McQueen, media relations manager for DAA, said the price of parking at Dublin Airport fluctuates depending on several factors, “including the time of year and demand at that time. there for parking”.

“This dynamic pricing model means that a customer may sometimes pay less or more than they would have previously, allowing DAA to effectively manage parking demand, ensuring that everyone who needs to park at Dublin Airport can do that,” he said.

McQueen said the airport is currently experiencing very high demand for parking as the number of people leaving Dublin continues to rise sharply.

He said the number of parking spaces available at Dublin Airport was “further reduced” due to the fact that a private Quick Park car park on the airport campus did not reopen after Covid. This means that there are around 6,000 fewer parking spaces at the airport, or around 30% of the total long-term parking supply.

“We have sought to work with Quick Park to get these spaces back in service for the busy summer months ahead, but those discussions have unfortunately fallen through,” he said.

“This will significantly increase the pressure on parking availability at Dublin Airport during the summer months. We therefore strongly recommend that passengers book their parking well in advance to ensure a space. We continue to explore all the options that will allow us to increase the number of parking spaces available at Dublin Airport.

#Open Journalism

No news, bad news
Support the review

Your contributions will help us continue to deliver the stories that matter to you

Support us now

The DAA also faced criticism following chaotic scenes at Dublin Airport security late last month which left more than 1,000 people missing their flights in one day.

Since then, the airport operator has implemented a plan to improve queue management, maximize staff availability and increase the number of security lanes open during peak hours.

Airport management said the plan was working well and despite a busy bank holiday weekend the measures ensured that passengers did not miss their flights due to long queues.

read more
Car parking rate

Pickup trucks and SUVs are driving the epidemic of pedestrian deaths. But the tide may be turning. – Streetblog Chicago

Americans love super-size. Big Macs, big TVs and big cars.

Over the past two decades, the popularity of SUVs, pickups and minivans has exploded, overtaking sedans and compacts. The “light truck” category, which includes all such vehicles, has grown from just over half of new sales and rentals in 2010 to 76% in 2020, according to the Bureau of Transportation Statistics.

The market was reflected in this year’s Super Bowl broadcast, which featured ads with people driving gleaming pickup trucks through empty landscapes, ready to pull someone out of an avalanche or haul hay. In real life, you’re more likely to see them in a supermarket parking lot, carrying a single passenger with groceries.

Big cars are also getting bigger – the biggest vehicles on the market now weigh around 7,000 pounds.

What’s the appeal for those who don’t really need such a behemoth for their business or to raise a large family?

“It gives you a sense of power, of being higher than others on the road,” said Alex Perez, advocacy manager for the Active Transportation Alliance.

You are also safer if you are an occupant. In 2016, the highest occupant fatality rate per 100,000 registered vehicles was for compact cars with 12.91 fatalities, while standard pickups were 8.86 and full-size SUVs were 6.78, according to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.

The front of a new Ram truck against a 36-year-old adult man.  Photo: AJ The Trace
The front of a new Ram truck at the Chicago Auto Show and a 36-year-old adult male. Photo: AJ The Trace

But while larger vehicles are safer for people inside, they are deadlier for those outside. Pedestrian fatalities increased 54% between 2010 and 2020, compared to 13% for all other road fatalities, according to a report by the Governors Highway Safety Association in May. During this period, the percentage of fatal accidents involving SUV drivers increased faster than the percentage of fatal collisions involving car drivers, according to the same report.

“Larger vehicles are inherently more dangerous for pedestrians,” the GHSA report notes. It’s simple physics – the bigger and heavier something is, the harder it will hit.

The design of some larger vehicles can also create blind spots for drivers. The Insurance Institute for Highway Safety found that drivers of SUVs, pick-ups, vans and minivans are “significantly more likely” than motorists to hit pedestrians when cornering, suggesting that these large vehicles may not provide drivers with as clear a view of people as they turn. cross the road.

“We already know that larger vehicles cause more serious injuries when they hit pedestrians,” said IIHS Vice President of Research Jessica Cicchino, one of the study’s authors. “The link between these types of vehicles and some common pedestrian crashes indicates another way in which the increase in the number of SUVs on the roads could be changing the crash picture.”

“They are bigger, heavier and taller than smaller cars and create blind spots that prevent drivers from seeing vulnerable road users like pedestrians and cyclists,” Perez said. Vehicles have also gotten wider, making them scarier for cyclists protected by nothing more than paint or plastic bollards, Perez noted.

This driver couldn't see any children until nine children were lined up in front of their truck.  Image: WTHR
This driver couldn’t see any children until nine children were lined up in front of their truck. Image: WTHR

Fortunately for vulnerable road users and the climate, the momentum of oversized passenger vehicles may be slowing down.

One of the factors is rising gasoline prices. As hard as it’s been for low-income drivers and those who must drive for a living, paying nearly $6 a gallon for gas has a silver lining in that it encourages car buyers to reduce their consumption. According to Cox Automotive, which analyzes sales information from Kelley Blue Book and Auto Trader, electric and hybrid vehicles have become very popular since January. But that’s how it is purchase more fuel-efficient gasoline models, such as small and medium cars, which represents a 33% increase.

Municipal governments also began to pressure the industry. The National Association of City Transportation Officials, a coalition of municipal transit departments and transit agencies from the United States and Canada, urges its members to help change the way the U.S. Department of Transportation assesses passenger safety. cars to show the negative impact of large vehicles.

Currently, under the federal government’s new vehicle assessment program, almost all vehicles receive a four or five star rating. These ratings, touted on car ads, only consider the safety of humans inside cars, not outside, NACTO explains. The new rules proposed by the USDOT would begin to rate cars based on their impacts on pedestrian safety. NACTO believes the proposed changes don’t go far enough and wants the USDOT to only award a five-star rating to vehicles with certain safety features, such as line-of-sight from the driver’s seat and systems that limit dangerous speeds automatically.

Comments on the rule changes are expected by June 8. The Chicago Department of Transportation and the CTA are members of NACTO, but it was not immediately clear whether those agencies would add their voices to the campaign.

“We need to recognize the real safety of our vehicles, not give them five stars when they are more likely to have an accident and kill someone in an accident,” NACTO spokesman Alex said. Engel. He said admitting that some of these vehicles are unsafe “could prompt manufacturers to redesign their vehicles for greater safety, and show consumers that these vehicles are unsafe and being misled”.

Kate Lowe, an associate professor of urban planning and policy at the University of Illinois at Chicago, said other countries are taking the lead in adopting vehicle safety regulations that protect road users in exterior of vehicles, such as cyclists and pedestrians, and that the United States needs to catch up. “The increasing number of large vehicles, like SUVs, coupled with a pavement system designed for speed, are deadly to pedestrians, cyclists and others outside of vehicles,” Lowe said.

Audrey Wennink, director of transport for the Metropolitan Planning Council, agreed that our country needs to re-examine what it calls a “safe” vehicle. “The United States needs to start performing pedestrian safety testing outside of vehicles, as has been done in Europe,” Wennink said. “Given the sharp rise in the number of pedestrians killed and injured in vehicle crashes, and the trend towards larger SUVs and pickup trucks, we need to do more to address this issue.”

Taking a stand on this issue is the City of Washington, D.C., which has proposed requiring owners of vehicles weighing more than 6,000 pounds, like a Ford F-250 or Chevy Silverado HD, to pay an annual registration fee. $500, nearly seven times the cost of registering a sedan. No other US jurisdiction has created such a deterrent against larger car models, according to Bloomberg News. For comparison, the Chicago sticker fee for passenger vehicles weighing more than 4,500 pounds is $151.55, about $56 more than the $95.42 fee for smaller vehicles.

Engel sees the news from DC as encouraging. “Our whole network is going to be looking to see how well this works in DC and if that’s enough of a boost,” Engel said. “We can see what we can do to nudge people towards safer options.”

read more
Car parking rate

Best credit cards for entertainment

Map Highlights

Introductory bonusEarn $200 in cash back after spending $750 on purchases within the first 3 months of account opening. This bonus offer will be fulfilled in the form of 20,000 ThankYou® points, which can be redeemed for $200 cash back.

APR14.74% – 24.74% (Variable)

Recommended creditExcellent, good

Reward rate
  • Earn 5% cash back on purchases in your highest eligible spend category each billing cycle, up to the first $500 spent, then 1% cash back thereafter.
  • Earn unlimited 1% cash back on all other purchases.

Annual fees$0

Intro Purchase APR0% for 15 months on purchases

Additional Details

Details of rewards and redemptions

The Citi Custom Cash℠ card works on category rotation for its best rewards, giving you 5% cash back on select categories, up to $500, before dropping to a 1% flat fee thereafter. The category changes based on your own shopping habits, including spending at places like restaurants, gas stations, grocery stores, and pharmacies. You can even earn on your live entertainment purchases.

All other purchases receive unlimited 1% cash back on your other purchases. You’ll also get an introductory APR of 0% for the first 15 months on your purchases and balance transfers.

Cash back is issued via ThankYou® points, but you have the flexibility to redeem them however you like, with options for statement credits, direct deposit or check. You can also redeem your points for travel, gift cards, and even for easy and flexible redemption. There’s no annual fee to update your income, so you can put your money where it’s best served.


The inconvenients

  • Introduction AVR

  • Special bonus categories

  • No annual fee

  • Normal low reward rate

  • Must have good credit

read more
Car parking rate

Imagine: Connecting Casinos to Prosperous Downtown – American Press

Nicole Miller is the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury Program Manager and Chair of the Disaster Housing Administration and Recovery Board for the Lake Charles Housing Authority.

Lake Charles attracts many visitors due to its magnificent and thriving modern casinos. Equally appealing is the city’s eclectic and historic downtown, showcasing our unique culture and offering views of our beautiful lakefront. What if these two gems could be connected by a bustling city centre?

What if the journey from the casino to the city center offered a diversified housing stock and unique shopping locations?

Could we create a destination nestled between our eclectic historic downtown and our sleek modern downtown?

The Mid-City Neighborhood Transformation Project seeks to implement this dream as one of 10 catalyst projects developed under the Just Imagine SWLA 50-year Resilience Master Plan. The project will allow residents of the area surrounding Prien Lake Mall (from Sallier to Prien) to illustrate in detail the vision of the BEST version of our town centre. What is schools, retail, housing stock,
and do the parks look like this beautifully reimagined neighborhood? What if we developed quality housing and pedestrian areas?

A transformational project like this requires commitment, champions, cheerleaders and dollars. Thanks to Hurricanes Laura and Delta, the pandemic, and the great alignment of many stars, the dollars to develop such a project are not only achievable, but truly tangible. The Lake Charles Housing Authority, in conjunction with the City of Lake Charles, has the opportunity to apply for a neighborhood of choice
Implementation grant (CNI). CNI grants skyrocketed in 2022 to a maximum of $50 million per project. With CNI funding, the downtown can develop housing, services and supports to create a truly diverse and economically prosperous community. This would provide much-needed dollars to line up with our long list of draft champions and cheerleaders.

A $30.5 million grant from CNI in 2011 transformed New Orleans’ last concentrated public housing complex. Since the grant was awarded, the Iberville-Tremé district has seen the development of more than 1,300 diversified housing units, the creation of vast green spaces, the significant preservation of historic structures, the renovation of key cultural centers, the creation of affordable home ownership opportunities, the redevelopment of a historic school building into artist housing, and
the creation of viable employment and training opportunities.

In addition, the Iberville social housing complex was redeveloped and renamed Bassin Bienville. Bassin de Bienville features ground-floor retail with a cafe and yoga studio, plus one-, two-, and three-bedroom units with a mix of market rates, social housing, and apartments. housing units for the workforce. Project facilities include fitness centers, a computer learning center, an outdoor technology patio, community rooms, a
garden with nutrition education program, two playgrounds and closed off-street parking.

The Bienville Basin is a lesson and an opportunity for Lake Charles. Over 200 social housing units are located behind the Prien Lake Mall and along Lake Street in our town centre. Most still have blue roofs and each represents a displaced family. The simplest solution is to rebuild those 200 units as soon as possible and bring families home. Without a doubt, this is an interesting option. But that’s like washing the exterior of a car, ignoring the dirt on the floor and not even bothering to check the oil. If we’re just “cleaning up” our historic housing project, we don’t know that an oil change can take us much further. A complete overhaul of the engine involves taking a deeper look at community needs, addressing economic and educational challenges, and taking time to make the whole community beautiful and vibrant. With an overhaul of this magnitude, we can bring families back to a home that has thrived for many years.

Lake Charles has a golden opportunity to secure significant funding through a CNI grant, which is a key step towards meaningful economic investment in our downtown. With such funding and support at our fingertips, imagine what our downtown neighborhood transformation project could become. Just imagine.

Learn more about the Mid-City Neighborhood Transformation Project and other projects by visiting and attending a community meeting:
 Monday, June 6, Cash and Carry, Lake Charles, 6-8 p.m.
 Tuesday, June 7, West-Cal Event Center, Sulfur, 6-8 p.m.
 Wednesday, June 8, Grand Lake High School Gym, Grand Lake, 5-7 p.m.

read more
Car parking rate

Seaside car parks charging up to £35 for just 8 HOURS this bank holiday weekend

Image credit: Photo taken by Edan Cohen on Unsplash

SEASIDE car parks are charging up to £35 A DAY over the Jubilee Bank Holiday weekend, shocking statistics reveal.

Car parks across the country – from Cornwall to Blackpool – are charging the odds as Britons hit the beach to take advantage of the warm weather.


Image credit: Photo by Edan Cohen on UnsplashCredit: Photo by: Edan Cohen on Unsplash

Fares are skyrocketing as ‘staycations’ become increasingly popular after Covid, the cost of living crisis and now that airport disasters are plaguing overseas flights.

According to research from convenience store Start Rescue, some UK seaside towns are taking advantage of Britons choosing to visit our shores this summer.

Newquay, described as Cornwall’s ‘favorite holiday destination’, saw nearly six million visitors last year but was ranked the most expensive, with a pitch charging £35 for an eight-hour stay.

Top 10 of the most expensive car park prices by the sea

Rates for parking your vehicle for eight hours:

Newquay, among many other seaside towns, scrapped its free car parks in June 2020 and introduced expensive rates.

Other expensive car parks include parts of Brighton, where Britons have to pay up to £31.50 a day to get to the beach.

And in Blackpool where charges can exceed £18.

Other pricey beach destinations include the popular hotspots of Bournemouth and Weymouth in Dorset and the Polzeath surf spot in Cornwall.

The research has emerged as Britons bask in 22C temperatures today.

Lee Puffett, Managing Director of Start Rescue, said: “Parking our vehicle is something many of us take for granted and it’s the last thing we should worry about when taking a break by the sea. .

“We often find a parking space by the sea, see the high cost of parking, but we are wary of moving in case we cannot find a cheaper place elsewhere.”

Puffett recommended researching thoroughly before travelling, and advised parking in places farther from the waterfront if possible as they are often much cheaper.

She said, “Choose wisely and you’ll have more money to spend on the things that matter most.”

Five travel tips for the Jubilee bank holiday weekend
BreakFree Holidays offers breaks from £35 pp a night in June
read more
Car parking rate

How many people must die for Auckland Transport to act?

I’ve been to write this piece a number of times but struggled. Not because I don’t know what to write, but because it makes me so angry and frustrated. Too many people are killed or seriously injured on our roads.

“Vision Zero, an ethical approach to transport safety, was developed in Sweden in the late 1990s. It places responsibility on the people who design and operate the transport system to provide a safe system. It is a transportation system designed for human beings, which recognizes that people make mistakes and that human bodies are vulnerable to high impact forces in the event of an accident. To protect people from forces that can cause traumatic injury, we need to look at how the whole system works together to protect everyone who uses our roads.

The page that makes that bold claim that “No fatalities or serious injuries are acceptable” has had few updates since 2020. Auckland Transport’s Monthly Crash Statistics – Road Fatalities and Serious Injuries page does not hasn’t been updated since April 15, 2021 and most of the data is from 2020. No surprise, they never took road safety seriously.

But it’s too important – people are being killed. It’s not just numbers – real people are dying on our roads in preventable situations.

Levi James (19) was killed while riding his bike to see his grandmother.

On March 5, 2022, Levi James (19) was killed while cycling to his grandmother’s house. Not only is this a terrible tragedy, it was preventable – Auckland Transport had recently completed a project in this area, but refused to consider basic safety upgrades for bikes, even though their own plans and policies l demanded. And improvements recommended by an independent security review have also not been implemented. They blamed budgets, but he’s a cop – there are simple solutions that don’t cost much. And this is intended to be a priority regional route on the strategic cycle network. Read this article on Greater Auckland for more details.

12 weeks since this terrible tragedy and Auckland Transport have done nothing.

In an email to a council worker after Levi’s death, seen by the Herald, a member of staff at Auckland Transport (AT) said the organization had considered removing parking outside the stores as a “quick win”, however, this would require consultation with the businesses and individuals affected. parties.

“We anticipate that given the downtown environment and the businesses that operate there, there would be varying responses and that would take several months.”

– Father’s grief as authorities fail to act following the death of his teenage cyclist son in Royal Oak, NZ Herald May 27, 2022

That should be completely unacceptable, but that’s how Auckland Transport responds. Four years after the tragic loss of life at an intersection in East Tamaki, there is still no sign of action from Auckland Transport despite a coroner’s ruling that the alignment of the road was the main cause of death .

William Wiki Teoi was hit by a car while crossing East Tamaki Rd in Ōtara and later died at Middlemore Hospital of heart failure in March 2018.

The 84-year-old had attempted to cross the busy dual carriageway because a nearby pedestrian crossing was not accessible in his wheelchair.

William Wiki Teoi was killed trying to cross the road at East Tamaki.

Why did it take so long to do nothing? Auckland Transport decided to do something else instead, widening the road instead of building a safe passage for people.

I fought with Auckland Transport to get them to build a level crossing near my place of work – as we were promised in 2015. And again in 2017, 2018, 2019… When they finally did something thing (on one of the five crossroads), they managed to make it a full meal.

How does this continue?

Auckland Transport has a serious cultural problem that needs to be addressed. And the culture is driven from the top – executive management and the board. So what are we saying at the highest level of Auckland Transport? At their board meeting on May 26, 2022, this is what appears in their papers.

The AT Security team is aware of these concerning trends and continues to implement recommendations from the 2021 Business Improvement Review. One of the key actions was the development of the Advocacy Plan, focused on increasing our influence on policy and regulatory changes to support our Vision Zero strategy, such as our ongoing work with New Zealand Police to increase enforcement efforts and with Ministry of Transport fines and penalties. Exam.

AT Board documents 26 May 2022

Because an organization that takes Vision Zero seriously will ensure that security is an issue that everyone considers and not just “the security team”. Developing an advocacy plan will not bring back Levi, William or the 59 people killed on Auckland’s roads in 2021. Vision Zero requires a system response, not an accountability team to advocate change. “System designers are ultimately responsible for the level of safety of the entire system – systems, design, maintenance and use.” is what their website says, but their board documents say otherwise.

The data here is from December 2021, almost 6 months ago. Worse, the comment here is identical to the comment that appeared in the same report (but a different graph) in March 2022. Not only did AT do nothing between these meetings, but they are just copying and pasting their apologies.

AT Board documents 31 March 2022

I have never seen an organization do so little in the face of such a horrific and preventable tragedy. I’ve worked for organizations that have hurt and lost people, so don’t kid yourself about how difficult that can be. But either way, I’ve seen people try to solve the problems, focus on the immediate problem, and focus more on health and safety throughout the organization. Auckland Transport seems immune to the very humane response that we all need to do better to ensure people get home safely.

The mayor and councilors helped build that culture when they voted in favor of an emergency budget proposal that cut funding for safety programs, knowing full well it would lead to more serious injuries and deaths. on our roads.

I have attended meetings and watched elected officials and council staff debate which part of the council should pay for critical safety infrastructure for children. I saw the determined school rep come back month after month, begging for action, no more words or promises. But instead of keeping our tamariki safe, Auckland council got distracted by their own internal processes.

I have written to the Managing Director of Auckland Transport asking why their organization is not responding, although I have little confidence that I will get a reasonable response.

What will it take for Auckland Transport and Auckland Council to act?

— Light of Damien
Originally published here.

read more
Car parking rate

Royal Oak officials grow impatient over problems with new parking system – The Oakland Press

Royal Oak elected officials are now among those frustrated by technical issues with the city’s new parking system introduced six months ago.

Technical problems continue to plague the system installed last year by a private company, Municipal Parking Services.

The company owns the approximately 700 meters equipped with cameras in the city center, sends parking tickets by post and splits the money 50-50 with the city.

But the economic marriage between the company and the city is strained.

Retailers, particularly on Washington Avenue, have expressed their anger for months and started an online petition calling on the city to replace error-prone meters with something else.

Last week, a podcast host from WWJ Radio (950-AM) traveled to Royal Oak to look into the issue, but things went awry when the host tried to park and couldn’t run the counter.

“Point detection wasn’t working on the meter,” City Commissioner Brandon Kolo said, “so the meter didn’t recognize the previous car was gone.”

Mayor Michael Fournier tried to park once and couldn’t get the Sentry meter that reads license plates to work.

Media coverage of faulty meters has reinforced previous complaints from businesses and parking users.

Paul Martin, chief operating officer of the MPS, appeared before city commissioners on Monday. He talked about efforts to fix issues, daily reports to city police, fixing software issues, and meeting with retailer groups.

“We recognize that there have been shortcomings and we take responsibility for them,” Martin said.

Selfridge pilot admits he can’t wait to see ‘Top Gun: Maverick’

Out of 275,000 metered parking sessions since last November, 140,000 users have successfully paid for their time, Martin said. Compliance with parking meters was 50% in April and now 60%, he added.

Fournier has anecdotal data on meters not working and asked Martin what the failure rate of meters was. Martin did not have an immediate response.

“If you have an ATM (bank) and it only works 97% of the time, there will be a lot of people upset,” the mayor said. “We need to improve, ATM-wise… All I know is a lot of people (have) these issues. If no one trusts (in the system), that’s a problem.

Both Mayor and Commissioner Kolo said ongoing meter issues were negatively impacting businesses and the city’s reputation.

“We have a black eye and a bleeding nose now,” Kolo told Martin, adding that he heard of a motorist who parked for 15 minutes and was charged two hours on the Sentry Meter Parking app.

Another who used a space on Sunday, when parking is free, was charged for parking on Monday.

Martin agreed to a request from Kolo that MPS technicians come and individually test each parking meter to make sure it is working properly.

“We’re not going to keep letting them give us a parking system that doesn’t fully work,” Kolo said Wednesday. “The city brought in MPS and really got their feet wet with the issues we’re seeing.”

Lori London, a board member of the city’s Downtown Development Authority and owner of the Write Impressions stationery store on Washington Avenue, is among the retailers who have complained about how the parking system keeps customers away.

Because meter cameras only read license plates, vehicles have to back into Washington’s angled parking spots.

“The biggest overall problem is the (parking) system itself,” London said. “We have to help (customers) every day to understand how to use the meters. Why is it so difficult?”

The glitchy parking system is keeping customers away, according to London and other retailers.

An unknown number of people are avoiding the new parking system altogether and there are “people saying I’m not going downtown,” City Commissioner Patricia Paruch said.

read more
Car parking rate

City of Wellington waives disputed encroachment charges

Wellington City Council has backtracked on a proposal to double fees for property owners whose properties are built outside its boundaries, encroaching on public land.

Council is now proposing to increase the encroachment fee by one-third, increasing the rate from $13.33 per square meter to $17.77 for this year.

Councilor Rebecca Matthews said the fee increase is intended to better reflect land values, which have soared 193% over the past 12 years, while encroachment fees have risen 18.5%.

But she conceded the council had come a little ‘hard and fast’ with the proposed 100 per cent increase, and that number was being reduced.

“There will still be people who will not be happy on both sides of this debate. For some tenants, or others who might look at public land use and see that we should try to get a little more out of it. But we have to balance that with a cost of living crisis and make sure we’re not being punitive,” Matthews said.

Encroachments affect the minority of properties in Wellington – about 5,000 out of 80,000. The average is about $300, and the most common use of municipal land is for garages or parking structures.

In briefs to councillors, encroachment holders argue that the 100% increase was unreasonable and that the economic value of the land is minimal given that most are reserved and unstable roads.

But in response, council officials said the value of land is determined by its best use and that in certain circumstances it can be extremely valuable.

Peter Steel pays just over $380 a year to the council for his garage, which is partly on a road allowance.

“I get a parking lot for two cars, that’s all. I have to maintain the garage and it needed to be built. And if the council gives me notice, I have to remove the garage in a month,” Steel said.

He said the doubling of fees was a “money grab”.

But not all encroachment owners see it that way.

Mike Mellor said the rates were too low.

“It’s actually a waste of money. The city is missing, I think it’s four or five million dollars a year, which is reasonable rent for places that are occupied.”

Loss of money, or seizure of money, one thing encroachment holders agree on is that the forfeit is arbitrary.

“He assumes that all land in the city has the same value, clearly that’s not the case,” Mellor said.

Council is now considering linking encroachment fees to assessed value.

But Peter Steel said there needed to be a discussion about what a fair charge is versus assessed values.

“Because I invested, the owners invested all the money here.”

The council is also looking at ways to make it easier to sell land to encroachment holders, but first councilors will vote next week on lowering the fee.

read more
Car parking rate

Parking in Dublin: the cheapest car parks in the city center

The June bank holiday weekend is expected to be busy around Dublin, with Bloom, the women’s mini-marathon and concerts scheduled across the city.

If you are coming to Dublin next weekend you might be wondering where the city center car parks are, how much do they cost and what times are they open?

There are car parks scattered north and south of the Liffey, so there are plenty of options to choose from.

Read more: A look back at Bruce Springsteen’s past concerts in Dublin

Grafton car park

The Grafton multi-storey car park is located on Clarendon St and has 380 spaces.

They charge €4 per hour and are open from 7am to midnight Monday to Saturday and 9am to midnight on Sunday.

St. Stephen’s Green

St Stephen’s Green car park is the largest car park in Dublin city center with 1,061 spaces.

It is open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at an hourly rate of €4.

fleet street

The Fleet Street multi-storey car park has 393 spaces available.

They charge €4 per hour and the opening hours are 6am-midnight Monday-Wednesday and 6am-1am Thursday-Sunday.

Ilac Center

1000 spaces are available in the Ilac car park. One hour of parking costs €3.60 and opening hours are 7am to 9pm Monday to Saturday and 10am to 8pm on Sunday.


The best car parks next to Arnotts on Henry Street have 350 spaces available and cost €3 per hour.

Its opening hours are from 7:30 a.m. to 8 p.m. on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Saturday, from 7:30 a.m. to 9 p.m. on Thursday and from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. on Sunday.

Parnell Center

The Park Rite facility on Parnell Street has 500 spaces and is open all day Monday to Sunday.

They charge €3.60 per hour.

The arrow

Q Park Ireland has parking on Marborough Street with prices Monday to Sunday from €3.30 per hour and 567 spaces.

It is open 24/7.


Q Park Christchurch has 213 car spaces and costs €4.30 for one hour or €8.20 for two hours and is open 24/7.

Drury Street

The Drury Street car park has 120 spaces and costs €4.20 for one hour and double that for two. From Monday to Friday, it is open from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. On Saturday it is open from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. and on Sunday from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m.

There is a second larger car park on Drury Street with 465 spaces which is open all day Monday to Sunday.

Trinity Street

The Trinity Street car park has 171 spaces and costs €4.50 per hour. Its opening hours are from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. from Monday to Saturday and from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. on Sunday.

Jervis Street

The Jervis Street car park operates from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. Monday to Saturday and 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Sunday. It has 262 seats and costs €3.40 for one hour or double that for two.

A larger car park located at the Jervis Mall has 750 spaces. Its opening hours are Monday to Wednesday, Friday from 7 a.m. to 9 p.m., Thursday from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m., Saturday from 7:30 a.m. to 9 p.m. and Sunday from 9:30 a.m. to 8 p.m.

It costs €3 to park for one hour and double that for two up to a maximum of €13.

Read more: Holidays in Gran Canaria: 7 things to do, from parks to cruises

Read more: Dublin Airport security queues: what time to arrive before a flight and tips to avoid travel chaos

Sign up for the Dublin Live newsletter to get all the latest Dublin news straight to your inbox.

read more
Car parking rate

Minor arrested after chase with vehicle reported stolen in MUSC carjacking

CHARLESTON, SC (WCSC) – North Charleston police confirmed that a minor was arrested Monday evening hours after a carjacking was reported in an MUSC parking lot.

An incident report says officers spotted a vehicle that had been reported stolen driving at high speed on Accabee Road shortly after 7 p.m. After a brief chase, during which two people ran from the passenger side, police continued to pursue the vehicle in the Horizon Village neighborhood, the report said.

Police say the driver ended up driving the wrong day on Frazier Lane and eventually pulled over and the driver ran from the vehicle through a chain link fence to the neighborhood icon of Park Circle. The report says the officer chased the minor on foot until the minor stopped on the porch of a house and was taken into custody.

The report says possible charges include failing to stop at blue lights and possession of a stolen vehicle.

Police did not release the boy’s name or age.

Police recovered a cell phone from the area where the two passengers fled the vehicle along with the phone of the juvenile suspect, the report said.

Man was carjacked in MUSC parking lot while waiting for woman in ER

MUSC public safety officers responded around 4:04 p.m. to the Rutledge Tower parking lot where a carjacking had been reported.

The victim told officers he took the car’s owner to the hospital emergency room and waited for her in his 2016 Toyota Camry on the third floor of the parking lot.

He said he sat in the vehicle with the driver’s door open while watching videos on his phone.

The victim told police that two armed men wearing ski masks and wearing dark clothing approached from behind. One of them, he said, pointed a gun at him and asked him to get out of the car and empty his pockets or he would be shot.

The second man searched the car, the victim said.

The two men then took the car and attempted to exit the garage onto Ashley Avenue and were blocked by other cars, the report said. They were able to exit the Rutledge Avenue exit by passing under the closed gate, police said.

The victim said that in addition to the vehicle, the carjackers stole his phone and $57 in cash.

Copyright 2022 WCSC. All rights reserved.

read more
Car parking rate

Historic Homes You Can Own in the South Jersey Area | Local News

LIKE ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION, WITH IN GROUND POOL ON A HUGE LOT, TWO BLOCKS FROM THE BEACH IN THE HEART OF ST. LEONARD’S PLOT!! ALSO AVAILABLE FOR RENTAL – FROM MAY 1ST TO JULY 31ST OR ONLY FROM JULY 1ST TO JULY 31ST!! This charming 6-bedroom, 6-bath home has been brought back to life and completely redone with stunning designer finishes and incredible touches including a custom ceiling, high end fixtures and beautiful selections. Spacious open concept layout with expansive living room, dining room, brand new kitchen with dining area, breakfast nook and FABULOUS BACKYARD WITH HEATED INGGROUND POOL! Incredible outdoor space with a huge wrap-around porch, outdoor patio, decks and more. Finished basement for even more living space with a kitchenette, a bedroom and a huge boudoir!! The perfect quarters for in-laws or for your summer guests! A large deck overlooks the pool and backyard, with some bonus bay views! The second floor offers two bedrooms, a bathroom and two more spacious bedrooms. Third floor bedroom suite perfect for kids. Fabulous porch to sit and relax on summer nights and enjoy the ocean breeze. A driveway provides parking for 3+ cars!! UNBEATABLE LOCATION 2 BLOCKS FROM THE BEACH AND BOARDWALK! A great home for your year round needs or the perfect vacation retreat…CALL TODAY!!

read more
Car parking rate

National Road Safety Week shines the spotlight on road tolling in Australia

Iconic buildings, trees and sites have turned yellow this week to mark the number of deaths and serious injuries caused by car crashes on Australian roads each year.

The trees on Fraser Avenue in Kings Park, along with more than 60 high-profile buildings including police headquarters, Optus Stadium and the Matagarup Bridge, were lit up for National Road Safety Week, which is taking place from March 15 to 22.

Camera iconPolice Minister Paul Papalia with State Traffic Commander Mike Bell and Highway Safety Board Chairman Iain Cameron. Credit: WA Highway Safety Commission

In the towns of Kimberley, Kununurra and Derby, well-known boabs turned yellow, as did Albany Town Square to the south.

Flanked by yellow kangaroo paws representing the 166 lives lost on WA’s roads in 2021, Police Minister Paul Papalia made a National Road Safety Week pledge to ‘drive so others survive’ and said called on all West Australians to do the same.

“National Road Safety Week is an important opportunity to stop and reflect on the many aspects of road safety and to focus on what we can do as individuals to drive so that we and others can survive,” Mr. Papalia said.

dead end, traffic sign, road
Camera iconWA’s road toll in 2021 was 166. Credit: Chef/Pixabay (chefkeem user)

Road Safety Commission figures show 52 people have died on WA’s roads as of May 20 this year – 17 in the metropolitan area and 35 on regional roads.

“I want people to realize that this road trauma is preventable, so let’s all make the pledge this week,” Mr Papalia said.

Australian government statistics show there were 1,138 road deaths across the country in the 12 months to the end of March, with WA’s crash death rate of 5.74 per 100,000 people beating the average national of 4.42.

Figures from the WA Insurance Commission show there were 3,022,345 vehicles registered in WA as of June 30, 2021, including 1,644,630 cars and 128,274 motorbikes.

It says around 30 accidents happen on our roads every day – and people are most likely to be injured on a Thursday afternoon between 3pm and 6pm.

Who is to blame?

Drivers are routinely blamed for serious crashes, but Melbourne-based traffic and road safety engineer Robert Morgan asks whether faulty signage and misleading road layouts have a role to play in fatal crashes.

Writing in the Journal of Road Safety (May 11, 2022), he reviews a fatal crash in rural Victoria in 2019 in which a lorry driver with a ‘spotless’ driving record for 40 years hit an SUV with a family of four at a crossroads. , killing two people.

The intersection of the fatal accident in country Victoria.
Camera iconThe intersection of the fatal accident in country Victoria. Credit: Provided

Morgan says the truck driver passed a warning sign that there was an upcoming intersection and, unfamiliar with the area, looked at his phone’s GPS, which sat on a ledge on the dash. edge, to see in which direction he should go.

By the time he looked up and saw that there was a Give Way sign at the intersection, it was too late.

“The tone of all the media reports reviewed was that this was a clear case of dangerous driving causing death,” Morgan writes.

“But was it?”

Morgan points out that the truck driver was not affected by alcohol or drugs, his approach speed was less than 70 km/h in an 80 km/h zone and he admitted to seeing the sign. intersection warning.

Road Safety Commission figures show 52 people have died on WA’s roads as of May 20 this year – 17 in the metropolitan area and 35 on regional roads.

However, Morgan points out that there was nothing in the intersection warning sign that implied a driver had to yield the right of way – something he describes as a “crucial point that obviously eluded police, prosecutors and to the judge”.

“Blame the driver is not just a widespread community opinion expressed via the media; it is inherent in all Australian road safety strategies,” writes Morgan, adding that the “critical causal factor” in an accident is often associated with physical features of the road that can lead to human error with devastating consequences.

The truck driver pleaded guilty to two charges of dangerous driving causing death and one of dangerous driving causing serious injury, and was jailed for two years and seven months in December 2021. It was reported that with time served , he would be eligible for parole in 2022.

The National Road Safety Strategy factsheet outlining Vision Zero and the Safe System states that Australian governments have committed to “a vision” of zero fatalities and serious injuries by 2050, outlining the approach as follows:

“It means creating a system where the designers and operators of the system, including engineers, planners, legislators, law enforcement agencies, trauma workers and others share responsibility with the users of the road for the design of a road system that does not allow human error to have a serious or fatal outcome.

Morgan argues that safe system principles need to be updated with “specific responsibilities replacing shared responsibility” and that accident prevention should be as important as reducing accident severity.

Writing about Victoria, he thinks many of the issues are relevant across Australia, saying countless intersections are “waiting to catch unsuspecting drivers, simply for lack of a dedicated program to identify all sites that have basic signage and road design traps and applying low-cost technical remedies”.

Road signs in WA

Main Roads WA said the signs here conform to the Australian Standard AS1742 series which, among other things, defines the basic design in terms of color and shape coding.

There were also specific signs for main roads which were only used in WA – and all had to comply with safety and visibility requirements.

“Main Roads Standards and Guidelines, as well as Austroads Guides and Australian Standards, are all used to ensure that the use of the sign and its location is appropriate,” a Main Roads spokesperson said, adding that the new panel designs underwent comprehension testing with a cross-section of users to ensure they were understood and easily recognized.

Road projects also went through a design process with reviews at various stages before being approved.

Local councils outside the metropolitan area could put up yellow diamond warning signs, but they had to conform to the current standard or specification for main roads.

The spokesman said all fatal crashes on public roads in WA had been investigated in a step-by-step process that took into account the possibility that road environmental factors had contributed to the cause and/or severity of the accident.

What are the WA pilots saying?

The RAC says it has no evidence of a widespread misunderstanding of traffic signs in WA, noting that motorists’ concern is more often about sign placement than sign content.

“An RAC survey from March 2022 showed that our members believe the driver is generally responsible for fatalities and serious injuries on the road,” said Will Golsby, RAC’s general manager of external relations.

“Asked about the main contributors to fatalities and serious injuries on WA’s roads, 85% of RAC members said driver behaviour, 79% driver error and 67% driver skill, while only 14% selected road design, of which traffic signs are a part.

parking shots

Almost one in five Australians have been hit and run in a parking lot – and more than one in three admit to having their car door slammed into another vehicle, with male drivers being the main culprits.

These disturbing statistics were revealed by dash cam maker Nextbase, which also found that 21% of drivers admitted to hitting a parked car while driving.

Embarrassingly, the 35-44 age bracket scored the highest, at 30% assertive.

Almost one in three Australians also said their car had been broken into.

Almost one in five Australians have been hit and run in a car park.
Camera iconAlmost one in five Australians have been hit and run in a car park. Credit: monkeybusinessimages/Getty Images/iStockphoto

The figures follow Nextbase research revealing that one in 10 Australians said they had been involved in a car accident in the past 12 months, prompting Nextbase ambassador and supercar driver David Reynolds to remind people to be more patient and concentrate behind the wheel.

“No matter how fast you are when driving a car, you need to be fully focused all the time,” he said.

“Plan your trip and leave early to make sure you’re not rushed and think clearly when you’re on the road.

“While people might think a small dent in another car is minor, the cost and inconvenience of repairing it is significant.”

Nextbase says its dash cams are triggered by bumps and shakes to start recording, even in parking lots.

read more
Car parking rate

Planning Commission recommends rezoning approval for 113 attached townhouses

With little fanfare from previous meetings, the Dawson County Planning Commission

voted unanimously to recommend approval of the rezoning of 18.9 acres for a 113-unit rental development at Beartooth Parkway and Dawson Village Way.

President Jason Hamby withheld the vote, as it was a 4-0 unanimous decision.

District 2 Planning Commissioner John Maloney proposed adding the stipulation that the developer have 25 feet between the face of each garage and the face of the sidewalk or sidewalk.

The Dawson County Board of Commissioners will ultimately approve or deny the rezoning at its June 16 voting session, which will immediately follow the 4 p.m. business session.

The land for the proposed complex is in District 3, represented by Planning Commissioner Tim Bennett. The applicant, Wisconsin-based development company Continental Properties, wants the property to be rezoned from Commercial Highway Business to Residential Multi-Family with the intent of building the townhouse apartments.

In the rezoning application, Planning and Development anticipated that the density of the complex would be approximately six units per acre, which is consistent with the Future Land Use Plan and density-neutral multi-family residential policies.

“The proposed infill development will enhance an underutilized parcel within an existing area that is being developed,” Planning said. “The site is over eighteen acres of vacant land in an established commercial node, which for various reasons has been overlooked in the normal course of commercial growth.”

Senior Development Manager Gwyn Wheeler spoke on behalf of Continental at the meeting. She said the company has been around for four decades, during which time it has developed 30,000 multi-family residences.

There are two locations of the company’s Springs luxury apartment brand in Georgia, one in Newnan and the other in McDonough, and construction is underway on the Authentix complex for the workforce of the company in Cartersville.

Their proposed development in Dawson County would fall under their future brand of Avanterra homes. These homes would range in size from 983 to 1,860 square feet and have between one and four bedrooms, according to Continental’s bid package.

The layout of each residence, whether it be a ranch or a two-story structure, would include an open concept with stainless steel appliances, solid surface countertops, and a washer and dryer, some units also having fenced yards.

Units would either have an extended driveway or an attached one or two car garage with space for one to two cars in the driveway.

Complex garages here should be attached rather than detached to meet local zoning criteria.

“Those you see [on the presentation] that stand alone would be attached to another in the garage, so it would be close to him,” Wheeler said. “We’ve tried to do our best to keep all living areas separate, so you don’t have common walls in one bedroom.”

There would be an amenities area with a central clubhouse, dog park, and swimming pool.

Tenants will have standard one-year leases to rent their homes, and the management team will be made up entirely of Continental staff, rather than a third party.

“It will be a great housing option for the aging population and young people coming out of college,” she said. “They (millennials) have a lot of disposable income, but they don’t want to spend it on their homes. They don’t want to worry about having to pay taxes…they’d rather spend it shopping at [places like] the mall and restaurants.”

Wheeler explained that Dawson County’s employment base, education and income made a potential project attractive in the area.

“The housing supply is not meeting the demand,” Wheeler said. “You see that in view of the rents which are currently soaring, occupations and building permits do not meet demand. It’s what’s driving up house prices that we hear about in the news every day, and it’s driving people to rent…also to buy too much.

She shared a statistic from the apartment listing that 12% of millennials choose not to buy and called renting a choice “not that they can’t buy all the time, but that they don’t want to.” not”.

Continental’s rezoning application said it hopes the Avanterra development will appeal to

people with an average family income of $150,000.

Updated 2020 U.S. Census results for Dawson County showed married couple families in the area earned a median income of $102,404, with local families earning $86,206 overall.

President Hamby inquired about monthly rent prices.

“Our base rent for today – and we’re using revenue management, so it’s hard to say what it would be when we started – but right now our projected rent starts at around $1,700 for a one-bedroom apartment at about $2,500 for one bedroom,” Wheeler said, “and that would be base rent.

Things like the garage or upgraded finishes would cost more, she added.

Hamby also asked if any units had already been sold at Continental’s other developments. She explained that when they previously only built two to three communities a year, they had to sell a certain percentage of a community in order to fund future development.

“Since then, we have grown in our investment group, secured trusted development partners and established trusted development partners and established trusted development funds,” Wheeler said, “so we have achieved a place with our capital investment that we no longer need to finance new developments by selling old developments.

She clarified that sometimes selling is an operational decision when, for example, no other Continental resort is nearby to offer support and added that the location near Atlanta would help the company focus on the market in the region for better operational efficiency.

She also shared that with their products, they typically see 10% of residents with school-aged children, as opposed to a traditional single-family subdivision with more children.

Roads and parking

Wheeler described the land as a difficult property in terms of topographic and environmental considerations and called the proposed community better suited than a commercial entity.

The Dawson County Engineering Department said that in light of this project, it is requesting a traffic study for Beartooth Parkway, the widening of portions of Beartooth, the deactivation of lanes and state highways, and the possibility of an additional right of way.

Continental has not yet conducted a comprehensive traffic study, but would be willing to do so, Wheeler said.

The planning department said the development “makes sense due to the lack of adequate frontage on an arterial or collector road”, adding that any sensitive resources would be dealt with during the land development review process and that all landscaping and screening must be “in accordance with Dawson County Code, as amended.”

When Tim Bennett asked about sight distance issues in the steep Beartooth curve, Wheeler said she imagined there would be a lot of clearance.

“While we would like to retain as much of the existing vegetation as there is there, I don’t imagine there will be much left, and then we may have the opportunity to open up viewing corridors,” a- she declared.

Etowah Water & Sewer Authority would require an extension, upgrade or relocation of the water main and sewer needed to serve the development, according to the application package. This must be designed and installed to EWSA specifications at developer’s expense.

Wheeler explained that Continental has yet to do extensive, in-depth engineering, although they are aware of parking and other site constraints.

John Maloney pointed out that apartment communities usually have extra parking or storage to avoid running out of aisle space or having to park on sidewalks.

Wheeler mentioned that there would be off-street parking for visitors near the pavilion, on the north side of the development near Dawson Village Way and toward the east exit.

“We worked with staff and firefighters to try to make sure we took the criteria into consideration. [and] complied with the code…we will continue to try to improve the parking situation as much as possible,” she added.

Maloney recommended “at least one parking aisle for two cars” to avoid a fire or public safety hazard, because even with a one-bedroom unit, two people are likely to live there.

Local development consultant Jim King, who works with Continental, pointed out that enforcing the parking code would be easier since on-site managers would be the only contact as representatives of the sole owner, Continental.

King later added that for units with garages, these structures are located at the rear of the lots.

Maloney said it’s not so much about who enforces parking, it’s about engineering.

“You can design it to not have the problem,” he told King, “or you can have a problem and then you have a problem that has to be enforced somehow and then you have a problem with public safety trying to get in and fight a fire.

read more
Car parking rate

The Navy’s Elite TOPGUN Flight School Started in a Parking Lot Trailer

The best fighter pilot training in the world, made famous by the 1986 movie Superior gun, started inside a trailer docked in a California parking lot.

No seriously.

Although officially named the US Navy Strike Fighter Tactics Instructor Coursethe prestigious TOPGUN school was established to increase the survivability of fighter aircraft during the Vietnam War.

A TOPGUN exhibit inside the USS Midway Museum in San Diego, California depicts the school’s early years. Photo by Matt Fratus/Coffee or Die Magazine.

“During the Vietnam War, Navy fighter pilots and crew were dying at an alarming rate,” the Navy Commander said. Dustin Peverill, a 20-year Navy veteran and TOPGUN instructor, told the defense department. “The Navy was losing a lot of planes and, more importantly, a lot of aircrew.”

In 1968, US Navy aircrew flying missions over Vietnam had an air combat kill/loss ratio of 2:1. Captain Frank Ault conducted an investigation into why the navy was suffering so many casualties. In his report he recommended the creation of an advanced flight program to train fleet fighter pilots in advanced air combat tactics.

In response, the United States Navy developed the Navy Fighter Weapons School at Naval Air Station Miramar in California a year later.

“The four-week course began with a team of instructors covering American and Soviet aircraft types, weapons systems, and fighter training tactics in a 50-foot-long metal trailer at NAS Miramar” , according to a display inside the USS Midway Museum in San Diego, California.

A TOPGUN Adversary Instructor patch adorns the flight suit of Navy Lt. Joe Anderson of the U.S. Navy’s Combat Strike Tactics Instructor Program at Naval Air Station Fallon in Fallon, Nevada, May 11, 2021. DOD photo by EJ Hersom.

Captain Dan Pedersen, often referred to as the “godfather of TOPGUN,was the program’s first instructor. He recruited eight other pilots to set the standard for future generations of naval aviators.

« MiG [Soviet planes] had a better turn rate, so he could get around you and shoot you down,” Pedersen said. Weather magazine in 2019. “The Phantoms had great power, so we could overfly the MiGs in terms of speed. So we decided to go straight up, fly over them and fly up to a perfect position behind the MiG, and go for a tail shot. Then, with tactics like that, we were getting 24 enemies for each of us.

Pedersen said the movie Superior gun was about 55% positive. He praised the film’s cinematography, saying it was one of the best tactical aircraft sequences ever captured, but was concerned about the impact the film might have on perception. that the general public has pilots. Pedersen believed Superior gun failed to acknowledge the high stakes the pilots faced in Vietnam.

A formation of US Navy Grumman F-14A Tomcats from Fighter Squadron 51 (VF-51) “Screaming Eagles” and VF-111 “Sundowners”, and Northrop F-5E/F Tiger IIs from the Navy Fighter Weapons School . These units were a vital part of the US Navy’s participation in the 1986 film Superior gun, providing the dogfight sequences that were his trademark. Note the fictitious markings on the tail of at least one of the F-14s. Photo Wikimedia Commons.

“In fact, we were probably working seven days a week, starting at 4:30 a.m.,” Pedersen said. “On Fridays, I would let the youngest people who lived in La Jolla out early, so they could party – that’s what young people are supposed to do – but most of us never came home. during the week I spent many nights sleeping in my car.

At the start of TOPGUN, after action reviews and debriefings were difficult to record during training exercises.

“Before each engagement, the pilots took brief notes of their speed, altitude and heading on ‘kneeboards,'” according to an exhibit at the USS Midway Museum. “Additional notes could be taken on their return to base, but to a large extent the pilots relied on their own perspectives and memories for the review.”

Archaic performance recording methods have resulted in highly subjective interpretations of exercise results. This gave rise to a common phrase heard in school: “The first driver on the board wins the fight.”

“TOPGUN Class #1 graduates Lt. Steve Barkley and Lt. (jg) Jerry Beaulier after a 1970 MiG kill.” Photo by Matt Fratus/Coffee or Die Magazine.

The TOPGUN school also trains advisory instructors and air-to-air intercept controllers.

“Their job is to ensure that, from top to bottom – the CO down to all new aircrew – are trained in the latest tactics developed by TOPGUN,” Peverill told the DOD. “The return on investment the fleet gets from a TOPGUN graduate is not just an individual investment, it’s a community investment – ​​a Navy investment.”

Perhaps the most outrageous anecdote about the relationship between the school and the film was revealed by former TOPGUN instructor, Cmdr. Guy “Bus” Snodgrass in his book TOPGUN Top 10: Leadership lessons from the cockpit. Apparently, if any of the students are caught quoting from the movie, they are fined $5.

To which we would say, “Negative, Ghost Rider,” because it’s a price worth paying.

Read more : Air Force hijacks ‘Top Gun: Maverick’ to recruit future fighter pilots

read more
Car parking rate

Woman sues driver who stole her car, police say

EAST CLEVELAND, Ohio — A woman tried to take matters into her own hands when she spotted her stolen vehicle being driven by someone else in East Cleveland on Saturday, according to the East Cleveland Police Department.

Around noon Saturday, an East Cleveland Police Department officer saw two cars speeding by, with one car chasing the other.

Police were told a woman had called 911 to say she had located her stolen car and was pursuing it.

She told the police dispatcher that she was “going to get her car back whether the police help her or not.”

The police told him to stop chasing the vehicle, so they could apprehend the person who was fleeing in his stolen car.

The stolen vehicle, a Chevrolet Cobalt, fled towards Arlington Road, reaching a speed of 40 mph, police said.

The driver of the stolen Cobalt drove through a field, through bushes and into the parking lot of an apartment complex on Brackland Road in Cleveland.

The driver exited the vehicle and fled on foot.

Police said he had not been arrested, but had been positively identified. The police issued several felony and misdemeanor arrest warrants against him.

No one was injured, police said.

Download the News 5 Cleveland app now for more stories from us, as well as top news alerts, the latest weather forecasts, traffic updates and more. Download now on your Apple device here, and your Android device here.

You can also watch News 5 Cleveland on Roku, Apple TV, Amazon Fire TV, YouTube TV, DIRECTV NOW, Hulu Live and more. We are also on Amazon-Alexa devices. Learn more about our streaming options here.

read more
Car parking rate

Is it a tech bubble? Stock prices and start-up layoffs rock Silicon Valley

Placeholder while loading article actions

Tech companies were the darlings of the pandemic economy.

Today, with soaring inflation, rising interest rates, a war in Europe and uncertainty in China, the biggest tech giants are driving the stock market, while startups up in Silicon Valley are laying off employees — a dramatic downturn for an industry seen as a barometer for the global economy.

The collapse affected even the most reliable ramparts. Apple, despite record revenues, fell from $3 trillion in January to $2.5 trillion on Monday. Microsoft, Amazon, Tesla and Alphabet have all lost more than 20% of their value this year. Netflix lost 70%.

Facebook, which is down 40% this year, recently announced to its employees that it will freeze hiring, which in the tech sector will almost certainly lead to a drop in the total number of employees. Private start-ups, sheltered from the stock market, have also felt the hit, with 29 companies laying off employees since early April, according to, which tracks layoffs in the tech industry.

This includes Robinhood, the financial services company; Cameo, the app that lets users pay for personalized videos of their favorite celebrities; and On Deck, a Silicon Valley darling that helps tech talent start businesses, secure funding or find jobs.

This is a major turning point for the tech industry, which for more than a decade has defied gravity, continuing to grow beyond what even the industry’s biggest fans thought possible. Now, with an economy stretched by the global pandemic and jostled by war, the once largely immune tech industry may have found its match.

“There are a lot of factors, a lot of headwinds that people are worried about,” said Greg Martin, co-founder of Rainmaker Securities, which facilitates trading in stocks of private technology companies. “I’ve been doing this since the late 90s. I’ve seen models like this. It looks very different.

Andrea Beasley, a spokesperson for Meta-owned Facebook, said it was throttling its talent pool based on its business needs. The other companies did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

In the dot-com bust of 2000, Silicon Valley’s high-flying companies, backed by hyped stocks, disintegrated overnight. The impact was so immediate and dramatic that traffic in the Bay Area cleared up and it was easier to find parking.

In 2004, the industry regained its place. Companies such as Facebook moved in and the industry quickly exploded. Despite a global financial crisis and speculation of another burst of the bubble, the trajectories of companies such as Facebook and Google have remained on track. Then came Uber, Airbnb and Twitter, all of which were skeptical of their lofty valuations before going public. For more than a decade, some investors wondered if a crash reminiscent of 2000 was coming. But that failed to materialize, even as the coronavirus shut down the world.

Wall Street, dragged lower by tech stocks, racks up heavier losses

So far, that’s largely because today’s tech industry is different than it was in 2000.

It’s more global, with large companies spread across the US, Europe, and Asia. Investors now include not only legendary venture capital firms such as Sequoia and Benchmark Capital, but also major financial market players, such as Tiger Global, which earlier this year committed $1 billion to tech start-ups. in startup.

Companies like Uber and WeWork have been funded in part with money from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia through Japanese firm SoftBank. According to the National Venture Capital Association, 2021 alone attracted 17,000 venture capital deals, worth a record $330 billion.

And while investors may think the stock prices of incredibly valuable companies, including Apple, Amazon, Facebook and Google, might be overvalued, they’ve built sprawling, profitable businesses. This differs from those who went bankrupt after 2000.

This year, part of what has changed is the all-important corporate earnings. Amazon, for the first time in years, reported a loss and said it was overstaffed in its warehouses.

Shareholder demand to see profitability — and distrust of the business model of the once-bullish ridesharing industry — was the theme of Uber CEO Dara Khosrowshahi’s recent email to employees.

“The average Uber employee is just over 30, which means you’ve spent your career in an unprecedented long bull run. This next period will be different,” he wroteaccording to the media.

Facebook’s face on Wall Street may just be the start of some tech stocks

Yet the downturn affecting the tech industry today shows no signs of becoming catastrophic just yet.

“I had a conversation today with a startup investor and none of us had any data yet showing that there are fewer companies being created because of this,” said Beezer Clarkson, a partner of Sapphire Partners which invests in early-stage venture capital companies. . “It would be a very worrying sign if people chose not to innovate or build businesses, so that’s something we continue to watch closely,” she said.

Venture capitalists, some of whom spoke to The Washington Post on condition of anonymity due to the sensitivity of their investments, said the downturn was not affecting their investment strategies.

But they said start-ups need to be careful about their “burn rate”, Silicon Valley jargon for the amount of investment capital they spend, because it can become more difficult to raise more rounds. of financing. Since most early-stage startups lose money, the amount they “burn” determines how long they can survive between funding rounds, known as “track”.

Rather than giving up on investing in start-ups, Clarkson said, investors tell us they’re looking at companies more critically, asking them to use their funding more effectively. “You can make the argument which isn’t necessarily terrible. Looking at metrics shouldn’t be negative.

A slowdown in big tech companies can also benefit the next wave of start-ups. When companies like Facebook and Netflix stop hiring or firing employees, some of those employees often find or join start-ups, which can seem risky compared to the security of a large company.

Employees of publicly traded tech companies often receive a significant portion, if not the majority, of their salary in the form of stock. As stock prices fall, the salaries offered by big tech companies look less and less attractive compared to smaller startups.

Amid losses, Netflix is ​​betting on a bold strategy around video games

Private tech companies are not publicly traded, so their true value is often difficult to calculate. But some employees sell their shares on private markets reserved for informed investors. The prices of these “secondary stocks” can give an idea of ​​whether a company’s value is rising or falling.

Martin, who facilitates secondary market transactions at Rainmaker Securities, said shares of some private companies are trading at a steep discount. But he said some start-ups have started to crack down, preventing shareholders from trading shares to avoid the perception that the company is less valuable.

A down market can create problems for start-up employees that go beyond layoffs. Employees of start-ups are often compensated with stock options which they are allowed to buy at prices below what outside investors are willing to pay. Employees must wait to sell these shares until the company goes public or is acquired, or they are allowed to sell in secondary markets. But employees must pay taxes on stock options before selling them. If the company goes bankrupt, the employee will have paid taxes for nothing.

Some Silicon Valley entrepreneurs and investors doubt that the bubble really burst.

“Hiring has gotten really out of control and work hasn’t really changed significantly during covid, so I’m wondering to what extent big companies are using macro-softness to clean house,” said Sarah Kunst, founder of the venture capital firm Cleo Capital. .

On ZipRecruiter, a job board, the number of active job postings in the technology industry increased between January and April for all available jobs, including project management and software development, said the company’s chief economist, Sinem Buber.

“Because technical skills are highly desirable in every industry, from online retail to fintech, skilled workers currently have many options in the job market,” Buber said.

Yet fears over layoffs are ricocheting off Blind, the anonymous messaging app popular with tech workers, where thousands of users voted in a poll asking which tech company would cut jobs next.

Facebook’s parent company Meta has frozen the hiring of mid- and junior-level engineers, a current employee who spoke on condition of anonymity to discuss sensitive issues told The Post. And internal communication shared with the newspaper indicated that, as fewer recruiters would be needed, some upcoming recruiter engagements were being cancelled.

“The entrepreneurs affected were immediately informed and offered a financial transition package” from their employers of record, according to an article seen by The Post. He warned readers not to talk to the media or discuss the layoffs online.

The post stressed that employees were not affected. He also noted that Meta would be hiring fewer people than originally planned for 2022.

Board member Marc Andreessen wrote that staffing needed to be cut after years of rampant spending.

“Good big companies are overstaffed by 2x. Bad big companies are overstaffed by 4 times or more,” he posted on Twitter.

Elon Musk, who said he planned to buy Twitter for about $44 billion, suggested hiring 3,600 employees, after cutting hundreds of jobs, according to a pitch deck seen by The New York Times.

Musk, who is CEO of electric car company Tesla and rocket company SpaceX, is dealing with concerns from employees and investors that he may be stretching too thin. He put a lot of his personal wealth to fund the acquisition – which is expected to be a big part of his stake in Tesla.

Tesla shares are down 20% since Musk made his takeover bid for Twitter.

read more
Car parking rate

York Council car parking charges will change at the end of May

DRIVERS looking to park in York car parks are facing a series of ticket price hikes.

York City Council said that from Friday, May 27, several changes would be made to its car parks, on-street parking and seasonal permits across the city.

The hourly rate for 24-hour posted and paid parking spaces will increase by 10 pence. The locations affected are Carmelite Street, Lawrence Street, Lord Mayor’s Walk, North Street, Palmer Lane, Piccadilly, Skeldergate, Tanners Moat, Toft Green and Walmgate.

For car parks:

  • At Marygate, Monk Bar, Nunnery Lane, St Georges, Union Terrace, Bootham Row, Castle, Esplanade and Piccadilly the standard parking rate will increase by 10p.
  • At Foss Bank and East Parade car parks, the standard parking rate will increase by 20p.
  • Minster badge holders will be charged £1 to park from 6pm to midnight in most city car parks.
  • In coach parks, the maximum charge for three hours will increase by 40 pence and the charge for more than three hours will increase by £1. The off-peak rate for parking for more than an hour will increase by £12.

For contracts:

  • The price of Foss Bank parking contracts will increase by £10.
  • The annual contract price for city center residents will increase by £40 for standard vehicles and £20 for vehicles eligible for the reduced rate. The monthly rate will increase by £3 for standard vehicles and £5 for discounted vehicles.
  • For open-air car parks, the standard annual rate will increase by £35 and the reduced annual rate by £15. The standard monthly rate will increase by £5 and the reduced monthly rate by £2.

For subscriptions:

  • The standard annual price will increase by £40 and the reduced annual price by £20.
  • The standard monthly price will increase by £7 and the reduced monthly price will increase by £3.50.
  • The standard weekly price will increase by £3.50 and the reduced weekly price by £1.75.
  • The price per book of 30 will also increase by £30.

There will be no changes for individual household permits, but changes will apply when adding additional household permits:

  • The standard fee for the first additional household permit has increased by £7.50 when paid annually and £1.25 per quarter.
  • The high emissions charge for the first additional household permit has increased to £17.6 when paid annually and £9.50 per quarter.

The municipality will soon install new tariff signs in all municipal car parks to display the new charges.

A council spokesperson previously told The Press:

“Visitors and residents are encouraged to use York’s Park&Ride service, which offers free parking at sites across the city.

“Park&Ride allows people to drive into York, park for free in secure car parks and complete their journey to the city center by bus.”

The changes come after York City Council’s previous announcement that parking rates would be changed from April 4.

read more
Car parking rate

PIP payment rates for 2022/23 – including “passport” for other benefits and discounts provided

On April 6, a much-needed financial boost was announced by the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP). It marked the start of the 2022/23 financial year and promised a 3.1% increase in most benefits enjoyed by Britons.

Most notably, the increase included amounts paid to people claiming the Personal Independence Payment (PIP). The PIP is designed to help people over the age of 16 and below retirement age – now 66 for both men and women – the PIP helps with the extra day-to-day costs of living with a long-term illness, physical or mental health problem or disability.

Successful applicants could get between £24.45 and £156.90 per week to help cover additional costs of daily living and outdoor mobility needs. If you have a PIP, you can also claim extra money on top of your existing benefits, council tax reductions, and travel discounts.

READ MORE: When will people in North Wales get the £150 cost of living payment?

The DWP guidelines state, “Eligibility for PIP provides a gateway or passport to other benefits, such as Caregiver Allowance, and programs sponsored by other departments, such as the Blue Badge Program.”

You’ll need your PIP award letter before you can apply for further assistance, often referred to as a “PIP award notice,” and is sent to you when the DWP has made a decision on your application, Daily Record reported. Here is a brief overview of payment rates, additional benefits, discounts and discounts that PIP applicants can also apply for. Full details are available on GOV.UK here.

The Department for Work and Pensions

PIP Payout Rate 2022/23

Each component has two payment rates – a standard rate and an enhanced rate. You will be paid the following amounts per week depending on your situation:

Daily life

  • Standard rate: £61.85

  • Premium rate: £92.40

  • Standard rate: £24.45

  • Premium rate: £64.50

What do you think of these revised payments? Tell us in the comments section.

Additional payment

If you qualify for PIP you will also receive a Christmas bonus which is £10 each year – this is paid automatically and does not affect any other benefits you may receive.

Additional services

You can get a top-up, called a premium, on the following benefits if you receive the PIP:

How to register

Contact the office in charge of your benefits, tell them that you are on PIP and ask them what other help you are entitled to.

You may need to send them a copy of your PIP award letter – they should also be able to tell you how much more you will get.

Getting a disability premium will not reduce your PIP or any of your other benefits, so it’s always best to ask the DWP what extras you are entitled to and apply for them.

Reductions on council tax

If you receive the daily living or mobility component of the PIP, you can get money on your council tax bill.

It’s hard to say exactly how much rebate you’ll get, as it depends on factors such as the component and the PIP rate you get – your local council will be able to tell you.

How to register:

To get your council tax reduction, contact your local council and tell them you are on PIP. You usually need to complete a form cleared by your GP and you may need to send your local council a copy of your PIP award letter.

Travel support

When you receive your PIP award letter, you can request several methods of travel assistance.

PIP and DLA payments are increasing this month - here are the new weekly rates
PIP and DLA payments increase

If you are applying for a PIP for a child

If your child benefits from the PIP, is between 16 and 20 years old and is still in school or training, your housing allowance may increase. You can also get money off your council tax bill. Your town hall will be able to tell you if you do. Find your town hall here.

How to register:

To check if you can get this help, contact the office responsible for your housing benefit and your local council and tell them that your child is on PIP. They will also be able to tell you the amount of the increase or discount.

Disabled Access Card (£20 for a year’s subscription)

This offers up to a third off most rail fares across the UK. Learn more here.

blue badge

A Blue Badge holder traveling as a driver or passenger can park in disabled parking spaces for free and may be exempt from other parking restrictions.

Vehicle tax exemption

If you qualify for the standard PIP mobility tariff, you are also entitled to a 50% vehicle tax reduction – the vehicle must be registered in your name or that of your named driver. If you benefit from the reduced PIP mobility rate, you benefit from a 100% vehicle tax reduction. Find out more about the website here.

Did you know all these benefits? Have your say in the comments

Mobility scheme

You can also use the mobility program if you have the enhanced PIP mobility rate. The Mobility Scheme enables people to become mobile by trading in their mobility allowance for the hire of a new car, wheelchair accessible vehicle, scooter or electric wheelchair – find out more here .

Check that you are claiming all the benefits to which you are entitled

It is always a good idea to check that you are claiming all the benefits to which you are entitled. These calculators are free, anonymous and have replaced the Benefits Adviser service.

Online benefit calculators

Turn2us – for information on PIP, income-related benefits, tax credits, council tax reduction, carer’s allowance, universal credit and how your benefits will be affected if you start working or change your working hours.

Policy in practice – for information on PIP, income related benefits, tax credits, contribution based benefits, council tax reduction, care allowance, universal credit, how these are calculated and how your benefits will be affected if you start working or change your working hours.

right to – for information on PIP, income-related benefits, tax credits, contribution-based benefits, council tax reduction, carer’s allowance, universal credit and how your benefits will be affected if you start working.

what you will need

You will need specific information about your:

  • Savings

  • Income, including that of your partner

  • Existing benefits and pensions (including anyone living with you)

  • Expenses (such as rent, mortgage, childcare costs)

  • Housing tax bill

Who can’t use them

You cannot use the calculators if you are under 18, and they will not give accurate results if you:

For more information on the PIP, visit the GOV.UK website here.

read more
Car parking rate

Audi e-Tron GT review: A luxury electric built for the open road

Audi e-tron GT: Specifications

Release date: Available now
Price: Starting at $102,400; £82,950 as tested (around $109,000)
Able: 93.4kWh
Power : 523 hp
Battery range: 298 / 215 real world
Charging speed: 21 minutes (10-80%, 270kW)
Top speed: 152
0-60: 4.1
Intelligent: Audi Connect Navigation and Infotainment, MMI Navigation Plus with MMI Touch, Driver Assist with Audi Pre-sense front, lane departure warning, Parking System plus, reversing camera, electrically adjustable heated front seats.

I recently spent a week with the Audi e-tron GT and have to say it’s a fantastic grand tourer, much like the comparable Porsche Taycan, which is built on the same platform. The big difference here is that both are fully electric, unlike a gas-guzzling GT the old-fashioned way.

The e-Tron GT offers plenty of luxury, a sublime ride over long distances and a hefty price tag to go along with it. But with all of this also comes the fun and challenge of operating an EV. So good and not so good in equal parts. Having already tried the Audi e-tron Sportback some time ago, which is more upright and sits firmly in SUV territory, I was really keen to spend some time behind the wheel of the e-tron GT.

It’s lower, sportier and a better car for getting through the hard corners. Although this one is still a bulky thing. In fact, navigating the Audi e-tron GT around narrow lanes and tiny villages in both Cornwall and Permbrokeshire requires some serious nerves of steel. Parking is another thing too.

A week later, however, the delightfully shiny 20-inch ‘5-twin-spoke’ alloy wheels had fortunately not been eroded or the paint scuffed…

Audi e-tron GT: Price and availability

The Audi e-tron GT is available now and is a great car if you want to enter the world of high-end EV grand touring. Prices start at $102,400 in the US and $79,900 in the UK. My test car cost £82,950, which equates to around $109,000.

Despite a few extras, it was still a relatively basic edition, and some models came equipped with all the high-tech bells and whistles. Audi’s luxury interior options are easily capable of driving the price up much more. An even sportier RS ​​e-tron GT version of the car, meanwhile, starts at $142,400.

Audi e-tron GT: Design and style

My car arrived resplendent in the optional Ascari Blue Metallic, a £950/$595 option which looks fabulous. That’s a change from the many silver Audis that dot UK housing estates anyway. The car also comes with the optional e-tron Sport Sound, another pricey extra, but it adds an extra thrill factor if you’re ready to get in with the idea that something sounds really good. Although it’s not quite the same as the sound of a real engine.

Audi e-tron GT parked outdoors

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

It’s a long car, no less than 5 meters, low and wide, with a roofline that shortens towards the trunk and sacrifices interior height a bit as a result. At just under 1.4 meters tall, that low stance is also a big part of the appeal. Once you’re inside, the driving position is comfortable, rather than roomy, but perfectly suited to the gran tourer vibe.

Audi e-tron GT front seat interior

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

My car also had everything to make long drives more comfortable, including thermally insulated glass and a panoramic glass roof, which opens up the feel of the car, especially if you’re in the back.

Audi e-tron GT parked outdoors

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

There were some neat touches too, including front and rear door sills with aluminum inlays, while the three-spoke Audi Sport contour steering wheel was a real treat. The Audi Connect navigation and infotainment work quite well, with everything within easy reach via the MMI Touch interface.

Audi e-tron GT steering wheel

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

That said, it took me a few tries and a dip in the big manual to figure out how to reset the on-board computer. Uh. Otherwise, the sat nav, Audi sound system and phone connectivity proved easy to use.

Audi e-tron GT: Performance

Like all electric vehicles, there is a price to pay for carrying batteries. You can lose the weight of an internal combustion engine, all those technical gizmos inside often make an electric car feel heavy. The Audi e-tron GT is no exception, and at around 2.3 tonnes it’s chunky. It looks like a heavyweight killer, but it’s been designed to deliver plenty of performance to compensate for that and, to its credit, feels wonderfully well-balanced.

Audi e-tron GT parked outdoors

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

There are front and rear motors, delivering quattro power to the wheels. That means the car feels great, even when you’re hunting for that ever-elusive EV charging point. Take the plunge and, thanks to the four-wheel steering, you really start to feel the car’s potential. Considering the Audi e-tron GT runs on huge tyres, the ride quality is surprisingly good, even on the worst country roads in the UK.

Audi e-tron GT rim

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

In fact, the tires are so big that they often managed to push me past ugly potholes, rather than sinking the precious wheels into them. The suspension is fabulous, providing a comfortable ride for driver and passengers, but also enough dynamism to make the Audi e-tron GT thrilling. Even though there is little noise except for the computerized enhancement, the power delivery is instantaneous.

Audi e-tron GT parked outdoors

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

Choose from three modes: Efficiency, Comfort and Dynamic which all serve their purpose. Although Dynamic alters the car setup to the point where your next visit to a Charger is sooner than expected. You need power for all that performance, after all.

Dynamic mode is infectious, however, and really inspires a “go to hell” attitude when you take off into the sunset. Stopping the Audi e-tron GT is easy too, with brakes that are everything you’d expect from a car that can go from 0-60 in 4.1 seconds.

Audi e-tron GT: Interior

Up front, the Audi e-tron GT is everything you’d expect from the German automaker, too. It’s simple, functional and well laid out. The seats are super comfortable and feel great over a long distance.

Audi e-tron GT front seat interior

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

Although it’s a fairly low car, the e-tron GT is also easy to get in and out of if you’re the front seat occupants. Legroom isn’t plentiful for people six feet and taller, but if you’re on the shorter side, it’s more than enough. The same goes for the passenger side.

Audi e-tron GT parked outdoors

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

Sit in the back, meanwhile, and you tend to feel a bit cut off from the world. If you’re in the back seats, being driven and having work to keep you busy could be a bonus. However, if you have children there, the sloping side windows caused by the sloping roofline mean there’s not much to see out of the side windows. Add to that the fact that the comfortable sculpted front seats block your view forward, and you could soon be subjected to the howls of motion sickness. Try the car in a few corners and you’ll double that effect.

Audi e-tron GT rear seat interior

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

It’s a nice place to sit. Just like the front, you feel crouched and there are the usual extras everyone needs: charging points, a sizable center armrest and smart cupholders.

Audi e-tron GT rear seat air vents

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

There’s also some legroom, although taller occupants who have to move the front seats all the way back will soon take that away from all but the smallest children.

Audi e-tron GT trunk

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

The trunk, at just 14 cubic feet, isn’t large considering the size of the car, and some space is taken up by the supplied charging cables. Anyone with kids and lots of stuff is probably best to stick with the Audi e-tron Sportback instead.

Audi e-tron GT: range and charging

The official range of a fully charged Audi e-tron GT is 298 miles according to European WLTP standard and 238 miles according to EPA range tests. I feel like the US numbers are closer to the truth, and I’ve rarely done more than 200 miles. Somewhere around 215 miles seems the average figure.

Audi e-tron GT with charging station

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

Drive it sensibly and the e-tron GT feels surprisingly frugal in the way it uses battery power.

Audi e-tron GT dashboard display

(Image credit: Tom’s Guide)

In some instances, when it felt like we were coasting through the rolling Welsh countryside, the car seemed to do nothing. The range indicator seemed almost static. Spot a tempting curved stretch ahead of you and that would soon change. Regenerative braking takes place, although it doesn’t sound as impressive as one might think. Even with all that weight on steep grades and your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

Audi e-tron GT: Verdict

I put in almost 1200 miles in my seven days with the Audi e-tron GT and for the most part it was great fun. A big bonus was the obvious lack of stress, which can be common when you struggle to find an EV charging point to match. In fact charging the car, using new slots that I haven’t used before, was largely perfect. Fast too. Find a fast charger and you will no doubt be impressed too.

Driving the Audi e-tron GT is great fun, until you have to squeeze it into tight spaces. That’s when stress levels start to spike and give those anxiety and anxiety cold sweats a run for their money. Say goodbye to city parking and take the car out on the road and the Audi e-tron GT will soon have you forgetting all worries. On the highways, the ride is effortless, comfortable, and pressing your foot to overtake provides plenty of thrills.

Head down the winding country roads and it’s even better. Thrills diminish if you stray into the spirit of single-track country roads, and the UK has plenty of that. Stick to a twisty, super-smooth Welsh main road and you’ll find the Audi e-tron GT is an almost faultless ride. Those big tires, huge 285s at the rear, mean the car is planted on the road and corners like it’s on rails.

It’s a well-used cliche for sure, but certainly true from my experience of the Audi e-tron GT. It’s enough to make me want to have one of my own.

read more
Car parking rate

Can you get a risk-free return close to 10%?

In most cases, there is an obvious trade-off to investing. If you want the possibility of higher returns, you must accept higher risks. There is one investment, however, that should soon offer returns that annualize at a rate of return of 9.62%, while carrying a US government-backed payment guarantee. This investment? I-Bonds.

I-Bonds are 30-year US government bonds that offer a fixed rate of return plus an inflation-adjusted rate of return. The fixed rate is currently at 0%, and on May 1, the inflation-adjusted rate of return is expected to increase to that annualized level of 9.62%. This makes I-Bonds a way to earn a virtually risk-free annualized return of nearly 10%, but of course there are conditions attached to this investment.

What’s the catch?

The catch is that each individual can only purchase $10,000 worth of I-Bonds per year electronically through TreasuryDirect, plus an additional $5,000 worth of paper I-Bonds if purchased through cashback. tax. This makes I-Bonds useful but limits their scope in the fixed income portion of an investor’s portfolio.

Another – and potentially much bigger – problem is that once you’ve purchased an I-Bond, you must keep it for at least a year. You are not allowed to sell earlier than this period, which means your money is locked in for at least that long. It is therefore difficult to recommend I-Bonds as a source of emergency funds, because the purpose of an emergency fund is to have money available when you need it.

As if that weren’t enough, you only really get the advertised returns on your I-Bonds if you hold them for at least five years. If you sell before then, you lose the last three months of accrued interest on the bonds.

On top of that, the US Treasury adjusts the yields offered by I-Bonds every six months, based on recent inflation rates. This means that while I-Bonds purchased between May and October 2022 will likely earn this high rate of return for six months, their future returns will depend on inflation.

And of course, the interest you earn on the I-Bonds is considered ordinary income – and federally taxed accordingly, unless you use the I-Bonds to pay college fees in some way. qualified. On a more positive note, you can defer these taxes until you pay off your I-Bonds or they reach their final maturity.

Image source: Getty Images

So, for whom do I-Bonds make sense?

These catches make the reality of owning I-Bonds a little less appealing than the potential returns would indicate. That doesn’t mean they’re worthless, though. This means you need to consider how they can play a reasonable role in your portfolio given the pitfalls and restrictions associated with owning them.

One way they may play a role is if you expect inflation to stay high for years while you also expect the stock market to stay rocky over the same period. In this world, I-Bonds can be a reasonable parking spot instead of cash, since that cash should at least approximate inflation (after taxes and potential prepayment penalty).

Also, a key financial guideline to remember is that the money you plan to spend over the next five years does not belong in stocks. If you know of a major expense coming up in about five years – like your child’s education, paying off ballooning debt, or buying a new car – then I-Bonds can be a great place to keep that money. Even with the terms attached, I-Bond rates are currently higher than most investment-grade bonds of similar duration, making them an attractive alternative.

I-Bonds can also play a role in your children’s education planning, as you may be able to exclude interest from I-Bonds from your income if you use them to pay school fees. That said, there are key restrictions to this benefit, including these:

  • Your income must be less than $98,200 if you are single or $154,800 if you are married and filing jointly.
  • You must be at least 24 years old when you buy the I-Bonds,
  • You collect the I-Bonds the same year that you pay the tuition fees.

Given these restrictions, it makes sense to consider I-Bonds as a potential source of college savings only after maximizing the tax advantages of a 529 plan. maximum incomes of their parents, and a sufficiently high income will eliminate this tax advantage related to the use of I-Bonds for education expenses.

Get your plan in place today

If you’re considering investing in I-Bonds as part of your inflation-fighting plan, it’s important that you have a decent end-to-end strategy in place before doing so. Indeed, the purchase limit per year, the minimum holding period of one year and the potential loss of interest for early withdrawals make them more suitable for surgical-style use. So get your plan in place today and give yourself a decent chance of seeing at least some of your money have a chance of staying close to inflation.

read more
Car parking rate

Remote Parking Locks Market Size, Share and Growth 2022-2030 | Key Players – ZKTeco, Park Master, Parking System, Livfuture Automation & Security

New Jersey, United States,- The research study on the Global Remote Parking Locks Market provides you detailed and accurate analysis which can help you to strengthen your position in the market. It provides the latest updates and significant insights into the Remote Parking Locks industry so that you can improve your business tactics and ensure strong revenue growth in the years to come. It sheds light on the current and future market scenarios and helps you to know the competitive dynamics of the global Remote Parking Locks market. The market segmentation analysis offered in the research study shows the performance of different product segments, applications, and regions in the global Remote Parking Locks Market.

The report includes verified and revalidated market figures such as CAGR, ratio, revenue, price, production rate, volume, value, market share, and annual growth. We have used the latest primary as well as secondary research techniques to deliver this comprehensive report on the global Remote Car Parking Locks Market. As part of the regional analysis, we looked at key markets like North America, Europe, India, China, Japan, MEA et al. Leading companies are profiled based on various factors including markets served, production, sales, market share, recent developments, and ratio. there is a special area for market dynamics in which drivers, limitations, opportunities, influencing factors, challenges, and trends are thoroughly analyzed.

Get | Download Sample Copy with TOC, Charts and List of Figures @

Our report contains current and latest market trends, company market shares, market forecasts, competition benchmarking, competition mapping and an in-depth analysis of the most important sustainability tactics and their impact on market growth and competition. To estimate the quantitative aspects and to segment the global Remote Parking Locks market, we have used a recommended combination of top-down and bottom-up approaches. We have examined the global remote parking locks market from three key angles through data triangulation. Our iterative and comprehensive research methodology helps us deliver the most accurate market forecasts and estimates with minimal errors.

Major Players Covered in Remote Parking Locks Markets Are:

  • ZKTeco
  • park master
  • parking system
  • Livfuture automation and security
  • Designated parking company.
  • Guangzhou KinouWell Technology
  • Shenzhen Huangchi
  • Wuhan Xilite Commercial Technologies
  • Hangzhou Guzhi

Remote Parking Locks Market Split By Type:

  • Folding parking lock
  • Parking flap lock
  • Lockable parking post/barrier
  • Others

Remote Parking Locks Market Split By Application:

  • commercial use
  • Private use

As part of our quantitative analysis, we have provided regional market forecast by type and application, market forecast and sales estimate by type, application and region by 2030, and sales forecast and estimate and production for Remote Parking Locks by 2030. Qualitative analysis, we focused on policy and regulatory scenarios, component benchmarking, technology landscape, important market topics along with the landscape and industry trends.

We also focused on technological advance, profitability, company size, company valuation against industry and product and application analysis against market growth and market share.

Get | Discount on the purchase of this report @

Scope of the Remote Parking Locks Market Report

Report attribute Details
Market size available for years 2022 – 2030
Reference year considered 2021
Historical data 2018 – 2021
Forecast period 2022 – 2030
Quantitative units Revenue in USD Million and CAGR from 2022 to 2030
Segments Covered Types, applications, end users, and more.
Report cover Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
Regional scope North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
Scope of customization Free report customization (equivalent to up to 8 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.
Pricing and purchase options Take advantage of personalized purchasing options to meet your exact research needs. Explore purchase options

Regional Analysis of the Remote Parking Locks Market can be represented as follows:

This part of the report assesses key regional and country-level markets on the basis of market size by type and application, key players, and market forecast.

Based on geography, the global remote car parking locks market has been segmented as follows:

    • North America includes the United States, Canada and Mexico
    • Europe includes Germany, France, UK, Italy, Spain
    • South America includes Colombia, Argentina, Nigeria and Chile
    • Asia Pacific includes Japan, China, Korea, India, Saudi Arabia and Southeast Asia

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @

About Us: Market Research Intellect

Market Research Intellect provides syndicated and customized research reports to clients from various industries and organizations, in addition to the goal of providing customized and in-depth research studies. range of industries including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage. Etc. Our research studies help our clients to make decisions based on higher data, to admit deep forecasts, to grossly capitalize with opportunities and to optimize efficiency by activating as their belt in crime to adopt a mention precise and essential without compromise. customers, we have provided expert behavior assertion research facilities to more than 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi.

Contact us:
Mr. Edwyne Fernandes
USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

Website: –

read more
Car parking rate

No Ruling on Tri-Cities, WA, Ben Franklin Transit Tax Cut


Bob Brawdy

Tri-City Herald

The Ben Franklin Transit Board voted to indefinitely file a resolution to temporarily reduce sales tax collections for bus service and a resolution to ask voters to permanently reduce sales tax collections.

The board heard nearly 30 comments from the public ahead of its Thursday night decision, all of them opposed to the sales tax cut.

But what swayed most council members was a proposal to hold a council workshop before voting and also to seek legal advice. There was disagreement over whether the sales tax cut would result in the loss of $75 million in Washington state funds.

Two council members opposed tabling the resolutions – Franklin County Commissioners Clint Didier and Rocky Mullen.

But other board members present at the meeting preferred a voice vote to table the decision. The council has nine voting members, all elected by the city council and county commissioners from the area.

Most agreed they needed to have a discussion about ideas for operating transit more efficiently and ways to increase ridership or otherwise provide more value to residents.

No decision has been made on whether this workshop will take place immediately or after the transit commission fills its vacancy as general manager.

Board members first want to know how long it will take to get an opinion from the Washington State Attorney General’s office on whether or not they qualify for newly available grants worth $75 million. dollars over the next 16 years if the agency’s tax authority is reduced.

The Washington State Legislature approved the grant money with the intent that transits could not reduce the taxes they collect and then offset that with the grant money.

The grants also require transits to agree by October 1 to let passengers under 18 ride for free to be eligible for the grant.

Didier, citing the Washington Policy Center, said the temporary reduction to 0.5% of the 0.6% sales tax collected for transit in the Tri-Cities bi-county area would not make it ineligible for subsidies. Sales tax administration and sales tax rates are not the same thing, he said.

But some other board members said they weren’t willing to bet $75 million on it without legal advice.

Kennewick City Council member Brad Beauchamp agreed to table the tax cut rulings but said he was concerned about what will happen when the grant money runs out more than a decade from now.

The conversation then could be about raising taxes to make up for the loss, he said.

Bad time to cut taxes?

Richland Councilman and transit board member Terry Christensen said now was not the right time to put the issue to a public vote, given factors including high inflation and rising gasoline prices.

Voters can’t now receive reliable information about the impact on public transit two or four years from now if taxes are cut, he said.

Pasco councilor Joseph Campos said the service could be available to more people, but that can’t happen if taxes are cut.

In Pasco, 24% of average household costs are related to transportation, 13% of Pasco residents have a disability and 4% of households do not have a vehicle, he said.

West Richland Councilman Richard Bloom, Vice Chairman of the Transit Commission, recommended the workshop.

“To blindly do a sales tax cut without having a clue what we’re trying to accomplish, I doubt it’s really a real approach for a board member to say they represent their constituents. “, did he declare. “Public transport is important and it can be improved.”

This could include providing a bus service for workers to the Hanford nuclear reserve, he said.

Ridership rose 14% on general bus routes from January to February, he said, which he attributed to the rising cost of gas.

Transit tax rate

Several of the people who spoke during the public comment period said the average savings per person per month from the proposed sales tax reduction would be $1.66, or about $20 per year. .

Most residents would not notice these savings, but users who cannot afford a car or who cannot drive because they are disabled would see their quality of life diminished by service reductions resulting from the reduction in sales tax, they said.

But Didier countered that $1.66 per person in a large family, such as farm workers who pick asparagus, would be a big help.

Transit service is important, but in the Tri-Cities it is not run effectively and efficiently, he said.

Ben Franklin Transit staff said cutting sales tax and not being eligible for the new state subsidy would represent about a 25 percent change in the agency’s possible budget.

This would require a reduction in service, less spending on capital projects, or a combination of both.

Now, Ben Franklin Transit has the lowest tax rate among Washington State’s five transit services classified as major urban. According to Ben Franklin Transit officials, only two of the state’s 15 transit systems have lower tax rates.

During an hour of public testimony, council members heard how valuable good transit service is to a community.

According to the bus service

CRA’s Cindy O’Neill said public transport services were a lifeline for people with disabilities, giving them independence. The service also saves family members from having to take half a day off to travel to essential activities, such as doctor’s appointments.

“Most of you board members drive wherever you want,” said Frank Cuta, a blind pensioner from Hanford.

He depends on public transport services to stay active and independent.

“I’m deeply concerned because I know that cuts to public transit funding will ultimately leave me out in the cold,” he said.

Dale Engles, a Dial-A-Ride driver, said the council seemed intent on punishing the poor and disabled in the Tri-Cities area.

“If anything, we should invest more in our transit service, making it more accessible, easier to use, more convenient and timely so that most of our community feels confident that they are going to get there. where she’s going in the time she needs. ,” he said.

Cigden Capan from Richland said she tried to get around by bus but didn’t have time for long waits between bus transfers or waiting 30 minutes for the next bus if she had any. one was missing.

Parking can be hard to come by at Pacific Northwest National Laboratory and Washington State University Richland and students have asked the chancellor to provide free bus passes to ease the parking problem, she said.

Instead of cutting service, the transit commission should respond to unmet demand for transportation, she said.

Bus riders talk

Caleb Thomas, a student from Kennewick, said the bus service got him a job before he had saved enough money to buy a car, although he still took the bus to class several days a week.

He no longer gets food stamps or free and reduced lunches, but he could if he couldn’t get to work, he said.

Ginger Wireman told the board that she took the bus to her job in North Richland before the pandemic due to heavy traffic during commute hours from the Hanford site. Driving costs her about $100 a month, but a bus pass costs $25, she said.

Others said having a reliable bus service was important to attracting new businesses.

Many members of the transit board appear to treat transit as a business rather than a service, said West Richland Councilor Kate Moran, who does not sit on the transit board.

“People who need it desperately need it,” she said.

Ben Franklin Transit is not a business, but it should be run as efficiently as a business, said Benton County Commissioner Will McKay, chairman of the transit commission.

“I would like to see how we can tighten this budget to make it more efficient for everyone, the riders and the taxpayer,” he said.

There are areas where public transit could save money, he said.

This story was originally published April 15, 2022 5:00 a.m.

Related stories from the Tri-City Herald

Senior Writer Annette Cary covers Hanford, energy, environment, science and health for the Tri-City Herald. She was a journalist for over 30 years in the Pacific Northwest.

read more
Car parking rate

Davy investors acquire Eyre Square shopping center for 9.575 million euros

The Eyre Square shopping center in Galway city center has been sold for 9.575 million euros.

While Colliers, who handled the sale, did not identify the buyer, The Irish Times understands the project was acquired by a fund managed by Davy Real Estate. The price paid is equivalent to a net initial yield of 9.78% after taking into account the standard acquisition costs. It also represents a 33% discount on the €12.75 million that Colliers guided when marketing the mall on behalf of US investment giant Marathon Asset Management last August.

While the Eyre Square Shopping Center comprises over 70 retail units and kiosks, the sale itself was limited to eight retail and center control units as well as open common space units. property. The eight retail units have a strong lineup of tenants, including JD Sports, Great Outdoors, Specsavers, Diesel, Starbucks and Vero Moda.

The units are currently producing rental income of €869,200 per year with a weighted average unexpired lease term of 6.24 years to terminate. The incoming investor will have the opportunity to immediately increase the rent by renting out the two vacant units.

The center also has direct access to the 450 parking spaces at Eyre Square car park. The building forms part of a combined shopping center with Corbett Court and Edward Square Shopping Centre, with direct access from Eyre Square, Williamsgate Street and Castle Street. Anchored by Penneys and Dunnes Stores, the program includes a mix of local, national and international retailers.

The Penneys are expanding into the centre, increasing the size of their footprint in Eyre Square by around 50%. The new store will have approximately 60,000 square feet of ground and first floor retail space.


The center has been the subject of considerable investment by Marathon, which has undertaken a major program of capital expenditure and refurbishment to provide a redesigned entrance from Eyre Square as well as the development of modern retail units and a restaurant.

Common space units include a number of short and long-term license agreements and include kiosks, stores, telecommunications towers and general mall revenue. They are spread over the two floors of the center and generate a current rent of €160,202 per year. The units have had consistently high occupancy, according to the selling agent, with an average income over the past five years of around €220,000 per year.

Kiosk operators include Café Express, Mark Twain and Over The Moon, with stores mostly manned by larger retailers with a presence in the centre.

Mast revenue comes from a number of well-known mobile providers, namely Meteor Mobile, Esat Digifone and Vodafone.

Michele McGarry, of Colliers’ Capital Markets division, said: “The opportunity has attracted considerable interest from investors, primarily domestic, given the attractive yield and high profile of the Eyre Square shopping centre.”

read more
Car parking rate

Man fined £100 for charging electric car at McDonald’s

A man who paid £35 to charge his electric car while having lunch at a McDonald’s was later fined £100. Amar Tanna, 36, drove to McDonald’s and discovered the branch’s car charging station was in use. So he decided to have lunch first, then charge his car afterwards.

He said: “The rate they charged was extortionate – double the cost of electricity I had paid before to charge my car. But I had to charge it or else I couldn’t get home.” #

But Amar didn’t realize the limit for staying in the car park is 90 minutes – even if you’re using the charger, LeicestershireLive reports.

After loading the car, Amar drove home, then was fined £100. InstaVolt’s Customer Service Manager, Katherine Binks, told Amar, “Unfortunately, parking restrictions are managed by a third party, which means that existing parking restrictions still apply to our customers, even when they use our charging stations.” She added that InstaVolt’s signage at its stations said “existing parking restrictions still apply.”

She said this was also described in her Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ). Ms Binks added: “We appreciate the inconvenience caused by these fines and have provided you with a ‘proof of charge’ letter containing details of your charge to assist you in your appeal, should you wish to appeal the notice.

“We hope your appeal is successful and if you need any further information, please let us know.” However, Amar’s appeal was unsuccessful – and he has to pay the fine.

He said: “I’ve also written to McDonald’s but the problem is they have a separate parking company that does the enforcement. I don’t think I’ll get much of a response. [from the parking enforcement company]. The parking company is the usual type of business – hard to find with a one-page website.”

Amar Tanna was handed a £100 parking ticket

McDonald’s responded to Amar in a letter, which reads: “As a company, implementing enforcement measures in our parking lots is only done after careful consideration and as a last resort. We use primarily parking measures to ensure that there are spaces available for our customers’ vehicles, as well as to deter unwarranted or unreasonably prolonged use of the facility.

“I can confirm that this car park is operated by an independent company who are responsible for monitoring the car park and taking details of registration numbers. Restaurant rules and signs clearly state the policy and applicable charges.

“I hope you understand that in order to maintain a consistent approach, we must adhere to the guidelines in place whether you have been in the restaurant during the duration of the stay or not. Thus, in a situation such as a clear violation of parking regulations, we are unable to deal with individual cases or cases on an individual basis.

“Suffice to say that if a customer violates the clearly displayed parking rules, he will receive a ticket.” Coventry Live attempted to contact the parking company, Civil Enforcement Ltd, but they asked us to enter a parking charge reference number.

read more
Car parking rate

When parking a bike costs more than a Range Rover

As a motorist, it is easy to feel authorized to have access to the road space outside your home, but what value should be given to it?

Pressure on parking space is greatest in cities, while these areas are home to the highest proportion of people without access to a car. Like other London boroughs, Islington is marred by dangerous air pollution from traffic. In response, the council charges residents for parking based on their car’s emissions. For example, it costs nothing to park an electric car, £104 for a parking permit for a Range Rover Evoque eD4 (130g/km CO2) and over £500 a year to park the biggest consumers of essence.

However, the council charges an annual fee of £107 (plus £25 as a key deposit) to park a bike in one of its street bike hangers – more than it costs to park a Range Rover. We understand that bike racks cost money to buy, install and maintain, but why not use the funds generated by those who insist on parking the dirtiest vehicles?

The double standards applied to heavily subsidized parking spaces are not lost on those advocating for parklets.

1970s San Francisco was the birthplace of the parklet – a way to reclaim a single parking space for the benefit of public space. The first one-day parklet was created in 2005 when a group fed coins to a parking meter, rolled out a length of grass and planted a potted tree.

When we designed our own parklet on behalf of Kingston Council, we circumvented the need for a parking permit by making it mobile. It was towed into place using an electric tricycle and then removed at the end of each day.

What value should be given to a parking space?

The road space is a public space. It is assumed that drivers should always have access to parking, but in cities in some countries you cannot register a car until you prove you have a place to keep it. When road space is allocated for parking, it makes sense that it should be charged at a realistic rate.

Barnet Council have lost an appeal by disgruntled residents who objected to the cost of their annual parking permits being raised to £100. However, applicants should be grateful that the parking space is not charged on the basis of its land value.

If this were the case, Barnet could presumably multiply the average cost per square meter of housing by the area occupied by the average car (£6,668 x 11.52m2). That puts the value of a parking space at over £75,000 – a sum that makes the £100-a-year permit to occupy it seem not only cheap, but also overly subsidized.

Whatever metric is used to calculate parking costs, in our congested and polluted cities, it should never happen that a Range Rover is cheaper to park than a bicycle.

The ethical choice

ETA was established in 1990 as an ethical provider of green and reliable travel services. More than 30 years later, we continue to offer bicycle, breakdown assistance and mobility scooter insurance while putting concern for the environment at the heart of all our actions.

The Good Shopping Guide considers us the most ethical supplier in the UK.

read more
Car parking rate

A parking lot takeover was broken up by Tempe police

TEMPE, AZ (3TV/CBS 5) – Tempe police broke up a large rally Saturday night in a parking lot that involved about 500 vehicles and 1,000 people. An officer saw the gathering while patrolling where loops 101 and 202 meet.

“This is not new to the Valley, so it automatically recognizes this as a gathering of cars and potential street racing-type activity,” said Detective Natalie Barela of the Tempe Police Department. “The officer was able to park his patrol vehicle to block some incoming and outgoing traffic. At that time, he began to observe vehicles revving their engines, starting to spin. »

Other officers arrived and they were able to use a drone to get an aerial overview of the situation.

“It just gives us an overhead view of what we’re dealing with, to identify resources we might need, obviously Tempe Fire and Medical have been called in. It was a lot of people, creates a fire hazard, and it’s just another resource to tell us what we needed,” Barela said. “Having that aerial view really allows officers to identify exit points, entry points and the amount of cars we had there.”

Barela said the event organizer cooperated with police and admitted to being there without permission or a permit. Rallies, or “takeovers,” like this are becoming more common in the Valley, and they often go hand-in-hand with street racing. Phoenix police launched a task force to combat this type of activity and assisted Tempe police Saturday night.

Barela says they want the organizers of these events to understand the dangers behind them. “When you watch a high rate of speed, donuts, you can easily lose control of that vehicle. You lose control of that vehicle and someone is filming, standing outside the vehicle filming with their phone laptop, all of a sudden you can have a fatal collision,” Barela said.

The organizer received a criminal citation. Tempe police said several other people were given trespassing notices. A food vendor also received a warning for not having the proper permits.

read more
Car parking rate

Canada may have reached the long-awaited turning point of the electric vehicle

Electric car advocates are waiting to see spending details in this week’s federal budget, but for the first time, pro-EV business leaders and economists are expressing new optimism that Canada’s abandonment of internal combustion vehicles might have reached a turning point.

After years of apologies, there are signs that a conjunction of forces is pushing the country towards a technological and social revolution that has been compared to the shift from horses to automobiles and that will bring affordable electric cars and trucks to roads and parking lots across Canada.

High gasoline prices, a gradual increase in the price of carbon, and a demand from European powers for the world to use less fossil fuels to break Russian leader Vladimir Putin’s grip on their economies, are pushing us in that direction. A series of technological developments that have made electric vehicles not only as good as internal combustion vehicles, but also better and cheaper to run, have helped make this possible.

Now if only drivers ready to make the switch could find one in the field to buy.

Missing piece of the puzzle

According to the founder of Canadian media startup Electric Autonomy, Nino di Cara, the only missing piece of the puzzle is that automakers and dealerships simply haven’t stocked and sold enough electric vehicles.

“There’s already tremendous consumer interest and demand,” di Cara said in a phone interview last week.

As gas prices soar, there are many reports of a surge in power orders that the industry has been unable to meet. But di Cara notes that this is not a recent problem.

As I reported to myself long before the recent supply chain headaches, despite repeated prompting that I was looking for a truly fuel efficient car, the salesman at a local lot didn’t mention hybrids or electrics sold by the company. And when asked directly, he was disheartening, saying they were very expensive and hard to get. What kind of salesperson discourages you from buying something expensive?

Remove electric vehicles from the field

The new federal plan aims to address this reluctance, insisting that to sell internal combustion vehicles, sellers must also remove a certain percentage of zero-emission vehicles (ZEVs) from the lot.

The program has proven itself not only in California, a leader in what is called the ZEV mandate, but also in British Columbia and Quebec where sales are more than triple the rate in Ontario and more than 10 times EV sales in Saskatchewan. (British Columbia and Quebec also offer higher discounts.)

In a lengthy interview with CBC last week, industry representative Brian Kingston, president of the Canadian Vehicle Manufacturers’ Association, raised many of the usual industry concerns. Making electricity is expensive. The charging networks are not yet complete. Government tax incentives are too weak.

WATCH | More charging stations, incentives needed to accelerate EV switching:

Calls for more charging stations and incentives for electric vehicles in Canada’s climate plan

Proponents say Canada’s climate plan needs far more investment to provide enough charging stations and incentives to drive consumer demand for electric vehicles. 2:02

Clearly, most automakers have a strong business case for selling as few electric cars as possible. Although he later changed jobs, the late head of Fiat Chrysler, Canadian Sergio Marchionne, once begged customers not to buy the company’s electrical appliances because he said he had lost money on every sale of the business. As he complained in 2014, in order to sell the cars as the government demanded, he had to drop the price well below the added cost of the EV technology that incorporated them.

Fair rules of the game

As a businessman himself, Nino di Cara is sensitive to the challenges faced by an automotive industry faced with drastic changes that do not bear fruit in the short term.

“From an automaker’s perspective, it’s completely understandable you’d rather not have those mandates and requirements to sell a certain number of vehicles,” said the Toronto-based entrepreneur, who came to Canada from Great Britain 15 years ago after a successful publishing career.

But he said having standardized rules in place for each manufacturer leveled the playing field for competing Canadian dealers.

“It’s no longer a question of VE when, it’s now just a question of how,” di Cara said.

He pointed out that when the world went from motive power to oil power, there was almost no oil left, and yet, within a few years, companies learned to drill miles underground and made fortune doing so. Rather than waiting for charging station networks to be complete or having a stockpile of battery minerals on hand, these industries will grow in tandem, making profits in the process.

“Sometimes when the industry pushes back on a policy like this, it almost feels like they don’t understand the market,” said Mark Jaccard, professor of sustainable energy at Simon Fraser University in Vancouver during a briefing. phone call last week.

Dragging your feet

Jaccard, often described as the architect of BC’s groundbreaking carbon tax under the provincial right-wing Liberal government, takes a pro-market stance on what he sees as the essential shift away from fossil fuels. But he criticized the auto industry for unnecessarily dragging its feet on a transition they will find hugely profitable.

“Unfortunately, the auto industry continues to convince governments that an ambitious transition to ZEVs is impossible,” Jaccard wrote last October, predicting this week’s fiscal move toward mandatory electric vehicle sales.

Jaccard said he thinks the country has reached a turning point where consumers and industry are finally on the path to phasing out fossil fuel vehicles. And he said the proof can be seen in British Columbia, where electric vehicle sales have already exceeded the provincial mandate by 10%, with the province increasing mandatory ZEV sales to 26% by 2026 and to 90% by 2030, well ahead of federal goals.

The winning EV charging station design by Edinburgh architect James Silvester. The Parkland gas station company, sponsor of the competition organized by Electric Autonomy, has committed to build this winning design at a location in British Columbia. (James Silvester/Electric Autonomy)

But he said that with the pan-Canadian federal goal of 20% by 2026, even if a pro-fossil fuel government is elected — for example, after the end of the Liberal-neo Democrat in 2025 — this will make the process hard to stop. He compares it to the closing of coal-fired power plants in Ontario. Even after the election of the Ford government, there was no going back.

Jaccard also said that since the mandate is based on the number of cars sold — not the dollar value — auto retailers will be motivated to lower the price of cheaper models first so they can keep selling. more profitable high-end gas guzzlers.

Last week, a new Clean Energy Canada study comparing electric vehicles to their internal combustion equivalents emphasizes that buying an electric car already saves a consumer at least $15,000 over time. life of a car.

From concept to commercial reality

Di Cara of Electric Autonomy said that in addition to incentivizing automakers, the transition will bring a new flood of entrepreneurial companies to serve the industry, similar to his own start-up, a media company in line based on electric vehicles. One of the company’s recent projects was a challenge to architects to create the electric equivalent of gas stations.

Scottish architect James Silvester’s winning design, used to illustrate this story, will actually be brought to life in British Columbia by service station company Parkland, one of the competition sponsors.

So is this latest federal decision the watershed moment when Canada can move everyone away from fossil fuel vehicles? Di Cara is hesitant to call it a sure thing.

“I will only believe in the decisive moment when the vehicles will eventually be sold and they will be in the hands of the drivers,” said di Cara. “I think it’s absolutely a huge step in the right direction.”

Follow Don on Twitter @don_pittis

read more
Car parking rate

Families fight plans to house 482 asylum seekers in Staffordshire flats

Controversial plans to convert a former student residence into temporary accommodation for asylum seekers have been filed. The application, submitted by Serco, was posted on the Stafford Borough Council website earlier this week and received more than 20 objections within 24 hours. But there were also letters of support.

Serco manages accommodation for asylum seekers on behalf of the Home Office and does not currently house any asylum seekers in the Stafford area. StokeonTrentLive revealed last month that Stafford Court, based on the former Beaconside campus of the University of Staffordshire, is intended to provide more than 400 beds.

There would be 160 initial accommodation beds, providing emergency short-term places for asylum seekers who need a place to stay before their requests for assistance can be assessed. A further 322 places would provide longer-term “dispersed accommodation” while claimants wait for their asylum claims to be fully determined, which could take months or years.

READ: ‘There were scenes I hope never to see again’ – Family who fled Ukraine arrive in North Staffordshire

Serco’s consultation website stated: “The existing layout of the building at Stafford Court is ideal to accommodate this type of installation. The building offers self-contained units providing flexibility and the ability to offer occupant protection without any external building modifications required.

“The existing parking layout provides ample secure parking space for transport, staff and visitors and under the terms of any lease granted, Serco would have exclusive use of 30 parking spaces adjacent to Stafford Court. Once operational, a shuttle service would be made available to those staying in the accommodation to enable travel to and from nearby appointments and town centres.

The Weston Road building was sold by the University of Staffordshire in 2014 and most accommodation has remained vacant since.

Opponents fear that Stafford Court is located near a number of schools. There are also fears that crime is on the rise in the area, along with noise and anti-social behavior.

A resident of Ascot Road said: ‘I have two children who go to schools nearby. The crime rate will increase in our region. I fear for the safety of my children now.

A resident of Baswich Lane said: ‘The area chosen is not suitable to accommodate adult male asylum seekers. It is located right next to schools, police headquarters and an affluent housing estate.

“The infrastructure in the local area is already under significant pressure and it is common knowledge that homeless Staffordians who wish to stay here are sent to temporary accommodation in Birmingham as there is no social housing available. for the required number. This problem must be solved as a matter of priority.

“What do these men have to offer the local community? There’s nothing nearby for them to deal with and a similar scheme in Cannock has led to a spike in crime. Stafford is quite the wrong place for this type of misguided act of charity.

A Bayswater Square resident said: ‘An occupancy of 482 people in such a small space, particularly when there is nothing else to do, will invite group gatherings, which in turn leads to intimidation of local residents and concerns about increased noise and the possibility of increased crime rates. I am also concerned about the suitability of having this development located less than 100m from two schools.

“Having a condensed population in a small area also encourages ghetto-like developments. A better option would be to disperse them throughout the city to encourage integration into the community rather than segregation on the outskirts of town.

There are also concerns about the potential impact on local services. A resident of John Amery Drive said: ‘It’s on the way to a high school – not a suitable place for it.

“Stafford is destitute enough and doesn’t have a lot of prospects for the people who already live here. We don’t have enough doctors or school places for the people who already live here and the hospital can’t cope.

A Widecombe Avenue resident said: ‘Resources like hospitals are already stretched thin. While it’s terrible why they’re seeking asylum, Stafford needs to put in place better infrastructure to deal with any additional pressure.

A resident of Norton Canes said: ‘Surely this property could be used to help the homeless. Or the land could be used to create more homes for younger buyers struggling to get on the property ladder, or perhaps even single parents or people struggling financially. Why give help before helping his own?

But a Sandon Road resident said: “I support this bid. Buildings are not being used and we should look for ways to support those who need it most. »

Serco said on its consultancy website: ‘Through our close cooperation with local law enforcement authorities, we are advised that crime has not increased in areas where any of our properties are located. Serco advises people staying in our accommodation not to gather in groups, as we are aware that some members of the local community may perceive this as disturbing.

“We do not expect noise levels to be significantly high and as the property will be occupied 24 hours a day this will be closely managed.”

NEWSLETTER: Sign to receive email alerts from StokeonTrentLive straight to your inbox here

read more
Car parking rate

Dundee drivers could get refunds after council car parks were set up at the wrong time

Dundee drivers could get refunds after council car parks were set up at the wrong time

Calendar An icon of a desktop calendar.

to cancel An icon of a circle with a diagonal line across it.

Caret A right-pointing solid arrow icon.

E-mail An icon of a paper envelope.

Facebook An icon of Facebook’s “f” mark.

google An icon of Google’s “G” mark.

Linked to An icon of the Linked In “in” brand.

Sign out An icon representing disconnection.

Profile An icon that resembles the human head and shoulders.

Telephone An icon of a traditional telephone receiver.

Check A check mark icon.

Is public An icon of a human eye and eyelashes.

is not public An icon of a human eye and eyelashes crossed by a diagonal line.

Pause icon A two-line pause icon to stop interactions.

quotation mark An opening quotation mark.

quotation mark A closing quotation mark.

Case An icon of a paper folder.

Case An icon of a paper folder.

Breakup An icon of an exclamation mark on a circular background.

Camera An icon of a digital camera.

Caret A caret arrow icon.

The clock An icon of a clock face.

Close An X-shaped icon.

close icon An icon used to represent where to interact to minimize or close a component

Ellipse An icon of 3 horizontal dots.

Envelope An icon of a paper envelope.

Facebook An icon of a facebook logo f.

Camera An icon of a digital camera.

House A house icon.

instagram An Instagram logo icon.

Linked to A Linked In logo icon.

Magnifying glass A magnifying glass icon.

Search icon A magnifying glass icon used to represent the search function.

following A right-pointing arrow icon.

Note An explanation mark centered inside a circle.

Previous A left-pointing arrow icon.

Rating A star icon.

Label An icon of a label.

Twitter A Twitter logo icon.

Video camera An icon of a video camera shape.

Speech bubble icon An icon showing a speech bubble

WhatsApp A WhatsApp logo icon.

Information An icon of an information logo.

read more
Car parking rate

ATs parking strategy update nears consultation

Late last year, we heard about Auckland Transport’s review of its parking strategy. At that time, they were seeking Board Planning Committee approval on the strategic direction of the strategy.

On Thursday, they seek approval from AT’s planning committee and board of directors to put the strategy out for public comment.

To unblock some of the city’s busiest roads and reduce transport emissions, Auckland’s Parking Strategy Project proposes changes to how parking is managed in our city.

Pending approval from the Auckland Transport Board and Auckland Council Planning Committee on Thursday, Aucklanders will be asked to give their views on the proposals throughout April. The proposals aim to ensure that people can move around Auckland efficiently, regardless of their mode of travel.

Auckland Council Planning Committee Chairman and councilor Chris Darby said the draft strategy will enable communities to thrive as parking spaces are transformed to provide real transport choice and make our streets more livable.

“Parking concerns everyone, whether or not they own a car. The space allocated for parking influences the amount of space available for sidewalks, bike lanes, street trees, buses and high occupancy vehicle lanes, as well as the amount invested in public transport.

“These changes to the way we manage parking in our city are desperately needed to help prepare Auckland’s transport network for the future.

“Some of our busiest streets have become full-time parking lots, storing cars and immobilizing our communities instead of allowing travel in our city. It’s just not fair to the people of Auckland.


AT’s executive managing director of planning and investment, Jenny Chetwynd, said the parking strategy project would have significant benefits if implemented.

“Auckland is facing significant population growth over the next decade, which has the potential to add more congestion to our roads. Private vehicle use is also a major contributor to the city’s transportation emissions, which need to be reduced. To meet these challenges, we need to reduce vehicle kilometers traveled (VKT) and enable active modes and public transport to serve our communities far more than ever before – and that means making space for them on our busy road corridors.

“Therefore, we really need to rethink how we use our road space, and in particular, our main busy corridors. By rethinking how we can use our roads for the movement of people, rather than the movement of cars – or even the storage of cars – our city will become a place where everyone can connect and move efficiently.

Despite all the changes, Ms Chetwynd acknowledges that vehicles will still have an important role to play in how Aucklanders get around for the foreseeable future.

“Changes in parking management will also have benefits for drivers, especially those who depend on our roads for their work, such as the freight and commercial sectors.

“It is important to note that any changes will be rolled out gradually over the next 10 years and individual communities will be consulted.”

It’s great to see AT using bolder and more direct language about the need to change the way our streets work. However, my biggest concern remains the same as last year: this is really just a stalling tactic. Indeed, the “contentious” aspects of this draft strategy were also part of their existing parking strategy which was adopted in 2015, and AT never did anything to implement them. So when AT says the changes will roll out over 10 years, I read that as saying that’s a strategy that won’t happen.

In saying that, it’s a bit strange that AT presents what is effectively its current strategy as a massive change. This, combined with last year’s indications that earlier versions of this review were much less bold, makes me worry that AT is deliberately trying to garner negative feedback so they can narrow the strategy.

So what are the “contentious” issues? There are two main ones that the media have already focused on.

Removal of strategic transport network parking

As the document explains

To ensure these results, the Parking Principles state that parking is the lowest priority use of space on the strategic transportation network. This means that space for projects that improve safety or transport options (such as establishing bus lanes) will be provided by reallocating parking, rather than widening the road

AT initially wanted this strategy to allow them to simply remove parking where necessary, but the council and in particular the mayor balked at this idea and so the project now calls for them to consult the public for each of these roads.

However, they also note that they will only remove parking if there is a plan to use the reallocated space and that “At this stage, approximately 20% of roads in the strategic transportation network are proposed for improvement over the next 10 years“. So not much will change then.

Parking Strategy 2015

The 2015 strategy already covered this, however, noting in a section titled Parking on the arteries

AT will manage parking on arteries by extending cleared lanes or removing parking where it:

  • Inhibits the ability of the road to carry more people (and goods), especially during peak periods, and/or
  • Causes significant delays in the speed and reliability of public transport on the FTN, and/or
  • Causes safety risks for cyclists or hinders quality improvements on Auckland’s cycle network.

Billing for Park and Ride

AT says in its press release:

The draft parking strategy includes changes to how Auckland’s Park and Ride (PnR) facilities will be managed. PnR sites have an important role to play in Auckland as they extend the reach of the public transport system and reduce congestion.

To ensure this continues to be the primary role of PnRs, AT will need to actively manage them as a premium offering for customers. This will include enforcing these spaces and a pricing model to ensure they are used for their intended purpose.

While AT cannot be specific or anticipate the Traffic Control Committee’s (TCC) decision on fees, AT estimates that fees would be modest and in the range of approximately $2-4 per day at the departure.

Ms Chetwynd says charging for PnRs is one option to ensure they remain fit for the future.

From the language above and also in the document itself, AT is talking about the fact that P&R is a premium service, and they are apparently concerned about the use of some P&R sites by local workers, thereby occupying spaces that could be used by PT commuters.

One thing that strikes me as missing from the conversation is how P&R billing can help improve PT accessibility. The current setup rewards those who can get to the station early, and often places are taken by people who live a short distance from the station itself or who live on a feeder bus route.

Because the parking lots are free, this means that PT is less accessible to a wide range of potential PT customers. For example, a parent who might need to walk their child to school before going to work – but by the time they did, the power bus frequency often dropped and with the P&R full , he ends up driving his whole trip .

Parking Strategy 2015

The 2015 strategy also allows charging for P&R, and even includes thresholds for when pricing should be applied, for example that pricing is introduced when additional P&R capacity is provided (which AT ignored), and that they should:

Introduce pricing once demand consistently exceeds the 85% occupancy threshold capacity during the morning peak and viable alternative options for accessing stations are in place, such as frequent bus departures and good parking for bicycles, links on foot

Overall, the proposed parking strategy is good – but it should be, given that it’s just a re-image of the existing document. The only question is what guarantees will give AT that they will actually implement it.

Assuming Council and the Board of Directors approve the consultation strategy, it will be discussed in April.

Share this
read more
Car parking rate

Man fined $80 for plugging electric vehicle into wall socket at Surrey car park

Thirteen cents for electricity turned into a big headache and even bigger bill for a Surrey man who was slapped with an $80 fine for charging his electric vehicle on a wall outlet in the center car park Central City shopping.

Brett Favaro was hoping to add a few miles of range to his Chevy Volt when he and his daughter went shopping on Wednesday.

After finding all the charging stations occupied or out of service, he saw an open wall outlet. So he parked, plugged in, and went to the mall.

When he returned an hour later, the $80 bill on his windshield described the infraction as “use of an outlet to charge the vehicle is not permitted.”

“There was no signage anywhere saying you couldn’t do that, so I was really surprised because it doesn’t seem like a big stretch to plug your car into a wall outlet,” Favaro said. “It’s a parking lot. It’s an outlet facing the parking lot. I had no reason to believe it wouldn’t be allowed, especially since it’s allowed in so many other places.”

After posting the ticket on social media, the company that manages the land on behalf of the mall, Concord Parking, waived the fine as a “single courtesy” and reduced the ticket to a “warning”.

The Central City general manager said the mall is very supportive of electric vehicles and plans to improve signage in the area.

“We have 40 electric vehicle charging stations on our site designed to properly charge electric vehicles,” said Daniella Leck. “The electrical wall outlets are intended for use by our maintenance team for things like pressure washers to keep our parking lot clean. They are not intended or designed for electric vehicle charging.”

Most EVs can “drain” or slow down charging on a standard three-prong plug, gaining around 15 miles of battery range every hour.

Favaro, who is a conservation scientist and dean of the faculty of science and horticulture at Kwantlen Polytechnic University, argues that the provision of regular outlets for recharging – such as those provided for plug-in block heaters in the coldest parts of Canada – makes sense for businesses, customers and the environment.

“It’s not uncommon to shop for an hour or two,” he said. “That could be enough energy to get you home without having to use fossil fuels.”

The president of the Vancouver Electric Vehicle Association said the case highlights the fact that the supply of electric vehicle charging is not meeting growing demand.

An electric vehicle charging panel in Squamish, British Columbia More than 10% of new light-duty vehicles purchased in British Columbia in 2021 were zero-emissions, the highest rate in North America. (Jonathan Hayward/The Canadian Press)

“I see it’s a point of tension,” said Harry Constantine. “I always [ask] why bother installing a power outlet if you don’t want people to use it? I think the best way is for people to come out ahead of it and install more recharge.”

Constantine said starting January 2022, businesses and multi-unit residences with five or more units can take advantage of BC’s low-carbon fuel standard by installing chargers and earning credits. of carbon.

“If you monitor your energy use, you can report it to the government and sell those carbon credits. And those carbon credits are then bought by oil and gas companies to offset their carbon footprint,” he said.

British Columbia’s recent history of disastrous wildfires, flooding and extreme heat has brought climate change to the forefront and has become a factor in the rapid rate of adoption of electric vehicles by British Columbia drivers.

Depending on the province, zero-emission vehicles represented more than 10% of all new light vehicle sales in 2021, the highest rate in North America.

And with the trend only accelerating, it follows that an increasing number of EV drivers will be in the market for charging options.

“I think a lot of owners maybe just don’t understand the opportunity,” Favaro said. if you have a wall outlet in your parking lot, you have EV infrastructure, and that’s actually a positive.”

read more
Car parking rate

DC mayor hopes to triple the number of traffic control cameras

District motorists, be prepared to slow down or pay.

According to Washington Post. Part of the overhaul, which will begin in October, includes 170 new speed cameras (there are currently 85). Even more new cameras would penalize drivers for violations like blocking bike and bus lanes or putting up stop signs — the budget projects the expansion will cost $9.4 million to complete.

The increase in the number of cameras is part of the mayor’s $10 million pledge last year, which would be spent on road safety measures following a series of fatal crashes. According to To post, nine people have died so far this year in traffic collisions, after 40 last year, the highest number in more than two decades. Tragic collisions last March include an elderly driver who lost control of his vehicle and rammed into diners on the patio outside the Chevy Chase DC restaurant, the Parthenon, killing two women. Days earlier, a young doctor was struck and killed by his own vehicle in Adams Morgan after an unidentified thief stole his car and drove off.

Critics of the district’s automated traffic enforcement point to cameras as a high and steady source of revenue. According to a report by AAA, DC issued — but didn’t necessarily collect — $1 billion in traffic and parking tickets in the three-year period from 2017 to 2019. Another study found that the district fines its residents more than any other city in the country, including for parking and traffic violations, at a rate of $261 per resident. Revenue reportedly fell over the past two years as residents drove less during the pandemic, though cameras still brought in $1.3 million in fiscal 2020, according to NPR, which was the same as the previous year.

food editor

Anna Spiegel covers the restaurant and bar scene in her native DC. Before joining Washingtonian in 2010, she completed the MFA program at the French Culinary Institute and Columbia University in New York, and held various cooking and writing positions in New York and St. John, in the US Virgin Islands.

read more
Car parking rate

Up to 420 houses and a hotel possible on Mill Road land

More than 420 apartments could be developed on land owned by Wicklow County Council on Mill Road in Greystones, local councilors have heard.

The elected members of the Municipal District of Greystones received an update on the proposed master plan for the site at their February meeting.

read more
Car parking rate

Why he ditched the Bay Area for Colorado – buy a house in 15 minutes

Mike Rothermel

The number of people leaving the Bay Area jumped 21% between March 2020 and September 2021, according to a report by researchers at the University of California. We talk to one. (Thinking of ditching your beloved city too? Find out the lowest mortgage rates you can get now hereand below.)

After 8 years in the Bay Area, web designer Mike Rothermel, who is in his 40s, his wife and 9-year-old daughter realized their time in the tech capital had expired. Fed up with the high prices and tougher lifestyle of the Bay Area, Rothermel yearned for the ease of life and lower costs in Boulder, where he grew up. “Everything costs less and people are less competitive. You don’t have to earn more than your neighbor or drive a better car. We don’t feel that pressure here,” says Rothermel of Boulder.

Thanks to the pandemic, the family bought a house without seeing it – a trend that has increasingly happened over the past year. “I grew up in Boulder so we called our old realtor and watched some houses on video and after seeing one of them for 15 minutes we made an offer. We didn’t even get it. not seen in person until we close and own this,” Rothermel says. When moving to a somewhat competitive market like Boulder County, Rothermel said a short video intro is what’s needed. “Even if it’s not as hot as the California market, there are usually multiple offers within 24 hours of listing a home on MLS and we had to win,” says Rothermel.

Now living and working in Boulder – Rothermel’s employer now allows all employees to work anywhere – he has come to appreciate the slower pace of life. “There are fewer people and the people of Colorado are more relaxed. I can always go to the local hardware store and park right in front. In the Bay Area, you have to drive around the Home Depot parking lot several times before you find a spot, and then you have to worry about your car being broken into,” says Rothermel.

Something that struck him after they moved in was that their new neighbors knocked on their door to say hello and greeted his family with handwritten notes and fresh homemade pastries. “You can assume everyone in Boulder is nice, until you have a reason to think otherwise. There’s a sense of community and longevity, that people are here to live, not just to earn. money in technology,” says Rothermel.

It is also a gesture that saves him money. He now lives in a house three times the size and a third as old for less money than he was paying in the Bay Area. “We had to go buy some furniture because when we unpacked, we realized that not all the cupboards were full to the brim,” says Rothermel. Another bonus, “Everything is cheaper in Colorado,” he says. From real estate to gas, groceries and restaurant meals, the cost of living is lower everywhere.

Rothermel says there are things he misses in the Bay Area, including “friends and a few favorite restaurants.” But he adds: “I don’t miss trafficking, crime or taxes.” (Indeed, Boulder has a lower crime rate than San Francisco and commute times are shorter, according to Sperling’s Best Places, and Colorado’s income tax is significantly lower than top tax rates. of California. That said, the cultural offerings in the Bay Area are the best notch, and it has plenty of other perks too.)

Do you also dream of moving to a less expensive city?
Here are some resources to help you make that decision.

  • Lodging: See what type of mortgage you can qualify for here, and see what you could pay in rent here.
  • Cost of living and other lifestyle factors: Compare the cost of living in a new city with your current city hereas well as such elements as taxes, crime and more.
  • Health care: Watch how US News ranks your new state on health care here.
  • Works: If your current job does not allow you to work remotely, you can search for jobs through sites such as In effect and Glass door.
  • Crime, education and other lifestyle factors: look for them on Niche.
read more
Car parking rate

Quick and easy access to Parking Avenue at LAX airport

Finding the best parking avenue is everyone’s favorite choice as it can save money which can be used as travel expenses. It is not easy to get a cheap parking avenue with maximum facilities, and you cannot get detailed information by physically visiting each parking avenue.

Parking at LAX International Airport

Los Angeles International Airport is called LAX Airport and is considered the busiest airport in the world due to its high passenger traffic. It is the second busiest airport in the United States and millions of people use this terminal for departure and arrival purposes. It is the largest airport with commercial flights to countries like Washington DC, Dallas, New York and other countries in the Middle East, Asia and Europe.

No doubt that LAX airport has its parking terminal, but there is not enough space to park in case of heavy traffic. It may cost you too much to park at LAX airport, and you will have to pay a minimum of $180 for long-term parking. Therefore, choosing reliable airport parking would be a great option to save some extra cash.

How to easily access long-term parking?

It is imperative to have easy access to long-term parking because if you do not choose a cheap parking avenue, it will cost you too much which can disrupt your travel budget.
It is not easy to park your car for a long time because it will cost you more and you will also remain stressed about your property.

Long-term parking at LAX airport is not suitable due to high parking rates, and therefore you should take other alternative parking options near the airport. Other parking options would be a better decision as they can offer parking services at lower prices with high quality. If you want to travel for 2-3 days to another country, you can acquire short-term parking for $80-$100. Long-term parking can create problems if you choose an expensive parking avenue, and that’s why try to choose a cheap parking avenue.

Get a parking reservation online

You plan to reserve your parking space before your departure; then you are on the right track. You can get reservations online by visiting platforms like Parkos and the suggested list of parking avenues near the airport. You don’t need to visit every parking company to get detailed information as the online platform offers all the details related to parking rates and facilities.

It’s a technological age, and everyone wants to get things done faster without hassle or hassle. You can now book your parking space using your smartphone while sitting at home.

How can online platforms help find the best parking avenue?

The platform has experienced experts who can solve all your parking problems. The company offers you parking services by comparing parking prices from different companies and encourages you to choose one of the suggested parking avenues according to your financial budget. It provides full details about parking rates, facilities, security clearances and suit quality ratings so that you can select any of the parking companies and book your parking spot easily.

read more
Car parking rate

Warkworth’s new transport hub takes shape

Construction of a new park and ride facility in Warkworth is progressing with the installation of a long line of piles for the interior walkway and a clear outline of the area visible through emerging curb and channel works.

The Warkworth Community Transport Hub at 80 Great North Road is delivered by Auckland Transport on behalf of the Rodney Local Board and is funded by the Rodney Transport Targeted Rate. It will include 137 car parks, a bus stop, two bus stops, sidewalks, a toilet block, bicycle parking, lighting and video surveillance.

A signalized level crossing and northbound bus stop on Great North Road has been completed, and construction of the southbound bus stop is underway.

Rodney Local Council Vice-Chair Beth Houlbrooke says it’s great to see the transport hub taking shape.

“I look forward to seeing the community use the area when using transit services, freeing up parks in Warkworth Village for shoppers and business visitors,” she says.

“In addition, there will be additional parking for locals attending events at Warkworth Showgrounds, accessible via a wooden bridge and dedicated walkway.”

“Construction is progressing well and we expect to open the new facility to residents in mid-2022.”

Rodney Transport’s Target Tariff was introduced by Auckland Council in 2018 after extensive community consultation. Taxable land charges of $150 per year are expected to raise $46 million over 10 years to pay for new bus services and bus stops, park-and-rides and trails.

Rodney Local Council Deputy Chair Beth Houlbrooke on site at the new Warkworth Transport Centre.

read more
Car parking rate

Go green: plant a tree in your garden – it could help save the planet

Plant a tree to help the environment (photo:

Angela Terry, green activist and consumer expert, separates climate change fact from fiction and explains how you can take simple, practical steps to help save the planet. Follow @ouronehome and visit for more advice.

Q: Is planting more trees the answer to global warming?

Register to our LiverpoolWorld Today newsletter

The newsletter mute the noise

A: As a complex problem, the climate crisis will require many solutions.

Although there is no silver bullet, it is widely accepted that stopping the burning of fossil fuels is the number one priority.

However, it is essential to plant many more trees.

Plant a tree to help the environment (photo:

Carbon storage

Trees have many benefits. They produce fuel, fiber and food.

They also provide rich habitats and increasingly shade our towns and villages.

Carbon dioxide is the main greenhouse gas causing global overheating and trees are the best way to capture it from the atmosphere. As they grow, they absorb CO2 and release the oxygen we need to breathe.

The world’s forests are a huge store of carbon.

Scientists estimate they hold 861 gigatonnes, equivalent to a century of global fossil fuel emissions at the current rate.

New trees

In this context, planting trees is obviously fantastic.

If you have space in your garden, please plant one, but away from buildings.

Be sure to choose the right species for your locality. Ask an arborist or look online in Forest Research’s

Handbook of Urban Trees – which also highlights threats from pests, diseases and climate change. As temperatures rise, many traditional British species may no longer be suitable.

For those without outdoor space, you can contribute to tree planting through charities such as The National Trust, The National Forest or Just One Tree.

As the great rainforests are vital in the fight against climate change, you could donate to the Rainforest Alliance. You can also use the Ecosia search engine, which plants trees with its profits.

Ancient forests

While new trees are wonderful, it’s even more important to protect existing forests. New trees will take years to grow and capture carbon.

The older the trees, the more valuable they are to the environment. Indeed, The Woodland Trust describes ancient forests as “carbon-consuming machines”.

In the UK, for example, old-growth forests make up only 25% of our remaining forests, but hold 37% of all the carbon stored in trees.

Centuries of undisturbed soil and accumulated decaying wood have not only made them powerful carbon sinks, but also unique habitats for creatures found nowhere else. They need to be protected. It would take centuries to recreate them and we don’t have time for that.


When trees are felled and burned, their stored carbon is released into the atmosphere. This is why deforestation is the second driver of climate change after fossil fuels.

Unfortunately, it has doubled in the past two decades, mainly due to industrial agriculture, such as cattle farming.

celebrity place

A growing number of celebrities are getting involved in the fight for the planet – especially with the recent report from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) indicating that things are much worse than we thought.

Actress Emma Thompson has been a climate activist for years.